REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(MOES-C3-05-SUP-IC-20 – Higher Education Coordination Administrative Support Specialist)
UKRAINE
Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project
Loan Agreement No. 9238-UA
Assignment Title: Higher Education Coordination Administrative Support Specialist
Reference No. MOES-C3-05-SUP-IC-20
The Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MOES) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project (hereinafter referred to as Project) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The Project aims to increase efficiency and improve conditions to ensure quality and transparency in the higher education system of Ukraine.
The purpose of the Consultant's activities is to provide administrative and organizational support for the activities of the support team of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine in the higher education sector and to coordinate with management, structural units, higher education institutions, the UIHERP Project, and other higher education stakeholders in order to facilitate an effective management process.
The Consultant will be contracted through competitive selection in line with the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”).
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
MOES now invites qualified interested persons to submit their expression of interest in Ukrainian and English as provided in the Terms of reference.
The detailed Terms of Reference and submission modalities for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expression of Interest.
The deadline for submission of applications is 14:00 am Kyiv time September 8, 2026.
TERMS OF REFERENCE
for Consulting Services
(Individual Consultant)
Higher Education Coordination Administrative Support Specialist
Procurement No. MOES-C3-05-SUP-IC-20
Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project
World Bank Loan No. 9238-UA
I. BACKGROUND
Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (hereinafter referred to as "IBRD" or the "World Bank") signed Loan Agreement No. 9238-UA in the amount of US$200 million to implement the Ukraine Improving Higher Education for Results Project (hereinafter, the "Project"). The Project is implemented in Ukraine by the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MoES) with support from the World Bank Group.
Project implementation period: 2021-2027.
The Project Development Objective (PDO) is to improve the efficiency, conditions for quality, and transparency in Ukraine's higher education system.
The Project comprises six components:
The Project will finance two expenditure categories: Category (i) - investments in goods, works, and services, with disbursements made against eligible expenditures; and Category (ii) - transfers to the budget upon fulfilment of certain results-based conditions, with disbursements likewise made against eligible expenditures subject to the achievement of specified results, as set forth in the Loan Agreement and the Project Operations Manual.
Within Part 3 of the Project, specialized consultants are planned to be engaged to support the effective management of the higher education and research system, as well as higher education institutions, and to provide support for the implementation of digital, financial, human resources, and other components of higher education reform at the institutional level.
More detailed information about the Project is available at: https://projects.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/project-detail/P171050
These Terms of Reference set out the objective and scope of the consulting services, as well as the qualification requirements for the Consultant.
II. OBJECTIVE
The objective of this assignment is to provide administrative and organizational support for the activities of the support team of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine in the higher education sector and to coordinate with management, structural units, higher education institutions, the UIHERP Project, and other higher education stakeholders in order to facilitate an effective management process.
III. SCOPE OF SERVICES
The Consultant's scope of services shall include, but not be limited to:
The following outputs and results are expected from the services (the list is not exhaustive):
IV. REPORTING
The Consultant shall report to the Project Coordinator/Co-Coordinator, be accountable to the Deputy Minister of Education and Science of Ukraine responsible for the higher education system, and work under their supervision.
The Consultant shall coordinate their activities with the Project Manager - Head of the Consultant Team and ensure the administrative coordination of specialists and consultants engaged in implementing UIHERP tasks in higher education.
The Consultant shall submit monthly reports in hard copy to the Project Coordinator/Co-Coordinator.
Each monthly report shall include a concise description of the administrative and coordination tasks performed, meetings and events organized, assignments and work processes supported, the status of interaction with engaged specialists, and the materials collected and systematized for UIHERP implementation and reporting. Where necessary, the report shall include agendas, minutes, links, task lists, or other evidence of performance.
V. RESOURCES PROVIDED
MoES shall provide the Consultant in a timely manner with the information necessary to perform the assignment.
MoES may provide the Consultant with a workspace, including the equipment necessary to perform the functions (e.g., a personal computer, communications equipment, and office equipment).
VI. QUALIFICATION REQUIREMENTS
Minimum requirements (mandatory):
The following preferred (non-mandatory) qualifications, competencies, and experience will be considered an advantage:
MoES may invite the most qualified candidates for an interview to clarify information provided in their CVs.
VII. PERIOD AND PLACE OF WORK
The Consultant shall provide the services until 30 June 2027. with the possibility of extending the contract if UIHERP is extended.
The Consultant shall provide the services under this Contract on an ongoing basis throughout its term, with a level of effort equivalent to full-time engagement, to the extent necessary for the proper performance of the tasks specified in these Terms of Reference.
The Client and the Consultant may at any time agree on a different workload based on the actual volume of tasks.
Specific contractual terms and working arrangements shall be discussed and agreed separately.
VIII. APPLICATION PACKAGE
Interested persons should submit their CVs in Ukrainian and English at the following email address: kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua Cc: serhiy.artemenko@uiherp.org, marina.chubenko@mon.gov.ua indicating the email subject: «MOES-C3-05-SUP-IC-20: [NAME]».
The deadline for submission of the documents is 14:00 am Kyiv time September 8, 2026.
If the candidate fails to provide CVs in both languages, the Client reserves the right to reject the candidate’s application.
"},{"id":"OP00465088","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-09-14T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Pacific 1","project_id":"P502591","project_name":"Pacific Strengthening Correspondent Banking Relationships Project","bid_reference_no":"FJ-PIFS-567205-CS-INDV","bid_description":"RMI - Payments System Advisor","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Ratu Sukuna Road, Suva, Fiji.","contact_ctry_name":"Fiji","contact_email":"ajayj@forumsec.org","contact_name":"Ajay Jagannath","contact_organization":"Pacific Island Forum Secretariat","contact_phone_no":"679-3312600","contact_web_url":"www.forumsec.org","submission_date":"2026-08-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Request for Expressions of Interest
(INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES)
Payments System Advisor to the Monetary Authority of the Marshall Islands (MAMI)
Project Name | Pacific Strengthening Correspondent Banking Relationships Project |
Project Number | P502591 https://projects.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/project-detail/P502591 |
Activity and Reference Number (STEP) | Payments System Advisor FJ-PIFS-567205-CS-INDV |
Implementing Agency Names | Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat |
Country | FIJI |
The Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat (PIFS) and seven Pacific Island member countries (Fiji, Kiribati, Marshall Islands, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu) have received financing (grants and credits) from the World Bank Group’s International Development Association (IDA) towards the Pacific Strengthening Correspondent Banking Relationships Project (the Project) and will apply part of these proceeds to the contract below for Consulting Services.
PIFS is seeking a qualified and experienced Payments System Advisor to provide technical advisory support to the Monetary Authority of the Marshall Islands (MAMI). The Advisor will assist with the establishment of a safe, efficient, inclusive, and scalable national payments system and oversight function, aligned with the CBR Project, the CBR Roadmap, regional harmonization work, and the emerging Pacific Payment Mechanism (PPM).
The Advisor will work closely with MAMI, PIFS, the World Bank, IMF, and other technical assistance providers to translate IMF recommendations into practical implementation steps for RMI. This is a time-based individual consultant assignment for up to twelve (12) months, with up to 240 working days of input, requiring significant in-country presence in Majuro (50–60% of input days).
Scope of Services
Under the overall direction of the Project Coordinator, the Payments System Advisor shall undertake the following activities:
Review IMF recommendations and prepare a 12month implementation roadmap for MAMI’s payments function.
Advise on operational setup of payment operations and oversight divisions.
Support development of a National Payments Strategy and stakeholder consultations.
Provide technical inputs on payment infrastructure modernization, including phased implementation of an Integrated Payment and Clearing System (IPCS).
Support payment system oversight, risk-based supervision, and data collection.
Assist with stakeholder coordination and establishment of a National Payment Council.
Align RMI’s work with regional harmonization initiatives and the CBR Project’s Component 2 activities.
Deliver training, mentoring, and knowledge transfer to MAMI staff.
Mandatory Criteria
Education
A master’s degree in economics, finance, law, public policy, payment systems, information systems, business administration, or a related field.
A PhD or advanced professional qualification is preferred.
Experience
Minimum of 10 years of experience in payment systems, financial market infrastructures, central bank payment operations, payment system oversight, digital financial services, remittances, cross-border payments, or correspondent banking.
Evaluated Criteria:
| Evaluated Criteria | Points |
| Demonstrated experience in developing and implementing national payment systems strategies and oversight frameworks | 30 |
| Experience advising central banks or monetary authorities on payment infrastructure modernization | 30 |
| Familiarity with international standards (CPMIIOSCO Principles, ISO 20022, risk-based supervision) | 20 |
| Experience in stakeholder consultation and coordination across government, financial institutions, and payment service providers | 20 |
PIFS, on behalf of the participating member countries, now invites eligible individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (attach curriculum vitae and a cover letter with description of experience in similar assignments, similar conditions, etc.).
Firms’ staff may express interest through the employing firm for the assignment and, under such situation, only the experience and qualifications of individuals shall be considered in the selection process.
The attention of interested Consultants (including firms) is drawn to paragraph 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, dated February 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the individual consultant selection method set out in the World Bank Consultant Guidelines
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached below and provides details of the scope of the services required along with specific deliverables expected. Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 09.00 to 17.00 hrs Fiji Time.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) no later than Monday, September 14, 2026, 17:00 hrs (Fiji Time)
Address for Enquiries and Submission of EOIs
Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat
Attn: Ajay Jagannath, Project Coordinator
Private Mail Bag, Suva
PO Box 856, Suva, Fiji.
Tel: 679-3312600
E-mail: cbrprocurement@forumsec.org
TERMS OF REFERENCE
CONSULTING SERVICES - INDIVIDUAL SELECTION
Payments System Advisor to the Monetary Authority of the Marshall Islands (MAMI)
Project Overview
Project Name | Pacific Strengthening Correspondent Banking Relationships Project |
Indicative Activity / Budget Line | Component 2: Enabling Environment and Regulatory Harmonization - Payment System Oversight and Regulation - Oversight of National Payment Systems |
Activity Reference Number (STEP) | FJ-PIFS-567205-CS-INDV |
Position Title | Payments System Advisor to the Monetary Authority of the Marshall Islands (MAMI) |
Location of role | Majuro, Republic of the Marshall Islands, with remote inputs and regular coordination with the Project Management Unit (PMU) in Suva. The assignment is expected to require significant in-country presence in Majuro, estimated at 50-60 percent of total input days. The detailed travel and work schedule will be agreed with PIFS, MAMI and the World Bank through the work plan. |
Primary Counterpart | Monetary Authority of the Marshall Islands (MAMI) |
Duration of Assignment | Time-based individual consultant contract for up to twelve (12) months, with up to 240 working days of input. Extension may be considered subject to project needs, budget availability, consultant performance, procurement plan arrangements, and applicable World Bank no-objection requirements. Payments will be based on approved timesheets and eligible reimbursable expenses. |
Implementing Agency on behalf of participating countries | Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat (PIFS) |
Agency Description | The Pacific Islands Forum was established to bring together the region to address pressing issues and challenges, and foster collaboration and cooperation in the pursuit of shared goals. PIF’s mandate is to strengthen cooperation and integration in the Pacific region through the pooling of regional governance, resources and the alignment of policies, furthering Forum members shared goals of economic growth, sustainable development, good governance and security. Founded in 1971, it comprises 18 members: Australia, Cook Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji, French Polynesia, Kiribati, Nauru, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Niue, Palau, Papua New Guinea, Republic of Marshall Islands, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu. The PIFS is a vital platform for Leaders to convene, engage in discussions and agree on policies that will benefit the people of the region. |
Selection Method | Competitive Selection of an independent individual consultant, subject to procurement plan adjustment, justification, conflict-of-interest review, and World Bank no-objection requirements where applicable. |
Agency Description | The Pacific Islands Forum was established to bring together the region to address shared issues and support cooperation. PIF works through regional governance, shared resources and policy alignment to support economic growth, sustainable development, good governance and security. Founded in 1971, it comprises eighteen members: Australia, Cook Islands, Federated States of Micronesia, Fiji, French Polynesia, Kiribati, Nauru, New Caledonia, New Zealand, Niue, Palau, Papua New Guinea, Republic of Marshall Islands, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu. |
Participating Countries | The Pacific Island Countries participating in the regional project comprise Fiji, Kiribati, the Marshall Islands, Samoa, Solomon Islands, Tonga, Tuvalu, and Vanuatu. This assignment provides country-specific support to the Republic of the Marshall Islands under the regional project. |
Overall Project Objective | The Project Development Objective is to enable continuous access to correspondent banking services in the participating Pacific Island Countries. |
Project Length | August 2024 to September 30, 2030 |
Project Background
The Pacific Islands Forum Secretariat (PIFS) has received financing from the World Bank Group's International Development Association (IDA) for the Pacific Strengthening Correspondent Banking Relationships Project. The project supports participating Pacific Island Countries (PICs) to maintain continuous access to correspondent banking services, and to address underlying payment, regulatory and financial integrity constraints that contribute to de-risking in the region.
PICs are exposed to the withdrawal of correspondent banking relationships (CBRs) that underpin international trade, tourism, remittances, development finance, disaster relief, and humanitarian financial flows. The project provides a short-term CBR safety net while supporting the enabling environment and regional harmonization needed for a medium-term sustainable solution.
Component 2 of the project, Enabling Environment and Regulatory Harmonization, includes support for Payment System Oversight and Regulation. The relevant activity areas include payment systems regulatory harmonization, oversight of national payment systems, and collection of remittance and gender-disaggregated data on usage of financial services. Component 2 also supports payment systems strengthening, CBR Roadmap implementation, the CBR Resilience Index, and the feasibility work for the Pacific Payment Mechanism (PPM), which aims to aggregate payment flows and improve economies of scale.
The Republic of the Marshall Islands (RMI) is in the early phase of operationalizing the MAMI. In June 2026, the Governor of MAMI requested support for an advisor to assist with implementation of the Authority's operationalization strategy, including review and tailoring of recommendations from the IMF Monetary and Capital Markets Department technical assistance report, Operationalizing A New Monetary Authority. The request also highlighted the need to establish the national payment system in alignment with the World Bank CBR Strengthening Project's payment system harmonization roadmap.
The IMF report identifies several payment-related priorities for MAMI. These include the development of a National Payments Strategy (NPS), the establishment of payment operations and payment oversight functions, the creation of a stakeholder consultation mechanism and National Payment Council, the preparation of payment operations and oversight procedures, and the design of an Integrated Payment and Clearing System (IPCS) that can combine ACH, RTGS and instant payment functionality in a phased manner. The report also notes that RMI currently has no centralized payment system, that payment services are dominated by checks, that there is no e-money provider, and that electronic payments remain limited outside selected card and POS use cases.
This assignment is designed as payment systems technical assistance under the CBR Project’s Technical Assistance component. It is framed around the project's Payment System Oversight and Regulation activities and is expected to support MAMI in converting payment-related IMF recommendations into a practical work plan, institutional arrangements, operating procedures, oversight tools, stakeholder coordination mechanisms, and capacity building outputs.
Objective of the Position
The main objective of the Payments System Advisor to MAMI is to provide technical advisory support to MAMI for the establishment of a safe, efficient, inclusive and scalable national payments system and payment system oversight function, aligned with the CBR Project, the CBR Roadmap, regional payment system harmonization work, and the emerging design of the PPM.
The Advisor will review the payment-related findings and recommendations in the IMF MCM report and assist MAMI to translate the relevant payment system recommendations into a practical implementation approach for RMI. This will include helping MAMI distinguish payment system actions from broader central banking, governance, accounting, audit, reserve management, HR, communications and corporate services matters, and sequencing the payment system actions in line with MAMI’s institutional capacity, staffing plans and expected operational priorities.
In doing so, the Advisor will consider the small scale of the RMI financial sector, the dominance of checks, limited electronic payment usage, geographic dispersion, government payment needs, remittance costs, digital financial-service developments, and MAMI’s current staffing and institutional capacity.
Scope of Services
The selected Payments System Advisor will provide country-level, time-based technical implementation support for RMI on payment system matters. The work will be coordinated with the PIFS PMU, the PIFS Payment Systems Specialist, the World Bank payments team, IMF MCM and other technical assistance providers as relevant. The Advisor will carry out the following tasks, with timing and level of effort agreed through the 12-month implementation work plan and periodic work planning discussions:
i. Inception, work planning and IMF recommendation mapping
ii. Establishment of MAMI's national payments function
iii. National Payments Strategy
iv. Payment infrastructure and IPCS implementation support
v. Payment system oversight, data and risk-based supervision
vi. Coordination, consultation and National Payment Council support
vii. Alignment with the CBR Project and regional work
viii. Capacity building and knowledge transfer
Scope Exclusions
The assignment is limited to payment systems technical assistance and payment-related operationalization of MAMI. The Advisor will not draft the Payment Systems Act, amendments to the Monetary Authority Act, primary legislation, or formal legal opinions.
The Advisor will not provide general central bank advisory services on reserve management, fiscal agency, accounting, audit, human resources, communications, procurement, general governance, or corporate services except where those topics directly affect payment system operations, payment oversight, payment infrastructure or payment-related stakeholder coordination.
Time-Based Reporting Obligations and Expected Outputs
This assignment will be contracted on a time-based basis. Payments will be linked to approved timesheets, agreed input days, and eligible reimbursable expenses, not to a fixed-price deliverables schedule. The outputs listed below are expected working products and reporting instruments for managing the assignment, tracking progress, supporting quality review, and documenting knowledge transfer.
The Advisor will prepare and update working products in line with the agreed work plan and counterpart needs. These may include the inception note and 12-month payments work plan, IMF recommendation mapping, National Payments Strategy materials, payment function setup notes, National Payment Council materials, payment operations and oversight procedures, data templates, IPCS options and requirements notes, training materials, mission notes and handover materials.
Because the role is advisory and embedded with MAMI for a substantial part of the assignment, outputs may be revised or reprioritized during implementation with agreement from MAMI, PIFS and the World Bank. The Advisor will document changes through monthly activity notes, quarterly progress notes and the action tracker.
Reporting Obligations
The Payments System Advisor will work closely with MAMI on a day-to-day technical basis and will report administratively to the Project Coordinator within the PIFS PMU. Technical priorities, work planning, and expected outputs will be agreed with MAMI, PIFS and the World Bank payments team. The Advisor will also coordinate with the PIFS Payment Systems Specialist and the RMI Country Coordinator as relevant.
The Advisor will submit monthly timesheets and short monthly activity notes to the PIFS PMU, with confirmation from MAMI of the main activities undertaken. The monthly activity note should summarize days worked, in-country and remote inputs, meetings held, outputs prepared, issues requiring decision, and planned activities for the following month. Technical outputs will be shared with MAMI and PIFS, and PIFS will share them with the World Bank for review or no-objection where required under the project arrangements.
The Advisor will maintain a short action tracker covering agreed activities, responsible counterparts, due dates, risks, dependencies and decisions required. The tracker will be updated at least monthly, and more frequently if requested by the PMU or MAMI. The Advisor will also provide quarterly progress notes against the 12-month payments work plan and a final completion and handover note at the end of the assignment.
Institutional Arrangements
This is a time-based individual consultant assignment contracted by PIFS through the PMU under the Pacific Strengthening CBR Project. The assignment will be undertaken for the benefit of MAMI as the primary country counterpart. The procurement approach is competitive selection of an independent individual consultant, subject to the approved procurement plan, applicable PIFS procurement procedures, conflict-of-interest review, and World Bank review or no-objection requirements where applicable.
The Advisor is expected to spend significant time in Majuro during the assignment, estimated at 50-60 percent of total input days, especially during inception, stakeholder consultations, NPS preparation, payment function setup, capacity building and infrastructure planning. Remote work may be used for document preparation, virtual meetings, training, follow-up and coordination with PIFS and the World Bank.
Office space and access to meeting facilities may be provided by MAMI for in-country inputs and by PIFS for inputs in Suva, subject to availability. The Advisor will be responsible for maintaining secure records of documents, correspondence and data received during the assignment and for complying with all confidentiality requirements.
The Advisor's services will be subject to periodic performance review based on the performance indicators below. Performance review will inform continuation, extension, revision or termination of the assignment, subject to contract terms and World Bank requirements.
Performance Indicators
The following performance indicators will be used for contract management and performance assessment. They are intended to measure timely input, quality of advisory support, documented outputs, counterpart engagement and knowledge transfer under a time-based contract:
Confidentiality and Conflict of Interest
The Payments System Advisor shall comply with PIFS and World Bank policies and rules on anti-corruption, prevention of fraudulent practices, conflict of interest and confidentiality. The Advisor shall maintain confidentiality over all sensitive information obtained during the assignment and shall not publish or disclose any findings, data, reports or recommendations without prior written consent from PIFS and MAMI, and World Bank clearance where required.
Any draft reports and other documents produced by the Advisor will be discussed with and cleared by PIFS, MAMI and the World Bank before final issue. A non-disclosure agreement may be signed between PIFS, MAMI and the selected consultant and attached to the contract.
The Advisor must disclose any actual or potential conflict of interest before contract signature and throughout the assignment. The Advisor shall not participate in downstream procurement activities where such participation would create a conflict of interest under the World Bank Procurement Regulations or the Project Operations Manual.
Evaluation Requirements
Mandatory Criteria
This section details the basis upon which selection of the successful candidate will be based.
These criteria must be met to be considered for this contract.
Mandatory Criteria | Description | Evaluation |
Education | A master's degree in economics, finance, law, public policy, payment systems, information systems, business administration or a related field. A PhD or other advanced professional qualification is preferred. | Pass or Fail |
Experience | A minimum of 10 years of experience working on payment systems, financial market infrastructures, central bank payment operations, payment system oversight, digital financial services, remittances, cross-border payments, correspondent banking, or financial sector supervision, including senior management experience in a central bank, monetary authority or financial sector authority. The candidate should have held, at minimum, a department-head or equivalent senior management role covering payment system policy, operations, oversight, supervision or related financial sector functions. | Pass or Fail |
Desirable Qualifications
These criteria are desirable qualifications that will be considered in confirming the suitability of the proposed consultant and documenting the direct selection justification. Candidates who meet the mandatory criteria will be ranked out of 100 points based on the scoring criteria above. The evaluation committee may interview the highest-ranked candidates where clarification is required or where candidates are closely ranked.
# | Evaluated Criteria | Points |
1 | Knowledge of the economic and financial environment in the Pacific, small island states, or other small and capacity-constrained jurisdictions. | 20 |
2 | Experience advising central banks or financial sector authorities on National Payments Strategies, payment system modernization, payment operations, payment system oversight, or payment infrastructure implementation. | 25 |
3 | Experience with digital financial services, e-money, non-bank payment service providers, remittances, financial inclusion, consumer protection, gender-disaggregated data, or public sector payments. | 15 |
4 | Ability to prepare high-quality strategies, advisory notes, manuals, operating procedures, data templates, training materials and implementation roadmaps. | 20 |
5 | Experience coordinating multi-stakeholder assignments involving central banks, ministries of finance, banks, payment service providers, telecom operators, development partners and regional organizations. | 20 |
Total | 100 |
Language: Excellent command of both spoken and written English is required
Selection Method
Harmonizing and Improving Statistics in West and Central Africa (HISWACA)
Project Implementation Unit (PIU), C/o Gambia Bureau of Statistics,
Kanifing Institutional Layout, Kanifing, The Gambia
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
Country: The Gambia
Project: Harmonizing and Improving Statistics in West and Central Africa
Grant No.: IDA E1750-GM
Assignment Title: Consultancy for Poverty Measurement, Poverty Analysis, and Capacity Building the Gambia Integrated Household Survey (GIHS) 2025/26.
TERMS OF REFERENCE
The Gambia Bureau of Statistics (GBoS) is responsible for the production and dissemination of official statistics to support evidence-based planning, policy formulation, monitoring, evaluation, and reporting on national development priorities. As part of its mandate, GBoS is implementing the Gambia Integrated Household Survey (GIHS) 2025/26, a nationally representative household survey designed to collect comprehensive data on household welfare, consumption, labour market outcomes, demographic characteristics, and other socio-economic indicators. The GIHS 2025/26 will provide the basis for producing updated poverty and inequality estimates for The Gambia.
The Harmonizing and Improving Statistics in West and Central Africa (HISWACA) Project is a World Bank-supported regional initiative aimed at strengthening the capacity, harmonization, quality, production, and use of statistics across participating countries in West and Central Africa. In The Gambia, the HISWACA Project provides grant financing to support the strengthening of the national statistical system, including improvements in statistical production, data quality, institutional capacity, analytical capability, and dissemination of official statistics.
Through funding from the HISWACA Project, GBoS seeks to strengthen its institutional and technical capacity in poverty measurement, welfare analysis, and the use of household survey data for policy-relevant statistical outputs. In this regard, GBoS intends to engage a Technical Assistant to support the processing and analysis of GIHS 2025/26 data, construction of welfare aggregates, review or updating of the national poverty line, production of poverty and inequality estimates, preparation of methodological documentation, and capacity building of GBoS technical staff. This support is expected to enhance the quality, transparency, replicability, and institutional sustainability of poverty statistics production in The Gambia.
The assignment will be implemented in a phased manner, beginning with data quality assessment, data cleaning, and diagnostic review, followed by welfare aggregate construction, poverty line updating, poverty estimation, robustness checks, training, methodological documentation, and reporting. The technical work will depend on the timely availability of household survey datasets, price survey datasets, final household weights, previous poverty documentation, and other supporting materials to be provided by GBoS.
The resulting poverty and inequality estimates will be critical for informing national development planning, monitoring progress towards the Sustainable Development Goals, assessing welfare trends, and supporting the design and evaluation of social and economic policies in The Gambia.
The overall objective of the assignment is to support GBoS in producing reliable poverty and inequality estimates from the GIHS 2025/26 and to strengthen the technical capacity of GBoS staff in poverty measurement.
The specific objectives are to:
The Technical Assistant will undertake the following tasks.
A1. Required inputs from GBoS
Before work under this phase can commence, GBoS will provide the consultant with the datasets for Quarter 1and Quarter 2, the Quarter 3 dataset if available at the time of initiation, and the corresponding price survey datasets.
A2. Data quality flagging
The consultant will conduct review of the household survey and price survey datasets to identify potential quality issues in variables critical to welfare measurement. This activity is expected to produce a structured set of flags to support early diagnosis and technical discussions before the finalization of data collection and comprehensive data cleaning.
The flagging exercise will cover two complementary dimensions. First, it will assess key variables used for poverty measurement and consumption aggregate construction, including missing values and data quality concerns. Second, it will examine missing values and non-response by the respondents, and LGA, in order to identify systematic patterns in data quality.
Indicative duration: 7 working days.
A3. Comprehensive data cleaning
The consultant will clean and prepare all relevant questionnaire sections required for poverty measurement analysis and public dissemination. The workplan specifies that this will cover all sections of the questionnaire and will include standardizing formats and display conventions, verifying internal skip logic and routing rules, checking consistency of responses across related sections, and identifying and addressing out-of-range values.
The consultant may draft do-files for this activity before the end of data collection; however, these do-files must be reviewed and finalized once data collection is complete.
Indicative duration: 22 working days, subject to preliminary review of the datasets shared by GBoS.
A4. Technical discussions and feedback sessions with GBoS
Building on the data quality flagging exercise and preliminary observations from the data cleaning process, the consultant will hold technical discussions with GBoS to jointly review flagged issues and agree on how to address missing data and data quality concerns before the comprehensive data cleaning phase is finalized.
These technical discussions will also provide an opportunity to identify any potential challenges from a sampling perspective, ensuring that gaps or anomalies in coverage are considered in the calculation and application of survey weights.
A5. Outlier detection and treatment
The consultant will detect and treat outliers in variables used for construction of the consumption aggregate. The treatment approach will be determined based on the nature and scale of identified issues. Where major outliers cannot be resolved through standard analytical methods, the consultant will engage with GBoS to clarify or address the underlying data issues.
The consultant may draft do-files for outlier detection and treatment before the end of data collection; however, these must be reviewed and finalized once data collection is complete.
Indicative duration: 5 working days.
B1. Required inputs from GBoS
Before work under this phase can commence, GBoS will provide complete and final GIHS 2025/26 datasets for all quarters and the final price survey dataset. These datasets are required before any sub-activity under poverty measurement can begin, as they underpin the construction of the consumption aggregate, poverty line update, and final poverty estimates.
B2. Construction of the consumption aggregate
The consultant will construct the nominal consumption aggregate and adjust it for price variation using spatial and temporal deflators. The output will be a real consumption aggregate that can be compared against the poverty line to produce poverty estimates.
This work will include, but not necessarily be limited to:
Indicative duration: 20 working days.
B3. Poverty line update
The consultant will support the review and updating of the national poverty line. The approach will be agreed with GBoS and may follow one of two scenarios: updating the existing 2020 poverty line by adjusting it for inflation using a price index or constructing a new poverty line from scratch using current survey data, including re-estimation of food and non-food components and additional methodological and robustness analysis.
The consultant will document the agreed methodology, data sources, assumptions, price adjustments, and robustness checks used in updating or constructing the poverty line. This activity may be drafted before the end of data collection but must be reviewed and finalized once data cleaning is complete.
Indicative duration: 15 working days.
B4. Poverty estimates and robustness checks
Once the consumption aggregate has been constructed and the poverty line has been updated, the consultant will produce poverty estimates at the national level, by urban/rural, and by LGA.
This activity is contingent on the availability of final sampling weights to be provided by GBoS. The work on final poverty estimates will commence once the final weights have been shared. The consultant will conduct sensitivity checks to verify the robustness of the results and will document the findings for technical review and institutional learning.
Indicative duration: 5 working days.
B5. Treatment of sampling weights
The preparation and finalization of sampling weights will remain the responsibility of the sampling consultant or the designated GBoS sampling team. The poverty measurement consultant will apply the finalized weights in the production of poverty and inequality estimates and will document how the weights were applied in the analysis.
C1. Training preparation
The consultant will prepare training materials based on the outputs of the consumption aggregate construction and poverty line update. This activity includes the development of presentation slides covering theoretical content and do-files illustrating the poverty measurement methodology.
Training preparation may begin before the end of data collection, provided that the first draft of the consumption aggregate and poverty line is available.
Indicative duration: 5 working days.
C2. In-person training on poverty measurement
The consultant will deliver in-person training to selected GBoS technical staff on poverty measurement methodology. The training will cover the theory of welfare measurement, construction of the consumption aggregate, and construction or updating of the poverty line.
The sessions are to be structured with theoretical content in the morning and hands-on practical exercises in the afternoon, following the same thematic sequence
The training will also serve as a technical review platform for discussing methodological choices made during the construction of the consumption aggregate and poverty line. This will include discussion of approaches used, reasoning behind key decisions, interpretation of results, and possible refinements emerging from GBoS feedback.
The training will be scheduled only after the consultant has had sufficient time to review, clean, and substantially advance the poverty measurement work. This reflects the comments that five days between data sharing and training is insufficient and that poverty-related analytical work should be substantially advanced before training delivery.
Indicative duration: 10 working days for poverty measurement methodology only.
C3. Mentoring and knowledge transfer
The consultant will provide structured mentoring to GBoS staff before, during, and after the training. Pre-training support will focus on data familiarization and preparation; support during the training will focus on practical application of poverty measurement methods; and post-training mentoring will support GBoS staff in reviewing outputs, interpreting estimates, consolidating skills, and ensuring replicability of the analysis.
D1. Poverty report
The consultant will prepare a poverty report presenting the results of the poverty measurement exercise. This activity can only begin once poverty estimates are in their final version. GBoS will provide the previous poverty report and all do-files and documentation, including Excel files, supporting the previous report before this activity begins.
The scope and final structure of the poverty report will be agreed with GBoS. The report should present key poverty results, interpretation of findings, disaggregated estimates, robustness checks, and comparison with previous survey rounds where appropriate and technically feasible.
Indicative duration: 10 working days, subject to clarification of the report content and scope.
D2. Methodological report
The consultant will prepare a comprehensive methodological report documenting the poverty measurement methodology. The methodological report should fully document the construction of the welfare aggregate, treatment of outliers, price adjustments, poverty line methodology, sampling weights, sensitivity checks, robustness analysis, and all key methodological choices and assumptions.
Indicative duration: 20 working days.
D3. Socioeconomic report
The consultant will support preparation of a socioeconomic report. This activity depends on GBoS providing the socioeconomic report template and any do-files or code used in previous rounds to compute the required indicators.
The duration of this activity remains to be determined, pending clarification of the report content and scope, availability of existing do-files, and availability of a template to guide estimation of workload.
The consultant will submit the following deliverables.
No. | Deliverable | Description | Timeline / level of effort |
1 | Inception report and detailed workplan | Detailed methodology, implementation schedule, data requirements, training approach, reporting arrangements, and deliverable schedule. | Within 10 working days of contract effectiveness |
2 | Data quality flagging report | Structured diagnostic report identifying missing values, non-response, and quality issues in variables critical to welfare measurement, including patterns by enumerator, team, and region. | 7 working days |
3 | Cleaned GIHS datasets and cleaning syntax | Cleaned datasets covering relevant questionnaire sections, with do-files for standardization, skip logic checks, consistency checks, and out-of-range values. | 22 working days, subject to preliminary dataset review |
4 | Technical discussion notes | Notes summarizing flagged issues, agreed resolutions, sampling-related concerns, and follow-up actions from technical discussions with GBoS. | Following data quality review |
5 | Outlier detection and treatment note | Documentation of outlier detection and treatment for variables used in consumption aggregate construction. | 5 working days |
6 | Consumption aggregate files and documentation | Nominal and real consumption aggregates, spatial and temporal deflators, supporting syntax, and documentation of methodological decisions. | 20 working days |
7 | Poverty line update note | Documentation of the agreed poverty line update approach, including whether the 2020 poverty line is updated using price indices or a new poverty line is constructed from current survey data. | 15 working days |
8 | Poverty estimates and robustness checks | National, urban/rural, and LGA poverty estimates, applying final household weights, with sensitivity and robustness checks. | 5 working days after final weights are provided |
9 | Training materials | Presentations, exercises, reference notes, practical examples, and STATA do-files based on the consumption aggregate and poverty line work. | 5 working days |
10 | In-person training delivery | Ten-day hands-on training on poverty measurement methodology, including welfare measurement, consumption aggregate construction, poverty line methodology, and practical exercises. | 10 working days |
11 | Training completion report | Summary of training delivered, topics covered, participants trained, key discussions, feedback, capacity gaps, and recommendations for continued learning. | Within 10 working days after training |
12 | Poverty report | Report presenting final poverty results, interpretation, disaggregated estimates, robustness checks, and comparison with previous rounds where appropriate. | 10 working days, subject to agreed scope |
13 | Methodological report | Full technical documentation of welfare aggregate construction, outlier treatment, price adjustment, poverty line methodology, sampling weights, robustness checks, and results. | 20 working days |
14 | Complete replicable STATA syntax | Fully documented and replicable STATA syntax for all key stages of data cleaning, consumption aggregate construction, poverty line update, poverty estimation, and robustness checks. | At final submission |
15 | Socioeconomic report | Socioeconomic report based on agreed template, indicators, and available code from previous survey rounds. | To be determined based on scope and available inputs |
16 | Final assignment report | Summary of all outputs delivered, capacity-building outcomes, lessons learned, remaining gaps, and recommendations for institutionalizing poverty measurement capacity at GBoS. | At end of assignment |
GBoS will provide the following inputs to enable successful implementation of the assignment:
The assignment will be implemented over a 12-month contract period. This period represents the overall duration of consultant availability and technical support and does not imply a full-time engagement throughout the 12 months.
Accordingly, the estimated level of effort for activities with specified durations is approximately 120 working days, excluding activities for which the duration remains to be determined, such as the socioeconomic report and any additional STATA or data cleaning training that may be requested.
The final number of working days will be confirmed in the contract and aligned with the agreed scope of work, deliverables, reporting requirements, and availability of required inputs from GBoS.
The assignment will follow a phased sequence to ensure that training and reporting are based on sufficiently advanced technical work.
Phase | Activity | Key dependency |
|
Phase 1 | Inception and confirmation of workplan | Contract effectiveness and initial consultations | Inception report and detailed workplan |
Phase 2 | Data quality flagging | Q1 and Q2 datasets, Q3 if available, and corresponding price survey datasets | Data quality flagging report |
Phase 3 | Data cleaning and technical discussions | Household survey and price survey datasets | Cleaned GIHS datasets and cleaning syntax; technical discussion notes |
Phase 4 | Outlier detection and treatment | Preliminary review of welfare measurement variables | Outlier detection and treatment note |
Phase 5 | Consumption aggregate construction | Complete and final datasets and final price survey dataset | Consumption aggregate files and documentation; documented STATA syntax |
Phase 6 | Poverty line update | Final data and agreed poverty line methodology | Poverty line update note |
Phase 7 | Poverty estimates and robustness checks | Final household weights from GBoS | Poverty estimates and robustness checks |
Phase 8 | Training preparation | Draft consumption aggregate and poverty line | Training materials |
Phase 9 | In-person poverty measurement training | Sufficiently advanced poverty measurement outputs | In-person training delivery; training completion report |
Phase 10 | Poverty report and methodological report | Final poverty estimates, final weights, previous report, and supporting documentation | Poverty report; methodological report |
Phase 11 | Final reporting and submission of syntax | Completion of all technical outputs | Complete replicable STATA syntax; final assignment report; socioeconomic report, if required |
The training will not be scheduled immediately after data sharing. It will be delivered only after the consultant has substantially advanced the consumption aggregate and poverty line work.
The consultant should have the following qualifications and experience:
Required Qualifications
Required Experienced
The consultant will report to the Director of Social Statistics at GBoS and will work closely with the GIHS technical team, the Project Implementation Unit (PIU), and other designated technical counterparts.
Regular technical meetings will be held throughout the assignment. Meetings will be held more frequently during intensive data processing, poverty measurement, training, and output review periods, and at least monthly during other phases of the assignment unless otherwise agreed.
All key outputs, including cleaned datasets, syntax files, poverty estimates, training materials, poverty report, methodological report, and final assignment report, will be subject to review and approval by GBoS.
GBoS will provide the consultant with access to all relevant datasets, price survey data, survey instruments, documentation, metadata, previous reports, sampling documentation, and technical counterparts required to complete the assignment.
The consultant will coordinate with the sampling consultant or designated sampling team to ensure that final household weights are correctly applied in poverty analysis. GBoS will facilitate participation of relevant technical staff in training, mentoring, technical discussions, and review of outputs.
The consultant will use his or her own computer, software, and technical equipment required to complete the assignment.
Travel and logistics will be covered under a lump-sum arrangement. The consultant will be responsible for arranging and covering travel, accommodation, and related logistics within the agreed lump sum. Local transportation will be facilitated by GBoS. No separate reimbursement will be made unless explicitly provided for in the contract.
Payments will be linked to the satisfactory completion and approval of deliverables. The payment percentages below are indicative and may be adjusted by the PIU during contract finalization, based on the agreed scope of work, level of effort, and contract negotiations. The final payment schedule will be reflected in the signed contract.
Milestone | Deliverable cluster | Indicative Share of Total Contract Amount |
1 | Inception report and detailed workplan | 30% |
2 | Data quality flagging report, cleaned datasets, and outlier treatment note | |
3 | Consumption aggregate files, poverty line update note, and documented syntax | 40% |
4 | Poverty estimates, robustness checks, and training materials | |
5 | Delivery of in-person training and training completion report | 30% |
6 | Poverty report, methodological report, final syntax, and final assignment report |
Interested candidates should submit the following:
The consultant will be assessed based on the following criteria:
Criteria | Description |
Technical expertise | Demonstrated experience in poverty measurement, welfare analysis, welfare aggregate construction, poverty line updating or construction, inequality analysis, and household survey data analysis. |
Relevant professional experience | Proven experience supporting national statistical offices, government counterparts, the World Bank, UN Agencies or other development institutions in poverty analysis, household survey implementation, and production of official poverty statistics. |
Methodological strength | Quality of the proposed methodology, including understanding of data requirements, sequencing of activities, consumption aggregate construction, poverty line methodology, robustness checks, documentation, and replicability of outputs. |
Household survey and data quality experience | Demonstrated experience in household survey design, implementation support, data quality monitoring, data cleaning, validation, and final dataset preparation. |
Capacity-building experience | Demonstrated ability to design and deliver practical training, technical workshops, mentoring, and hands-on support to staff of national statistical offices or similar institutions. |
STATA and analytical programming proficiency | Advanced proficiency in STATA and ability to prepare documented, replicable, and well-structured syntax, with additional experience in other statistical or programming tools are considered an advantage. |
Reporting and documentation ability | Experience preparing clear, professional, and technically sound poverty reports, methodological notes, policy briefs, analytical outputs, and quality assurance documentation. |
Availability and responsiveness | Ability to support the assignment over the agreed contract period, provide timely technical inputs, and work collaboratively with GBoS, the PIU, and relevant technical counterparts. |
14. Contact information and submission of applications
For inquiries and submission of applications, candidates may submit their applications either in physical copies or electronically to the following:
The consultant will be selected accordance with the Individual consultant’s selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations 2025 September of the World Bank. The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person or by e-mail) by 16:00 hours GMT on or before 4th August, 2026.
Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Gambia Bureau of Statistics (GBoS)
ATTENTION: Mr. Mohammed L. Janneh, Project Coordinator
C/o Gambia Bureau of Statistics, Bijilo, The Gambia West Africa
Tel: 7296325, 9824270, and 2827526
E-mails: hiswacainfo@gbosgov.org mjannehhiswaca@gbosgov.org smendyhiswaca@gbosgov.org
ejabanghiswaca@gbosgov.org hydarakutubhiswaca@gbosgov.org
"},{"id":"OP00463607","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"19-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-10-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:00","project_ctry_name":"Eswatini","project_id":"P508960","project_name":"Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini","bid_reference_no":"SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB","bid_description":"Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto Reclosers (Plant)","procurement_group":"CW","procurement_method_code":"RFB","procurement_method_name":"Request for Bids","contact_address":"P.O. 258 , Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road\nH100, Mbabane\nEswatini","contact_ctry_name":"Eswatini","contact_email":"thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz","contact_name":"Thobeka Gama","contact_organization":"Eswatini Electricity Company","contact_phone_no":"26878332239","submission_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Request for Bids
Plant
Design, Supply, and Installation
Two-envelope with Rated Criteria
RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB
March 2025 |
Request for Bids
Eswatini Electricity Company
Procurement of
Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)
For the
Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation in Eswatini
Project ID No: P508960
Employer: Eswatini Electricity Company
Project: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation - Eswatini
Contract title: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant)
Country: Kingdom of Eswatini
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: 7700-SZ
RFB No: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB
Issued on: 19 August 2026
Standard Procurement Document
Table of Contents
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures. 3
Section I - Instructions to Bidders. 5
Section II - Bid Data Sheet 39
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (After prequalification) 49
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification) 59
Section IV - Bidding Forms. 77
Section V - Eligible Countries. 151
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption. 153
PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements. 157
Section VII - Employer’s Requirements. 159
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms. 189
Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract 191
Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract 291
Section X - Contract Forms. 297
PART 1 – Bidding Procedures
Section I - Instructions to Bidders
Contents
A. General 8
1. Scope of Bid. 8
2. Source of Funds. 9
3. Fraud and Corruption. 9
4. Eligible Bidders. 9
5. Eligible Plant and Installation Services. 12
B. Contents of Bidding Document 12
6. Sections of Bidding Document 12
7. Clarification of Bidding Document, Site Visit, Pre-Bid Meeting. 13
8. Amendment of Bidding Document 15
C. Preparation of Bids. 15
9. Cost of Bidding. 15
10. Language of Bid. 15
11. Documents Comprising the Bid. 15
12. Letters of Bid and Price Schedules. 17
13. Alternative Bids. 17
14. Documents Establishing the Eligibility of the Plant and Installation Services. 17
15. Documents Establishing the Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 17
16. Documents Establishing the Conformity of the Plant and Installation Services. 18
17. Bid Prices and Discounts. 18
18. Currencies of Bid and Payment 21
19. Period of Validity of Bids. 21
20. Bid Security. 22
21. Format and Signing of Bid. 24
D. Submission of Bids. 24
22. Submission, Sealing and Marking of Bids. 24
23. Deadline for Submission of Bids. 25
24. Late Bids. 25
25. Withdrawal, Substitution, and Modification of Bids. 25
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26
26. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids. 26
F. Evaluation of Bids- General Provisions. 27
27. Confidentiality. 27
28. Clarification of Bids. 28
29. Deviations, Reservations, and Omissions. 28
G. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids. 29
30. Determination of Responsiveness of Technical Part 29
31. Eligibility and Qualifications of the Bidder 29
32. Detailed Evaluation of Technical Part 30
H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30
33. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts. 30
I. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids. 32
34. Adjustments for Non-material Noconformities. 32
35. Correction of Arithmetic Errors. 32
36. Evaluation Process, Financial Part 32
37. Abnormally Low Bids. 33
38. Unbalanced or Front Loaded Bids. 33
J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid and Notification of Intention to Award. 34
39. Evaluation of combined Technical and Financial Parts, Most Advantageous Bid. 34
40. Employer’s right to Accept Any Bid and to Reject Any or All Bids. 34
41. Standstill Period. 35
42. Notification of Intention to Award. 35
K. Award of Contract 35
43. Award Criteria. 35
44. Notification of Award. 35
45. Debriefing by the Employer 36
46. Signing of Contract 37
47. Performance Security. 37
48. Procurement Related Complaint 38
Section I - Instructions to Bidders
|
| |
|
Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another. Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions.
A non-exhaustive list of (i) behaviors which constitute SEA and (ii) behaviors which constitute SH is attached to the Code of Conduct form in Section IV. |
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
PART 1. Bidding Procedures
PART 2. Employer’s Requirements
PART 3. Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Schedule No. 1: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from Abroad Schedule No. 2: Plant (including Mandatory Spare Parts) Supplied from within the Employer’s Country Schedule No. 3: Design Services Schedule No. 4: Installation Services Schedule No. 5: Grand Summary (Schedule Nos.1 to 4) Schedule No. 6: Recommended Spare Parts
The price of the Plant shall be quoted on CIP-named place of destination basis as specified in the BDS.
(i) The price of the Plant shall be quoted on an EXW Incoterm basis (such as “ex-works,” “ex-factory,” “ex-warehouse” or “off-the-shelf,” as applicable), including all customs duties, sales and other taxes already paid or payable on the components and raw materials used in the manufacture or assembly of the Plant; (ii) Sales tax and all other taxes payable in the Employer’s Country on the Plant if the contract is awarded to the Bidder;
(e) Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 6) as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance with the origin of the spare parts.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
from a reputable source from an eligible country. If an unconditional guarantee is issued by a non-bank financial institution located outside the Employer’s Country the issuing non-bank financial institution shall have a correspondent financial institution located in the Employer’s Country to make it enforceable unless the Employer has agreed in writing, prior to Bid submission, that a correspondent financial institution is not required. In the case of a bank guarantee, the Bid Security shall be submitted either using the Bid Security Form included in Section IV, Bidding Forms, or in another substantially similar format approved by the Employer prior to Bid submission. The Bid Security shall be valid for twenty-eight (28) days beyond the original date of expiry of the Bid validity, or beyond any extended date if requested under ITB 19.2.
the Borrower may, if provided for in the BDS, declare the Bidder disqualified to be awarded a contract by the Employer for a period of time as stated in the BDS. |
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the bidding document; (b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the bidding document; and (c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or documentation required in the bidding document.
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
| |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section II - Bid Data Sheet The following specific data for the Facilities to be procured shall complement, supplement, or amend the provisions in the Instructions to Bidders (ITB). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in ITB. | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
A. General | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 1.1 | The reference number of the Request for Bids (RFB) is: SZ-ECC-561950-CW-RFB The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company (EEC). The name of the RFB is: Design, Supply and Installation of 11kV Auto reclosers (Plant) The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this RFB is: one (1) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 1.2 (a) | N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 2.1 | The Borrower is: Government of Kingdom of Eswatini Loan or Financing Agreement amount: US$90 million The name of the Project is: Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Eswatini | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.1 | Maximum number of members in the JV shall be: Three (3) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.5 | A list of debarred firms and individuals is available on the Bank’s external website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 4.11 | This Bidding Process is not subject to prequalification. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
B. Bidding Document | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.1 | For Clarification of Bid purposes only, the Employer’s address is: Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke, Procurement Manager Address: Po Box 258, Head Office, Eluvatsini House, Floor/Room number: Ground Floor City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini (Swaziland) Telephone: +268 2409 4065 Electronic mail address: bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz and thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz Requests for clarification should be received by the Employer no later than: 12 October 2026. Web page: www.eec.co.sz | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.4 | A pre-bid meeting shall take place at the following date, time and place: Date: 10 September 2026 Time: 10h00 SAST Place: Virtual Join: https://teams.microsoft.com/meet/350969007718107?p=iaBABpQyLOD1SvWqoV Meeting ID: 350 969 007 718 107 Passcode: vZ7TW3mc A non-compulsory site visit conducted by the Employer shall be on 17nth and 18nth September 2026 Telephone: +268 2409 4062 E-mail: thobeka.gama@eec.co.sz copied to bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz Contact person/conference coordinator: Ms. Thobeka Gama, Procurement Specialist | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 7.6 | The Employer shall not publish the Minutes of the pre-Bid meeting on the web page. However, the minutes of the pre-Bid meeting will be circulated to all bidders who have purchased the bidding document. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
C. Preparation of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 10.1 | The language of the Bid is: English All correspondence exchange shall be in English language. Language for translation of supporting documents and printed literature is English. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 11.2 (i) | The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Technical Part of its Bid: Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) The Bidder shall submit its Code of Conduct that will apply to Contractor’s Personnel (as defined in Sub-Clause 1.1.17 of the General Conditions of Contract), to ensure compliance with the Contractor’s Environmental and Social (ES) obligations under the Contract. The Bidder shall use for this purpose the Code of Conduct form provided in Section IV. No substantial modifications shall be made to this form, except that the Bidder may introduce additional requirements, including as necessary to take into account specific Contract issues/risks. A satisfactory code of conduct will contain obligations on all Contractor’s Personnel project staff (including sub-contractors and day workers) that are suitable to address the following issues, as a minimum. Additional obligations may be added to respond to particular concerns of the region, the location and the project sector or to specific project requirements. The code of conduct shall contain a statement that the term “child” / “children” means any person(s) under the age of 18 years. The issues to be addressed include: 1. Compliance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations. 2. Compliance with applicable health and safety requirements to protect the local community, the Employer’s Personnel, and the Contractor’s Personnel 3. Interactions with the local community(ies), members of the local community (ies), and any affected person(s) (for example to convey an attitude of respect, including to their culture and traditions) 4. Sexual harassment 5. Sexual exploitation and abuse 6. Protection of children (including prohibitions against sexual activity or abuse, or otherwise unacceptable behavior towards children, limiting interactions with children, and ensuring their safety in project areas) 7. Sanitation requirements 8. Non retaliation against workers who report violations of the Code, if that report is made in good faith. Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIP) to manage the (ES) risks The Bidder shall submit Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (MSIPs) to manage the following key Environmental and Social (ES) risks:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 11.3(d) | The Bidder shall submit the following additional documents in the Financial Part of its Bid: N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.1 | Alternative Bids shall not be considered. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.2 | Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 13.4 | Alternative technical solutions shall not be permitted for the Plant and Installation Services. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.1 | Bidders shall quote for the following components or services on a single responsibility basis:
and The supply of the following components or services will be provided under the responsibility of the Employer:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.5 (a) and (d) | Place of destination: Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha. Final destination (Project Site): Various projects sites across the country with 150 km radius from the Matsapha Central Services Organization (CSO) – EEC Main Stores, Matsapha. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.6 | The Incoterms edition is: CIP-INCOTERMS 2020 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 17.7 | The prices quoted by the Bidder shall not be subject to adjustment during the performance of the Contract. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 18.1 | The currency of bid and payment for Bidder from the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries shall be Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL). Bidder from outside the Common Monetary Area (CMA) Countries is not required to quote in the currency of the Employer’s Country Lilangeni (SZL), the portion of the Bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the Employer’s Country currencies. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 19.1 | The Bid shall be valid until: 23 January 2027 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 19.3 (a) | The Bid price shall be adjusted by the following factor(s): Not Applicable. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.1 | A Bid Security shall be required. A Bid-Securing Declaration shall not be required. If a Bid Security shall be required, the amount and currency of the Bid Security shall be E50,000.00 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.3 (d) | Other types of acceptable securities: NONE | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 20.9 | Not applicable | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 21.3 | The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist of “Power of Attorney” (either notarized or attested by the appropriate authority in the Bidder’s home country) along with a copy of relevant Board Resolution. Note: The Power of Attorney shall indicate that the person signing the Bid has the authority to sign the Bid and the Bid is binding upon the Bidder during the full period of its validity. In case of a Joint venture Bid, the Power of Attorney shall be signed by the appropriate official of each of the JV partner. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
D. Submission and Opening of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 22.1 | In addition to the original Bid, the number of copies is: Two (2). Notes:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 23.1 | For Bid submission purpose only, the Procuring Agency’s address is: Eswatini Electricity Company Attention: Mr. Bongani Chauke Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road Floor/ Room number: Reception City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini The deadline for Bid submission is: Date: 23 October 2026 Time:11h00 SAST Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
E. Public Opening of Technical Parts of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 26.1 | The Bid opening shall take place at: EEC Head Office Street Address: Eluvatsini House, Mhlambanyatsi Road Floor/ Room number: Reception, Cubicle 1 City: Mbabane Country: Kingdom of Eswatini Date: 23 October 2026 Time: 11.15 AM SAST The electronic Bid opening procedures shall be: N/A | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 26.6 | The Letter of Bid - Technical Part and the sealed envelope marked “Second Envelope - Financial Part” shall be initialed by at least three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
G. Evaluation of Technical Part of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 32.2 | The weight to be given for Rated Criteria (including technical and non-price factors) is: 0.5(50 %) The technical factors and sub-factors, which for purposes of this document carry the same meaning as Rated Criteria, and the corresponding scores in % are:
Note:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
H. Notification of Evaluation of Technical Parts and Public Opening of Financial Parts | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 33.5 | The Letter of Bid – Financial Part and Schedules shall be initialed by three (3) representatives of the Employer conducting Bid opening. Each Financial Part of Bid shall be initialed by 3 representatives of the employer conducting the financial opening. Any modification to the total price shall be recorded and initialed by 3 Representatives of the Employer. | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
I. Evaluation of Financial Part of Bids | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
36.1(f) | The adjustments shall be determined using the following criteria, from amongst those set out in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria:
| ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 36.2
| The currency that shall be used for Bid evaluation and comparison purposes to convert at the selling exchange rate all Bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is: Lilangeni (SZL) The source of exchange rate shall be: Central Bank of Eswatini The date for the exchange rate shall be: 23 October 2026 | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
J. Evaluation of Combined Technical and Financial Parts and Most Advantageous Bid | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 39.1 | The weight to be given for cost is: 0.5 (50%) | ||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
K. Award of Contract | |||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||||
ITB 48.1 | The procedures for making a Procurement-related Complaint are detailed in the “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Annex III).” If a Consultant wishes to make a Procurement-related Complaint, the Consultant shall submit its complaint following these procedures, In Writing (by the quickest means available, such as by email or fax), to: For the attention: Mr. Mphumuzi Maziya Title/position: Managing Director Client: Eswatini Electricity Company Email address: mphumuzi.maziya@eec.co.sz copied bongani.chauke@eec.co.sz A copy of the complaint can be sent for the Bank’s information and monitoring to: pprocurementcomplaints@worldbank.org In summary, a Procurement-related Complaint may challenge any of the following:
|
Section III - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (Without prequalification)
This section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate Bids and qualify Bidders. No other factors, methods or criteria shall be used other than specified in this Bidding document. The Bidder shall provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section IV, Bidding Forms.
Wherever a Bidder is required to state a monetary amount, Bidders should indicate the USD equivalent using the rate of exchange determined as follows:
Exchange rates shall be taken from the publicly available source identified in the ITB 36.2. Any error in determining the exchange rates in the Bid may be corrected by the Employer.
Table of Contents
1. Qualification. 61
2. Evaluation of Technical Part 62
3. Evaluation of Financial Part 64
4. Combined Evaluation. 66
5. Multiple Contracts. 66
1.1 Qualification Requirements
The Bidder’s qualification shall be assessed in accordance with the Qualification table included in this section.
1.2 Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have suitably qualified Contractor’s Representative and other suitably qualified (and in adequate numbers) key personnel, as described in the Employer’s Requirements.
The Bidder shall provide details of the Contractor’s Representative and other key personnel, and such other key personnel that the Bidder considers appropriate, together with their academic qualifications and work experience. The Bidder shall complete the relevant Forms in Section IV, Bid Forms.
1.3 Equipment
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have access to the key equipment required to perform the contract.
The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section IV.
1.4 Subcontractors/Manufacturers
Subcontractors/manufacturers for major items of supply or services identified in the Initial Selection document must meet or continue to meet the minimum criteria specified therein for each item.
Subcontractors for the following additional major items of supply or services must meet the following minimum criteria, herein listed for that item:
Item No. | Description of Item | Minimum Criteria to be met |
1 | Telecommunication equipment | 5 years’ experience in supplying and installing telecommunication equipment |
2 | Overhead line construction | 5 years’ experience in distribution infrastructure construction |
3 | 11kV Auto reclosers | 10 years’ experience in the manufacturing of auto reclosers |
4 | Protection and SCADA | 10 Years experience in protection and automation of electrical transmission or distribution systems |
Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of the subcontractor.
In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and/or install Plant and equipment under the contract that the Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce and/or install, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization, using the form provided in Section IV, showing that the Bidder has been duly authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Plant and equipment or component to supply and/or install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and ITB 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for that item.
The total technical points assigned to each Bid in the Evaluated Bid Formula will be determined by adding and weighting the scores assigned by an evaluation committee to technical factors of the Bid in accordance with the criteria set forth below.
No. | Rated Criterion | Weight | Key Assessment Considerations |
1 | Specific Experience of bidder, capability and suitability of subcontractors | 15% |
|
2 | Technical compliance and plant design solution | 25% |
|
3 | Approach, Methodology, method statement and implementation plan | 20% |
|
4 | Key personnel and project organization | 20% |
|
5 | Programme, schedule and delivery plan | 5% |
|
6 | Cybersecurity risk management and innovation | 5% |
|
7 | Training, documentation, warranties and lifecycle support | 10% |
|
Total | 100% |
TECHINICAL PART SCORING METHOLOGY
Evaluators will apply the following scoring guidance consistently to each rated criterion. Scores will be based on the extent to which the bidder’s submission demonstrates compliance, completeness, relevance, credibility of evidence, and practical suitability for the required scope of work.
Score | Rating | General Scoring Guidance |
0 | Non-responsive / No evidence | The submission does not address the criterion, provides no relevant evidence, or contains information that is materially non-compliant with the requirements. The response gives the evaluator no reasonable basis to confirm capability, compliance, or suitability. |
1 | Poor | The submission addresses the criterion only superficially or partially. Evidence is weak, generic, insufficient, incomplete, or not clearly relevant to the required scope. There are significant gaps, uncertainties, or weaknesses that may create delivery, compliance, performance, safety, operational, or support risks. |
2 | Acceptable | The submission adequately addresses the criterion and demonstrates basic compliance with the requirements. Evidence is generally relevant and sufficient, although some details may be missing or not fully developed. Any minor weaknesses are manageable and are not expected to materially affect delivery of the required scope. |
3 | Good | The submission addresses the criterion clearly and comprehensively. Evidence is relevant, credible, and well aligned with the requirements. The response demonstrates sound understanding, suitable capability, and a practical approach marginally exceeding minimum or generic standards. Even if there are very minor omissions or risks that can be readily clarified or managed. |
4 | Excellent | The submission fully addresses the criterion and exceeds the minimum requirements in a meaningful and relevant way. Evidence is strong, specific, verifiable, and directly applicable to the scope. The response demonstrates superior capability, robust risk controls, clear interfaces, reliable delivery arrangements, and added value without introducing unacceptable risk. |
The score for each sub- factor (i) within a factor (j) will be combined with the scores of sub- factors in the same factor as a weighted sum to form the Factor Technical Score using the following formula:
where:
tji = the technical score for sub- factor “i” in factor “j”
wji = the weight of sub- factor “i” in factor “j”,
k = the number of scored sub-factors in factor “j”
and
The Factor Technical Scores will be combined in a weighted sum to form the total Technical Part Score using the following formula:
where:
Sj = the Factor Technical Score of factor “j”
Wj = the weight of factor “j” as specified in the BDS
n = the number of Factors
and
Note: After the technical evaluation only, only bids that attains a score of 70 % and or above shall be considered for financial evaluation.
The following factors and methods will apply:
Time to complete the Plant and Installation Services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is 6 months. No credit will be given for earlier completion.
Note: A compliant Bid must offer a contract completion within the time specified above. Bids offering a completion date beyond the maximum designated period shall be rejected as non-responsive.
None
The minimum requirements stated in the Specification for functional guarantees required in the Specification are:
Functional Guarantee | Minimum (or Maximum, as appropriate) Requirement |
1. All 11 kV auto reclosers as stated in the employer’s requirements. | 100% operational functionality throughout the Warranty Period & Design Life. |
The performance figures quoted on forms-FUNC and Technical Data Sheet shall be guaranteed within the tolerances permitted by relevant standards listed under Part-II, Employer’s Requirement, and shall become a part of the successful Bidder's Contract. For the purposes of evaluation, for each percentage point the functional guarantee of the proposed Plant and Installation Services is below the norm specified in the Specification and in the above table, but above the minimum acceptable levels also specified therein, an adjustment of 5% will be added to the Bid price. If the drop below the norm the Auto reclosers will be rejected.
None
None
The Employer will evaluate and compare the Bids that have been determined to be substantially responsive.
An Evaluated Bid Score (B) will be calculated for each responsive Bid using the following formula, which permits a comprehensive assessment of the evaluated cost and the technical merits of each Bid:
where
C = Evaluated Bid Cost
C low = the lowest of all Evaluated Bid Costs among responsive Bids
T = the total Technical Score awarded to the Bid
Thigh = the Technical Score achieved by the Bid that was scored best among all responsive Bids
X = weight for Cost as specified in the BDS
The Bid with the best evaluated Bid Score (B) among responsive Bids shall be the Most Advantageous Bid provided the Bidder is qualified to perform the Contract.
……………………………………………………………………………………
2. Qualification
Factor | 1 Eligibility | |||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | ||||
Requirement | Bidder | |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture(existing or intended) | |||||
All members combined | Each Partner | At least one Partner | ||||
1.1 Nationality | Nationality in accordance with ITB 4.4. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments |
1.2 Conflict of Interest | No- conflicts of interests as described in ITB 4.2 | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
1.3 Bank Ineligibility | Not having been declared ineligible by the Bank as described in 4.5. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
1.4 State Owned Enterprise or Institution | Compliance with conditions of ITB 4.6 | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form ELI –1.1 and 1.2, with attachments |
1.5 Ineligibility based on a United Nations resolution or Borrower’s country law | Not having been excluded as a result of the Borrower’s country laws or official regulations, or by an act of compliance with UN Security Council resolution, in accordance with ITB 4.8and Section V. | Must meet requirement | must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N / A | Letter of Bid |
Factor | 2. Historical Contract Non-Performance | |||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | ||||
Requirement | Bidder | |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) | |||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member | ||||
2.1 History of non-performing contracts | Non-performance[1]of a contract did not occur within the last 5 years prior to the deadline for application submission, based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation. A fully settled dispute or litigation is one that has been resolved in accordance with the Dispute Resolution Mechanism under the respective contract, and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted. | Must meet requirement by itself or as member to past or existing JV | N / A | Must meet requirement[2] | N / A | Form CON - 2 |
2.2 Suspension | Not under suspension based on execution of a Bid Securing Declaration or Proposal Securing Declaration pursuant to ITB 4.7 and ITB 20.9 | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Letter of Bid |
2.3 Pending Litigation | Bid’s financial position and prospective long term profitability still sound according to criteria established in 3.1 below and assuming that all pending litigation will be resolved against the Bidder | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form CON – 2 |
2.4 Litigation History | No consistent history of court/arbitral award decisions against the Bidder[3]since 1st January 2021
| Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | N/A | Form CON – 2 |
2.5 Declaration: Environmental and Social (ES) past performance | Declare any contract that has been suspended or terminated and/or performance security called by an employer for reasons of breach of environmental, or social (including Sexual Exploitation, and Abuse) contractual obligations in the past five years.[4] | Must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration. |
N/A | Each must make the declaration. Where there are Specialized Subcontractor/s, the Specialized Subcontractor/s must also make the declaration. |
N/A | Form CON-3 ES Performance Declaration |
2.6 Bank’s SEA and/or SH Disqualification | At the time of Contract Award, not subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations | Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder) | N/A | Must meet requirement (including each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder) | N/A | Letter of Bid, Form CON-4 |
Factor | 3 Financial Situation | ||||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required | |||||
Requirement | Bidder | ||||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) | ||||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member | |||||
3.1 Financial Capabilities | Submission of audited balance sheets or if not required by the law of the Bidder’s Country, other financial statements acceptable to the Employer, for the last three [3] years to demonstrate the current soundness of the Bidders financial position and its prospective long-term profitability. | Must meet requirement | N / A | Must meet requirement | N / A | Form FIN – 3.1 with attachments | |
3.2 Average Annual Turnover
| Minimum average annual construction turnover in supply and installation of electricity distribution infrastructure of US$ 1,720,000.00 (One million, seven hundred and twenty thousand), calculated as total certified payments received for contracts in progress and/or completed within the last three (3) years, | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement | Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement | Form FIN –3.2 | |
3.3 Financial Resources
| The Bidder must demonstrate access to, or availability of, financial resources such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, other than any contractual advance payments to meet: (i) the following cash-flow requirement: USD $ 430,000.00 (four hundred and thirty thousand) and (ii) the overall cash flow requirements for this contract and its current commitments. | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirement | Must meet at least 30 % of the requirement | Must meet at least 70 % of the requirement | Form FIN –3.3 | |
Factor | 4 Experience | ||||||
Sub-Factor | Criteria | Documentation Required |
| ||||
Requirement | Bidder |
| |||||
Single Entity | Joint Venture (existing or intended) |
| |||||
All members combined | Each member | At least one member |
| ||||
4.1 General Experience | Experience in supply, installation and commissioning of electricity distribution control systems under contracts in the role of main contractor, JV member, subcontractor, or management contractor for at least the last five (5) years starting 1st January 2021 | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Must meet requirement
| N / A | Form EXP-4.1 |
|
4.2(a) Specific Experience | (a)Participation as contractor, joint venture member[5], management contractor, or subcontractor, in at least two (2) contracts within the last eight (8) years (from 1 January 2018), each with a value of at least $860,000.00 that have been successfully and substantially[6]completed and that are similar to the proposed Plant and Installation Services. The similarity of the contracts shall be based on the physical size, complexity, methods, technology or other characteristics as described in Section VII, Employer’s Requirements. | Must meet requirement | Must meet requirements[7] | N / A | Must meet the following requirements for the key activities listed below
| Form EXP 4.2(a)
|
|
4.2(b) Specific Experience | (b) For the above or other contracts executed during the period stipulated in 4.2(a) above, a minimum experience in the following key activities:
Bidders should submit details of previous projects and reference letters from clients in support of the projects they are using to demonstrate their qualifications. The Employer may make independent inquiries about any or all of the projects referenced by bidders and may visit and examine the projects used by Bidders in support of their qualifications. | Must meet requirements
| Must meet requirements[8] | N / A | Must meet the requirements | Form EXP-4.2(b) |
|
4.2 (c) Specific Experience in managing ES aspects | For the contracts in 4.2 (a) above and/or any other contracts [substantially completed and under implementation] as prime contractor, joint venture member, or Subcontractor between 1st January 2021 and Application submission deadline, experience in managing ES risks and impacts in the following aspects:
| Must meet requirements
| Must meet requirements
| N/A
| N/A
| Form EXP – 4.2 (c) |
|
Section IV - Bidding Forms |
Table of Forms
Letter of Bid- Technical Part 79
Technical Proposal 82
Site Organization. 83
Method Statement 84
Mobilization Schedule. 85
Construction Schedule. 86
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) 87
Sustainable Procurement Proposal 88
Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan. 89
Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form.. 90
Plant 94
Contractor’s Equipment 95
Functional Guarantees. 96
Personnel 97
Resume of Proposed Personnel 99
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services. 100
Others - Time Schedule. 101
Bidders Qualification without prequalification. 115
Bidder Information Sheet 116
Party to JV Information Sheet 117
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History. 118
Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress. 124
Financial Situation. 125
Historical Financial Performance. 125
Average Annual Turnover 127
Financial Resources. 128
Experience. 129
General Experience. 129
Specific Experience. 131
Specific Experience in Key Activities. 133
Form of Bid Security. 136
Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee. 136
Form of Bid Security- Bid Bond. 138
Form of Bid-Securing Declaration. 139
Manufacturer’s Authorization. 140
Schedule of Rates and Prices. 143
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad. 143
Country of Origin Declaration Form.. 144
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country. 145
Schedule No. 3. Design Services. 146
Schedule No. 4. Installation and Other Services. 147
Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary. 148
Schedule No. 6. Recommended Spare Parts. 149
Price Adjustment 150
Letter of Bid- Technical Part
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address. Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form. |
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Alternative No.:[insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
We, the undersigned, hereby submit our Bid, in two parts, namely:
In submitting our Bid, we make the following declarations:
We [where JV, insert: “including any of our JV members”], and any of our subcontractors:
;
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by joint venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder to be attached with the Bid
Technical Proposal |
Site Organization
Method Statement
[Note to the Bidder: (i) As required in BDS 11.2 (i), also include method statement, management strategies, implementation plans and innovations; (ii) if there are assessed supply chain risks, the method statement must include proposed supply chain risks management plans.]
In addition, the Bidder/Contractor shall establish, implement and maintain a Method Statement for its specific Occupational Health & Safety (OHS) risks on site and describe mitigation measures to keep high risks under control. Method Statement is a type of health and safety document that Contractor shall use for high-risk work. It describes the steps (method) that workers must take to carry out a particular job safely. Primarily, they are for the benefit of those who will physically be carrying out the work, usually those working in the construction sector.
The document shall identify the potential hazards that may arise during a particular task and outline the necessary precautions that must be put in place and taken by workers. The statement must be as simple as possible to avoid any misinterpretations that could result in injury. Workers involved in the work shall read it, understand what is expected of them and follow the measures that are in place to keep them safe. Method Statement shall be approved by the Employer.
The Bidder/Contractor shall describe the method of work to keeping under control high risks and establish a permit to work system and issue a permit to work (PTW) for specific work. PTW shall be issued, but is not limited to, working at height, working in confined spaces, lone work, asbestos, hot work and the use of dangerous plant. Method Statements shall contain the following items but not limited to:
Mobilization Schedule
[Insert Technical Proposal for Mobilization Schedule]
Construction Schedule
The Bidder should chalk out proper mobilisation schedule and construction schedule along with the CPM/ PERT charts for execution of the Contract as a whole. Since no extension of time is anticipated unless exclusively warranted under critical circumstances, work programme for all key activities that may have bearing on project implementation should be clearly shown within the overall project schedule. For example, time required for import of equipment and construction materials together with time schedule within the overall schedule for preconstruction activities like surveys and investigations and preparation of construction drawings.
ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP)
The Bidder shall submit comprehensive and concise Environmental and Social Management Strategies and Implementation Plans (ES-MSIP) as required by ITB 11.1 (j) of the Bid Data Sheet. These strategies and plans shall describe in detail the actions, materials, equipment, management processes etc. that will be implemented by the Contractor, and its subcontractors.
In developing these strategies and plans, the Bidder shall have regard to the ES provisions of the contract including those as may be more fully described in the Employer’s Requirements in Section VII.
Sustainable Procurement Proposal
Note to Bidder: In addition to submitting the required ES Management Strategies and Implementation Plans, the Bidder shall provide its proposal to demonstrate how additional sustainable procurement requirements, if any, specified in Section VII- Employer’s Requirements would be addressed. The Bidder shall also provide its proposal, if any, for exceeding the sustainable procurement requirements.
Risk assessment and Proposed Management Plan
The Bidder should submit a risk register identifying the hazards anticipated during the implementation of the contract.
For the key hazards ranked by impact, the risk register shall include a description of the hazard, an assessment of the potential impact on health and safety, environment, cost, program or other, and the proposed mitigation strategy for each hazard.
Note to the Bidder: The minimum content of the Code of Conduct form as set out by the Employer shall not be substantially modified. However, the Bidder may add requirements as appropriate, including to take into account Contract-specific issues/risks. The Bidder shall initial and submit the Code of Conduct form as part of its bid.
|
Code of Conduct for Contractor’s Personnel (ES) Form
Note to the Employer: The following minimum requirements shall not be modified. The Employer may add additional requirements to address identified issues, informed by relevant environmental and social assessment. The types of issues identified could include risks associated with: labour influx, spread of communicable diseases, and Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), Sexual Harassment (SH) etc. Delete this Box prior to issuance of the bidding documents.
|
We are the Contractor, [enter name of Contractor]. We have signed a contract with [enter name of Employer] for [enter description of the Facilities]. The Plant for the Facilities will be installed at [enter the Site]. Our contract requires us to implement measures to address environmental and social risks, related to the Installation Services i.e. services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, such as inland transportation, site preparation works/ associated civil works, installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations and maintenance etc. as the case may require.
This Code of Conduct is part of our measures to deal with environmental and social risks related to the Installation Services.
All personnel that we utilize in the execution of the Contract, including staff, labor and other employees of us and of each Subcontractor, and any other personnel assisting us in the execution of the Contract, are referred to as Contractor’s Personnel.
This Code of Conduct identifies the behavior that we require from the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located).
Our workplace is an environment where unsafe, offensive, abusive or violent behavior will not be tolerated and where all persons should feel comfortable raising issues or concerns without fear of retaliation.
REQUIRED CONDUCT
Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located) shall:
RAISING CONCERNS
If any person observes behavior that he/she believes may represent a violation of this Code of Conduct, or that otherwise concerns him/her, he/she should raise the issue promptly. This can be done in either of the following ways:
The person’s identity will be kept confidential, unless reporting of allegations is mandated by the country law. Anonymous complaints or allegations may also be submitted and will be given all due and appropriate consideration. We take seriously all reports of possible misconduct and will investigate and take appropriate action. We will provide warm referrals to service providers that may help support the person who experienced the alleged incident, as appropriate.
There will be no retaliation against any person who raises a concern in good faith about any behavior prohibited by this Code of Conduct. Such retaliation would be a violation of this Code of Conduct.
CONSEQUENCES OF VIOLATING THE CODE OF CONDUCT
Any violation of this Code of Conduct by the Contractor’s Personnel may result in serious consequences, up to and including termination and possible referral to legal authorities.
FOR CONTRACTOR’s PERSONNEL:
I have received a copy of this Code of Conduct written in a language that I comprehend. I understand that if I have any questions about this Code of Conduct, I can contact [enter name of Contractor’s contact person(s) with relevant experience] requesting an explanation.
Name of Contractor’s Personnel: [insert name] Signature: __________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): _______________________________________________
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date: (day month year): ______________________________________________
ATTACHMENT 1: Behaviors constituting SEA and behaviors constituting SH
ATTACHMENT 1 TO THE CODE OF CONDUCT FORM
BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL EXPLOITATION AND ABUSE (SEA) AND BEHAVIORS CONSTITUTING SEXUAL HARASSMENT (SH)
The following non-exhaustive list is intended to illustrate types of prohibited behaviors.
Plant
Contractor’s Equipment
Form EQU
The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet the requirements for the key Contractor’s equipment listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria. A separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment proposed by the Bidder.
Item of equipment
| ||
Equipment information | Name of manufacturer
| Model and power rating |
| Capacity
| Year of manufacture |
Current status | Current location
| |
| Details of current commitments
| |
|
| |
Source | Indicate source of the equipment o Owned o Rented o Leased o Specially manufactured |
Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.
Owner | Name of owner | |
| Address of owner
| |
|
| |
| Telephone | Contact name and title |
| Fax | Telex |
Agreements | Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project
| |
|
|
Functional Guarantees
Form FUNC
The Bidder shall copy in the left column of the table below, the identification of each functional guarantee required in the Specification and stated by the Employer in para. 1.2 (c) of Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, and in the right column, provide the corresponding value for each functional guarantee of the proposed plant and equipment.
Required Functional Guarantee | Value of Functional Guarantee of the Proposed Plant and Equipment |
1. |
|
2. |
|
3. |
|
… |
|
Personnel |
Form PER -1
Contractor’s Representative and other Key Personnel
Schedule
Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the specified requirements stated in Section VII. The data on their experience should be supplied using the Form below for each candidate.
*As listed in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria.
Contractor’ Representative and Key Personnel
| Title of position: Contractor’s Representative | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Environmental Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Health and Safety Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
| Title of position: [Social Specialist] | |
| Name of candidate: | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
Title of position: Sexual Exploitation, Abuse and Harassment Expert [Where a Project SEA risks are assessed to be substantial or high, key personnel shall include an expert/s with relevant experience in addressing sexual exploitation, sexual abuse and sexual harassment cases] | ||
| Name of candidate | |
| Duration of appointment: | [insert the whole period (start and end dates) for which this position will be engaged] |
| Time commitment: for this position: | [insert the number of days/week/months/ that has been scheduled for this position] |
| Expected time schedule for this position: | [insert the expected time schedule for this position (e.g., attach high level Gantt chart] |
7. | Title of position: [insert title] |
Form PER-2
Resume of Proposed Personnel
Name of Bidder
|
Position
| ||
Personnel information | Name
| Date of birth |
| Professional qualifications
| |
Present employment | Name of employer
| |
| Address of employer
| |
| Telephone
| Contact (manager / personnel officer) |
| Fax
| |
| Job title
| Years with present employer |
Summarize professional experience over the last 20 years, in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and managerial experience relevant to the project.
From | To | Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Plant and Installation Services
A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the facilities indicated. Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item
Major Items of Plant and Installation Services | Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers | Nationality |
11kV auto reclosers supply |
|
|
Telecommunications equipment (data radios and antennas) |
|
|
Overhead line construction |
|
|
Protection and SCADA |
|
|
Others - Time Schedule
(to be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2)
Bidders Qualification without prequalification
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding Information Sheets included hereunder.
Form ELI 1.1
Bidder Information Sheet
Date: ______________________
RFB No.: ___________________
Page ________ of _______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name
|
2. In case of JV, legal name of each party:
|
3. Bidder’s actual or intended Country of Registration: |
4. Bidder’s Year of Registration: |
5. Bidder’s Legal Address in Country of Registration:
|
6. Bidder’s Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: Telephone/Fax numbers: Email Address:
|
7. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or documents of registration of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4 In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1 In case of state-owned enterprise or institution, in accordance with ITB 4.6, documents establishing:
8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership, using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form. |
Form ELI 1.2
Party to JV Information Sheet
Date: ______________________
RFB No.: ___________________
Page ________ of_ ______ pages
1. Bidder’s Legal Name:
|
2. JV’s Party legal name: |
3. JV’s Party Country of Registration: |
4. JV’s Party Year of Registration:
|
5. JV’s Party Legal Address in Country of Registration:
|
6. JV’s Party Authorized Representative Information Name: Address: Telephone/Fax numbers: Email Address:
|
7. Attached are copies of original documents of Articles of Incorporation (or equivalent documents of constitution or association), and/or registration documents of the legal entity named above, in accordance with ITB 4.4. In case of a state-owned enterprise or institution, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy, operation in accordance with commercial law, and that they are not under the supervision of the Employer, in accordance with ITB 4.6. 8. Included are the organizational chart, a list of Board of Directors, and the beneficial ownership. The successful Bidder shall provide additional information on beneficial ownership for each JV member using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form. |
Form CON – 2
Historical Contract Non-Performance, Pending Litigation and Litigation History
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _______________________ ___________________
RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Non-Performed Contracts in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
Contract non-performance did not occur since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1. Contract(s) not performed since 1st January [insert year] specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.1 | |||
Year | Non- performed portion of contract | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for nonperformance: [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] |
Pending Litigation, in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
No pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3. | |||
Pending litigation in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.3 as indicated below. |
Year of dispute | Amount in dispute (currency) | Contract Identification | Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate) | ||
|
| Contract Identification: _________ Name of Employer: ____________ Address of Employer: __________ Matter in dispute: ______________ Party who initiated the dispute: ____ Status of dispute: ___________ |
| ||
|
| Contract Identification: Name of Employer: Address of Employer: Matter in dispute: Party who initiated the dispute: Status of dispute: |
| ||
Litigation History in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||||
No Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4. Litigation History in accordance with Sub-Factor 2.4 as indicated below. | |||||
Year of award | Outcome as percentage of Net Worth | Contract Identification | Total Contract Amount (currency), USD Equivalent (exchange rate) | ||
[insert year] | [insert percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name, number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Matter in dispute: [indicate main issues in dispute] Party who initiated the dispute: [indicate “Employer” or “Contractor”] Reason(s) for Litigation and award decision [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] | ||
Form CON – 3
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in for the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each Specialized Subcontractor]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Specialized Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
Environmental and Social Performance Declaration in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria | |||
No suspension or termination of contract: An employer has not suspended or terminated a contract and/or called the performance security for a contract for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Declaration of suspension or termination of contract: The following contract(s) has/have been suspended or terminated and/or Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to Environmental or Social (ES) performance since the date specified in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.5. Details are described below: | |||
Year | Suspended or terminated portion of contract | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., gender-based violence; sexual exploitation or sexual abuse breaches] | [insert amount] |
[insert year] | [insert amount and percentage] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for suspension or termination: [indicate main reason(s)] | [insert amount] |
… | … | [list all applicable contracts] | … |
Performance Security called by an employer(s) for reasons related to ES performance | |||
Year | Contract Identification
| Total Contract Amount (current value, currency, exchange rate and US$ equivalent) | |
[insert year] | Contract Identification: [indicate complete contract name/ number, and any other identification] Name of Employer: [insert full name] Address of Employer: [insert street/city/country] Reason(s) for calling of performance security: [indicate main reason(s) e.g., for gender-based violence; sexual exploitation, or sexual abuse breaches] | [insert amount] | |
|
|
|
Form CON – 4
Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment Performance Declaration
[The following table shall be filled in by the Bidder, each member of a Joint Venture and each subcontractor proposed by the Bidder]
Bidder’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Joint Venture Member’s or Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
RFB No. and title: [insert RFB number and title]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration in accordance with Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria |
We: ¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations ¨ (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations ¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor. |
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.] |
Form CCC
Current Contract Commitments / Works in Progress
Bidders and each member to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.
Name of contract | Employer, contact address/tel/fax | Value of outstanding work (current US$ equivalent) | Estimated completion date | Average monthly invoicing over last six months |
1.
|
|
|
|
|
2.
|
|
|
|
|
3.
|
|
|
|
|
4.
|
|
|
|
|
5.
|
|
|
|
|
etc.
|
|
|
|
|
Form FIN – 3.1
Financial Situation
Historical Financial Performance
Bidder’s Legal Name: _______________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _______________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
To be completed by the Bidder and, if JV, by each member
Financial information in US$ equivalent | Historic information for previous ______ (__) years (US$ equivalent in 000s) | ||||
| 2022/23 | 2023/24 | 2024/25 | Avg. | Avg. Ratio |
Information from Balance Sheet | |||||
Total Assets (TA) |
|
|
|
|
|
Total Liabilities (TL) |
|
|
|
| |
Net Worth (NW) |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Assets (CA) |
|
|
|
|
|
Current Liabilities (CL) |
|
|
|
| |
Information from Income Statement | |||||
Total Revenue (TR) |
|
|
|
|
|
Profits Before Taxes (PBT) |
|
|
|
|
Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets, including all related notes, and income statements) for the years required above complying with the following conditions:
Form FIN – 3.2
Average Annual Turnover
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Annual turnover data | ||
Year | Amount and Currency | US$ equivalent |
2022/23 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
2023/24 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
2024/25 | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
*Average Annual Turnover | _________________________________________ | ____________________ |
*Average annual turnover calculated as total certified payments received for work in progress or completed, divided by the number of years specified in Section III, Evaluation Criteria, Sub-Factor 2.3.2.
Form FIN3.3
Financial Resources
Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit, and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total cash flow demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section III, Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
Source of financing | Amount (US$ equivalent) |
1.
|
|
2.
|
|
3.
|
|
4.
|
|
Form EXP 4.1
Experience
General Experience
Bidder’s Legal Name: ____________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: ____________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Starting Month / Year | Ending Month / Year |
Years* | Contract Identification
| Role of Bidder |
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
______ |
______ |
| Contract name: Brief Description of the contract performed by the Bidder: Name of Employer: Address: |
_________
|
*List calendar year for years with contracts with at least nine (9) months activity per year starting with the earliest year
Form EXP –4.2(a)
Specific Experience
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Page _______ of _______ pages
Similar Contract Number: ___ of ___ required. |
| Information | ||||
Contract Identification |
| _______________________________________ | ||||
Award date Completion date |
| _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||||
|
|
| ||||
Role in Contract | Prime Contractor | Member in
| Management Contractor | Subcontractor |
| |
Total contract amount | US$__________ | |||||
If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount |
______% |
|
___________ |
US$_______ |
| |
Employer’s Name: |
| _______________________________________ | ||||
Address:
Telephone/fax number: E-mail: |
| _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||||
Form EXP –4.2(a) (cont.)
Specific Experience (cont.)
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Page _______ of _______ pages
JV Member Legal Name: ___________________________
Similar Contract No. __[insert specific number] of [total number of contracts] ___ required | Information |
Description of the similarity in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2a) of Section III: |
|
Amount | _________________________________ |
Physical size | _________________________________ |
Complexity | _________________________________ |
Methods/Technology | _________________________________ |
Physical Production Rate
| _________________________________ |
Form EXP –4.2(b)
Specific Experience in Key Activities
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________ Page _______ of _______ pages
| Information | ||
Contract Identification | _______________________________________ | ||
Award date Completion date | _______________________________________ _______________________________________ | ||
Role in Contract | Prime Contractor | Management Contractor |
Subcontractor
|
Total contract amount | US$________ | ||
If member in a JV or subcontractor, specify participation of total contract amount |
__________% |
_____________ |
US$________ |
Employer’s Name: | _______________________________________ | ||
Address:
Telephone/fax number: E-mail: | _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ _______________________________________ |
Form EXP –4.2 (b)(cont.)
Specific Experience in Key Activities (cont.)
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Page _______ of _______ pages
JV Member Legal Name: ___________________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: __________________________
| Information |
Description of the key activities in accordance with Sub-Factor 4.2b) of Section III: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Form EXP –4.2(c)
Specific Experience in Managing ES aspects and any additional sustainable procurement aspects
Bidder’s Legal Name: ___________________________ Date: _____________________
JV Member Legal Name: _________________________ RFB No.: __________________
Subcontractor’s Legal Name: ______________ Page _______ of _______ pages
____________________
Contract Identification |
| |||
Award date |
| |||
Completion date |
| |||
Role in Contract
| Prime Contractor | Member in | Management Contractor | Subcontractor |
Total Contract Amount | US$ ____________ | |||
Details of relevant experience |
|
Form of Bid Security
Form of Bid Security – Bank Guarantee
[The bank shall fill in this Bank Guarantee Form in accordance with the instructions indicated.]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: [Employer to insert its name and address]
RFB No.:[Employer to insert reference number for the Request for Bids]
Alternative No.: [Insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
Date:[Insert date of issue]
BID GUARANTEE No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ______ [insert name of the Bidder, which in the case of a joint venture shall be the name of the joint venture (whether legally constituted or prospective) or the names of all members thereof](hereinafter called "the Applicant") has submitted or will submit to the Beneficiary its Bid (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of ________________ under RFB No. ____________
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Beneficiary’s conditions, Bids must be supported by a Bid guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant, we, as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of ___________ (____________) upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand, supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that either the Bidder:
(a) has withdrawn its Bid prior to the Bid validity expiry date set forth in the Applicant’s Letter of Bid, or any extended date provided by the Applicant; or
(b) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Beneficiary prior to the expiry date of the Bid validity or any extension thereto provided by the Applicant, (i) has failed to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) has failed to furnish the Performance Security, in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders (“ITB”) of the Beneficiary’s bidding document.
This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Applicant is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the contract agreement signed by the Applicant and the Performance Security issued to the Beneficiary in relation to such contract agreement; or (b) if the Applicantis not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our receipt of a copy of the Beneficiary’s notification to the Applicant of the results of the Bidding process; or (ii)twenty-eight days after the expiry date of the Bid validity.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office indicated above on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758.
_____________________________
[Signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
Manufacturer’s Authorization
Date: __________________
RFB No.: _________________
To: ________________________
WHEREAS
We ___________________, who are official manufacturers of____________________, having factories at _____________________, do hereby authorize ______________________ to submit a Bid the purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us _______________________, and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.
We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General Conditions, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.
Signed: _______________________________________
Name: ______________________________________
Title:______________________________________
Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: ______________________________________
Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE DOCUMENT The Bidder must prepare this Letter of Bid on stationery with its letterhead clearly showing the Bidder’s complete name and business address. Note: All italicized text is to help Bidders in preparing this form. |
Letter of Bid - Financial Part
Date of this Bid submission: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid submission]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
Alternative No.: [insert identification No if this is a Bid for an alternative]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
We, the undersigned, hereby submit the second part of our Bid, the Bid Price and Bill of Quantities. This accompanies the Letter of Bid- Technical Part.
In submitting our Bid, we make the following additional declarations:
[Option 1, in case of one lot:] Total price is: [insert the total price of the Bid in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
Or
[Option 2, in case of multiple lots:] (a) Total price of each lot [insert the total price of each lot in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies]; and (b) Total price of all lots (sum of all lots) [insert the total price of all lots in words and figures, indicating the various amounts and the respective currencies];
(i) The discounts offered are: [Specify in detail each discount offered]
(ii) The exact method of calculations to determine the net price after application of discounts is shown below: [Specify in detail the method that shall be used to apply the discounts];
Name of Recipient | Address | Reason | Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none.”)
Name of the Bidder:*[insert complete name of the Bidder]
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: ** [insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]
*: In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder.
**: Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules
Schedule of Rates and Prices
Price schedule to be accessed from the following link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Abroad
Country of Origin Declaration Form
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Mandatory Spare Parts Supplied from Within the Employer’s Country
1 Specify currency in accordance with specifications in Bid Data Sheet under ITB 18.1 |
|
Schedule No. 3. Design Services
Schedule No. 4. Installation and Other Services
Schedule No. 5. Grand Summary
Price Adjustment
If price adjustment applies in accordance with ITB 17.9, the Bidder shall indicate the sources of indices and source of exchange rate (if applicable) and the base date indices in its Bid.
Item | Source of Indices | Base date Indices | Source of exchnage rate (if applicable) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Section V - Eligible Countries
Eligibility for the Provision of Goods, Works and Non-Consulting Services in
Bank-Financed Procurement
In reference to ITB 4.8 and 5.1, for the information of the Bidders, at the present time firms, goods and services from the following countries are excluded from this Bidding process: None
Under ITB 4.8 (a) and 5.1: None
Section VI - Fraud and Corruption
(this Section shall not be changed)
PART 2 - Employer’s Requirements
Section VII - Employer’s Requirements |
Contents
Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor. 160
Specification. 161
Forms and Procedures. 168
Form of Completion Certificate. 169
Change Order Procedure and Forms. 171
Change Order Procedure. 172
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal 173
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal 175
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate. 177
Annex 4. Change Proposal 178
Annex 5. Change Order 181
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal 184
Drawings. 186
Supplementary Information. 187
Scope of Supply of Plant and Installation Services by the Contractor
The scope covers the design, supply, equipment installation and commissioning of the 13 pole mounted 11kV auto-reclosers as per the configuration shown in the figure below. The scope highlighted below is a guide to the bidder and any tasks necessary to deliver the project as per the bidder’s design should be included in the scope to be submitted.
The following is to be done by the supplier.
Note: In certain instances, use the nearest substation with UMUX Interface.
The following will have to be procured for the project.
Externally (Provided by supplier):
Internal (To be supplied by EEC).
Construction (Supplier):
Protection (bidder):
Telecommunications (Supplier):
SCADA (Supplier):
Provide formal training on the equipment as well. This should be specified in the quotation for the project. The training should be done before project implementation (State the period for training on the breaker, control unit and any other training that might be required for the project). Training should cover 25 technicians from the different sections internally (SCADA, Protection, Switchgear, Distribution, Telecoms).
The bidders are expected to provide a methodology showing how the design, construction, installation and commissioning exercise will be carried out. Include block diagrams where appropriate showing how the entire system integrates. This will indicate the level of understanding of what is expected from the Plant design, supply and installation Contractor.
Specification
This specification covers the requirements for an automatic electrically controlled three phase vacuum recloser for distribution systems. The recloser is intended for radial, loop, and meshed networks.
3.2.1 Manufacturer qualifications: The chosen manufacturer shall have at least 10 years’ experience in manufacturing vacuum reclosers. The manufacturer of the reclosers shall be completely and solely responsible for the performance of the reclosers as a complete integrated assembly as rated.
3.2.2 Main recloser components such as circuit breaker, vacuum interrupters, current and voltage sensors, control cubicle and software shall be manufactured by the same manufacturer.
3.2.3 The manufacturer shall be able to submit the confirmation of certification or ratings of the reclosers upon request.
3.2.4 The recloser shall be manufactured and type tested according to requirements of applicable industry standards:
a) IEC 62271-111
b) IEEE C37.60
3.2.5 The recloser manufacturing process shall be complying with the standard ISO 9001, Quality Management System.
3.2.6 The type test reports should be issued not more than 5 years before the submission date.
3.2.7 The manufacturer shall provide minimum 5-year warranty for all components provided.
3.2.8 The circuit breaker shall be maintenance free over a total life expectancy.
3.3 Delivery, storage, and handling
3.3.1 Packing components shall not contain any materials that are hazardous to the environment or personnel. No special methods of disposal shall be required.
3.3.2 All recloser components including circuit breaker, control cubicle, installation frame, pole interface provisions, fasteners shall be delivered in a single package made of recyclable materials.
3.3.3 The package gross weight shall not exceed 300 kg.
3.3.4 It shall be possible to stack at least two original packages during transportation and storage.
3.3.5 The package shall allow stapling and outdoor storage in case indoor storage is unavailable. Unpacked and assembled equipment shall be storable outdoor for not less than 1 year without additional treatment before installation.
3.3.6 All recloser components shall be installed, assembled, and tested in accordance with the requirements of current specification. The recloser shall be delivered fully assembled on the mounting frame and ready for the installation.
3.3.7 The recloser installation kit shall be designed to reduce the number of lifting operations.
3.4 Technical Specification
3.4.1 General
3.4.1.1 Technical parameters
a) | Rated maximum voltage, kV | 12…15 |
d) | Rated lightning impulse withstand voltage (peak), kV | 110 |
e) | Rated continuous current, A | 630 |
h) | Rated short-circuit breaking current, kA | 16 |
i) | Rated peak withstand current, kA | 41.6 |
j) | Rated short time withstand current, kA | 16 |
k) | Rated duration of short circuit, s | 4 |
l) | Rated frequency, Hz | 50 |
3.4.1.2 Power supply characteristics
a) | Supply voltage range shall not be less than, V | 85 … 265 AC 110 … 220 DC |
b) | Rated power consumption shall not exceed, VA | 40 |
c) | Maximum power consumption shall not exceed, VA | 75 |
d) | Duration of operation without auxiliary supply shall be not less than, hours | 48 |
3.4.2 Recloser control
3.4.2.1 The recloser operation shall be controlled by electronic control modules.
3.4.2.2 The recloser control shall provide the following functions: measurement, protection, monitoring, and remote communication.
3.4.2.3 The recloser control air circulation and dehydration shall be organized to avoid using any humidity control devices or heaters.
3.4.2.4 The external and internal doors shall be able to be securely fixed in the open position.
3.4.2.5 It shall be possible to connect the laptop with configuration software by means of serial interface (USB, RS232).
3.4.2.6 Ethernet (RJ45), Optical Ethernet (SC) SCADA and wireless local engineering access interfaces (Bluetooth, Wi-Fi) shall be available for ordering optionally.
3.4.2.7 The recloser control shall be equipped with a prewired provision for power supply outlet installation. Socket shall be MCB protected.
3.4.2.8 The recloser control shall be equipped with a removable provision for communication equipment installation. It shall be located at the top of the controller and provide at least 326x180x108mm space for communication equipment. Stationary provision is not accepted.
3.4.2.9 The recloser control shall be equipped with the control panel module. The module shall provide local control and indication functions by LED, display, and buttons.
3.4.2.10 The local control panel module shall be equipped with USB A interface.
3.4.2.11 The control panel box shall have a provision for a padlock.
3.4.3 Rechargeable Battery
3.4.3.1 The recloser shall be supplied with rechargeable battery to provide the recloser control with auxiliary power when the main auxiliary power is not present.
3.4.3.2 The battery shall be of a sealed lead acid.
3.4.4.3 The battery shall provide ten full auto reclosing cycles for the recloser without auxiliary power supply.
3.4.4 Protection
The auto-recloser shall have the following protection functionalities but not limited to:
3.4.5 Communication
The recloser control shall provide:
3.4.5.1 PMR Telecoms Integration
1 General Integration
2 Equipment and Hardware Requirements
3.4.5.2 SCADA/Telemetry Integration
The PMR panel/controller shall have the following interfaces/ports
Port | Physical Interface | Typical Use |
USB | USB Type-B (front panel) | Local engineering |
RS-232 Port | DB9 | SCADA serial communications (DNP3 Serial, IEC60870-5-101) |
Ethernet | RJ45 10/100 Mbps | SCADA over DNP3 TCP, IEC 60870-5-104 |
RS-485 | Optional | Third-party modem or serial communications |
The following are key cybersecurity requirements;
Environmental and Social (ES) requirements
The project Environmental and Social Safeguards and tentative Contractor – Environment & Social Management Plan templates can be accessed in the following link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
1. ENVIRONMENTAL AND SOCIAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall comply with all environmental impact prevention and mitigation measures outlined in the Environmental and Social Management Framework (ESMF) as described herein. Where there is a conflict of requirements, the prevention and mitigation measures listed in the ESMF shall govern.
The Contractor (and sub-contractors) will need to adopt this ESMF and prepare a comprehensive Contractor’s (Construction) Environment and Social Management Plan (CESMP) that will provide the key reference point for compliance.
The Project Applicant, namely the EEC, is responsible for ensuring that the Contractor Team’s execution of the construction phase activities is compliant with the conditions of the ESMF and CESMP. The Contractor must therefore ensure compliance with the ESMF, CESMP, LMP, SEP, SEA/SH Action Plan, GRM Procedure and the OCHSIP at all times during construction activities and maintain environmental and social incidents and GRM registers which keeps a record of all environmental and social incidents as well as community/worker grievances that occur on the site during the installation of the 11kV auto reclosers contracts. These incidents may include:
The Contractor is also responsible for the implementation of corrective actions issued by the Employer within a reasonable or agreed upon period of time.
Within the first 15 days following contract signing, the Contractor shall present an C-ESMP Implementation Plan. The Plan shall be submitted to the Employer for approval prior to the start of the construction works. The Contractor ESMP shall contain, at a minimum but not limited to, the following components:
Any deviations from the approved Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP must be submitted to the Employer for approval.
Compliance with requirements established in General Condition of Contract (GCC)
The Environmental and Social requirements shall be prepared in a manner that does not conflict with the relevant General Conditions of Contract and Particular Conditions of Contract, and in particular:
GCC | Sub-Clause/Clause | Remarks |
9.10 | Training of Contractor’s Personnel | The Contractor shall ensure that all Contractor personnel receive mandatory training on Environmental and Social (E&S) requirements prior to commencement of works. Training shall include, at a minimum: (i) CESMP obligations; (ii) pollution prevention and waste management; (iii) community health and safety risks; (iv) SEA/SH awareness and Code of Conduct; (v) grievance redress procedures; and (vi) emergency preparedness and response. Refresher training and toolbox talks shall be conducted periodically. |
20 | Design and Engineering | The Contractor shall ensure that all designs comply with applicable national legislation, Environmental Authorization conditions, and World Bank ESF requirements (particularly ESS4). Designs shall: (i) incorporate climate resilience measures (e.g. flood risk, extreme weather tolerance); (ii) ensure universal access where applicable; (iii) minimize environmental footprint and vegetation clearing; (iv) assess and mitigate risks to the public from operational hazards; and (v) comply with applicable engineering and safety certification standards. All designs shall be reviewed and approved prior to implementation.
|
22.2.4 | Rates of wages and conditions of labor | The Contractor shall comply with the Labour Management Procedures (LMP), national labour laws, and ESS2 requirements. This includes: (i) fair wages in line with national minimum standards; (ii) safe and decent working conditions; (iii) prohibition of child labour and forced labour; (iv) non-discrimination and equal opportunity; and (v) provision of written contracts to all workers.
|
22.2.6 | Facilities for Staff and Labor | The Contractor shall provide adequate facilities for all personnel, including: (i) safe drinking water; (ii) sanitary and washing facilities segregated where appropriate; (iii) waste management systems; (iv) first aid and medical access; and (v) where accommodation is required, it shall meet GIIP and national standards. Facilities shall be culturally appropriate and accessible, and shall not create environmental or social risks to surrounding communities (ESS2 & ESS4).
|
22.8 | Security of the Site | The Contractor shall establish security arrangements consistent with ESS4 and GIIP. Security measures shall be proportionate to the level of risk and shall respect human rights. The Contractor shall: (i) avoid use of excessive force; (ii) train security personnel on Code of Conduct and SEA/SH prevention; (iii) coordinate with local authorities; and (iv) ensure security does not restrict community access unnecessarily. All incidents involving security personnel shall be recorded and reported.
|
22.9 | Protection of the Environment | The Contractor shall implement all necessary measures to prevent pollution and environmental degradation in accordance with ESS3 and national legislation. The following limits and controls shall apply:
|
22.11 | Cultural Heritage Findings
| The Contractor shall implement a Chance Finds Procedure in accordance with ESS8. In the event of discovery of cultural heritage resources:
Works shall only resume upon formal clearance.
|
2. Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Requirements
The Contractor shall establish and implement an Environmental Monitoring and Reporting Programme as part of the CESMP to ensure compliance with environmental requirements and to verify the effectiveness of mitigation measures in accordance with ESS1 of the World Bank ESF and applicable national legislation.
Environmental monitoring shall be risk-based, proportionate to the scale and nature of the works, and shall cover all significant environmental aspects associated with construction activities.
a) Monitoring Parameters
The monitoring programme shall include, at a minimum, the following parameters (where applicable):
Environmental monitoring is essential to assess impacts such as air, water, soil, and noise pollution arising from construction activities and to ensure mitigation measures are effective.
b) Monitoring Frequency and Methods
The Contractor shall:
c) Environmental Registers and Records
The Contractor shall maintain up-to-date records, including:
d) Reporting Requirements
The Contractor shall:
Maintain records for audit and inspection purposes.
e) Non-Compliance and Corrective Actions
Where monitoring identifies non-compliance:
f) Roles and Responsibilities
A Rehabilitation Plan shall also be prepared, which shall include preliminary designs on the temporary and permanent landscaping plan during both the construction and post-construction maintenance period. The landscape plan shall cover all project works which may affect vegetation and natural landform (e.g. borrow pits, disposal sites and temporary and stockpiling areas). Sensitive locations and areas where landscaping works are required both during construction and after the construction shall be identified and incorporated into the design.
3. Environmental and Social Implementation Plans (MSIPs)
The Contractor shall prepare a Construction Environmental and Social Management Plan, implementation plan, referred to, in this document as CESMP implementation plan based on the Project ESMF.
4. Requirements for competence of Environmental and Social Specialist
Contractor shall certify that:
5. Applicable ESS Documents for CESMP
Contractor shall use and apply when establishing the Contractor’s (Construction) ESMP the following project documents:
6. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT REQUIREMENTS
The Contractor shall implement all environmental management measures in accordance with:
(a) Environmental Compliance and Permitting
The Contractor shall:
(b) Pollution Prevention and Resource Efficiency & Management (ESS3)
The Contractor shall implement measures to prevent, minimize, and control pollution, including:
(c) Soil, Land and Vegetation Management
The Contractor shall:
d) Biodiversity Conservation and Sustainable Management of Living Natural Resources (ESS6)
The Contractor shall:
e) Management of Construction Sites and Camps
The Contractor shall:
f) Traffic and Transport Management (ESS4 link)
The Contractor shall:
g) Chance Finds Procedure (ESS8 link)
In the event of chance finds (cultural or natural heritage):
h) Environmental Training and Awareness
The Contractor shall:
i) Emergency Preparedness and Response
The Contractor shall:
7. OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH & SAFETY REQUIREMENTS
Health, Safety plan and Coordination
The Contractor shall be fully responsible for ensuring the safety and health of all workmen and other persons in or around the works site. All activities shall be carried out in compliance with national legislation, OCHSIP, World Bank ESF, (ESS 2 and ESS 4) in accordance with the existing legislation.
The Contractor shall prepare, submit, and implement a site-specific Occupational Health and Safety (OHS) Management Plan (SHE File) consistent with the OCHSIP, prior to commencement of works. The plan shall, at a minimum, include the following components:
This plan must also be compliant with:
Plan Scope and Content
The OHS Plan shall:
The Draft OHS Plan submitted at tender stage shall demonstrate the Contractor’s approach and capacity but may exclude detailed site-specific documentation (e.g., MSDS, equipment manuals). The Final OHS Plan, submitted prior to commencement of Works, shall be comprehensive and site-specific.
8. Safety Management Personnel
The Contractor shall appoint a qualified and experienced Safety and Health Coordinator (SHC) who shall:
Have full authority to enforce OHS requirements and to stop any unsafe work;
Be supported by an adequately resourced and competent safety team appropriate to the scale and risk of the Works.
The proposed SHC and safety team shall not be replaced or reduced without prior approval, and any replacement shall have equal or higher qualifications and experience.
Evaluation of OHS Plan
The adequacy of the Contractor’s OHS Plan will be evaluated during tender assessment, taking into account:
9. Social Standards Requirements
The Contractor shall implement all social risk management measures in accordance with the World Bank Environmental and Social Framework (ESF), specifically ESS2 (Labour and Working Conditions), ESS4 (Community Health and Safety), ESS10 (Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure) as well as the project’s Gender Action Plan (GAP).
The Contractor shall develop (in alignment with available project instruments) and comply with all project-specific instruments, including the:
These requirements shall be implemented as part of the Contractor’s CESMP and maintained throughout the duration of the works
a) Labour and Working Conditions (ESS2)
The Contractor shall:
b) Community Health and Safety (ESS4)
The Contractor shall:
d) Stakeholder Engagement and Information Disclosure (ESS10)
The Contractor shall:
e) Grievance Management and Reporting
The Contractor shall:
f) Monitoring and Compliance
The Contractor shall:
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it will have the personnel for the key positions that meet the following requirements:
Contractor’s Representative and Key Personnel
Item No. | Position/specialization | Relevant academic qualifications | Minimum years of relevant work experience |
1 | Contractor’s Representative/ Project manager | Bachelors in (Electrical Engineering) | 5 |
2. | Site Manager/ Construction Manager | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 5 |
Tele-Communication Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
Protection Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
SCADA Specialist | Diploma Electrical/Electronic Engineering; | 10 | |
6. | Environmental and Social expert | Bachelors/Masters in Environment Management, Sciences | 5 |
7. | Health and Safety officer | Bachelors in Environmental Sciences )/Any other degree with Occupational Health | 5 |
Forms and Procedures
Form of Completion Certificate
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
To: _________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GCC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _____________, relating to the ____________________, we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was (were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract, the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: ______________________________
2. Date of Completion: __________________
However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon as practicable.
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
Title
(Project Manager)
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
_________________________________________
To: ________________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated _______________, relating to the ___________________________________, we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: _______________________________
2. Date of Operational Acceptance: _______________________
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
Title
(Project Manager)
Change Order Procedure and Forms
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
CONTENTS
1. General
2. Change Order Log
3. References for Changes
ANNEXES
Annex 1 Request for Change Proposal
Annex 2 Estimate for Change Proposal
Annex 3 Acceptance of Estimate
Annex 4 Change Proposal
Annex 5 Change Order
Annex 6 Pending Agreement Change Order
Annex 7 Application for Change Proposal
Change Order Procedure
1. General
This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 (Change in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.
2. Change Order Log
The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of the Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date. The Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress report to be submitted to the Employer.
3. References for Changes
(1) Request for Change as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-X-nnn.
(2) Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CN-X-nnn.
(3) Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CA-X-nnn.
(4) Change Proposal as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.
(5) Change Order as referred to in GCC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.
Note: (a) Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:
Home Office CR-H-nnn
Site CR-S-nnn
(b) The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.
Annex 1. Request for Change Proposal
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: ____________________________________ Date:
Attention: ______________________________________
Contract Name: _________________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within _______________ days of the date of this letter____________________.
1. Title of Change: ________________________
2. Change Request No. __________________
3. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________
Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. _______[12]:
4. Brief Description of Change: _________________________________________________
5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: _____________
6. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:
Drawing No./Document No. Description
7. Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change: ________________
8. General Terms and Conditions:
(a) Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have on the Contract Price.
(b) Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the requested Change.
(c) If you have any opinion negative to the adoption of the requested Change in connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of the Plant or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised provisions.
(d) Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its personnel shall be calculated.
(e) You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 2. Estimate for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: ______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _____________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1 of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost for change work.
1. Title of Change: ________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: ____________________________
3. Brief Description of Change: __________________________
4. Scheduled Impact of Change: ___________________________
5. Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: _______________[13]
(a) Engineering (Amount)
(i) Engineer hrs x rate/hr =
(ii) Draftsperson hrs x rate/hr =
Sub-total hrs
Total Engineering Cost
(b) Other Cost
Total Cost (a) + (b)
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 3. Acceptance of Estimate
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: ______________________________ Date:
Attention: ________________________________
Contract Name: _____________________________
Contract Number: ___________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal.
1. Title of Change: ___________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________
4. Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: _______________________________
5. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
6. Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted, you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name and Title of signatory)
Annex 4. Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. _______________________________, we hereby submit our proposal as follows:
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Originator of Change: Employer: [_______________________________
Contractor: _______________________________
4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
5. Reasons for Change: _______________________________
6. Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change: _______________________________
7. Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
Drawing/Document No. Description
8. Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:[14]
(Amount)
(a) Direct material
(b) Major construction equipment
(c) Direct field labor (Total hrs)
(d) Subcontracts
(e) Indirect material and labor
(f) Site supervision
(g) Head office technical staff salaries
Process engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Project engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Equipment engineer hrs @ rate/hr
Procurement hrs @ rate/hr
Draftsperson hrs @ rate/hr
Total hrs
(h) Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc.)
(i) Fee for general administration, % of Items
(j) Taxes and customs duties
Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal
(Sum of items (a) to (j))
Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal
(Amount payable if Change is not accepted)
9. Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal
10. Effect on the Functional Guarantees
11. Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract
12. Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer
13. Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:
(a) You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed Change Proposal within ______________ days from your receipt of this Proposal.
(b) The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the adjustment of the Contract Price.
(c) Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal:2
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 5. Change Order
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. _______), and agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Change Request No./Rev.: _______________________________
3. Change Order No./Rev.: _______________________________
4. Originator of Change: Employer: _______________________________
Contractor: _______________________________
5. Authorized Price:
Ref. No.: _______________________________ Date: __________________________
Foreign currency portion __________ plus Local currency portion __________
6. Adjustment of Time for Completion
None Increase _________ days Decrease _________ days
7. Other effects, if any
Authorized by: Date:
(Employer)
Accepted by: Date:
(Contractor)
Annex 6. Pending Agreement Change Order
(Employer’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: [_______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GCC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________dated: __________
3. Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.: ________________________ dated: __________
4. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
5. Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: _______________________________
6. Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
Drawing/Document No. Description
7. Adjustment of Time for Completion:
8. Other change in the Contract terms:
9. Other terms and conditions:
(Employer’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Annex 7. Application for Change Proposal
(Contractor’s Letterhead)
To: _______________________________ Date:
Attention: _______________________________
Contract Name: _______________________________
Contract Number: _______________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.
1. Title of Change: _______________________________
2. Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: _______________________________ dated: _______________________________
3. Brief Description of Change: _______________________________
4. Reasons for Change:
5. Order of Magnitude Estimation (in the currencies of the Contract):
6. Scheduled Impact of Change:
7. Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:
8. Appendix:
(Contractor’s Name)
(Signature)
(Name of signatory)
(Title of signatory)
Drawings |
Supplementary Information The proposed locations of the auto-reclosers across the Eswatini Electricity Company network:
|
The coordinates existing locations of the Communication High Sites across the Eswatini Electricity Company network can be found in this link:
11kV Auto Reclosers
PART 3 – Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
Section VIII - General Conditions of Contract |
Table of Clauses
A. Contract and Interpretation. 193
1. Definitions. 193
2. Contract Documents. 196
3. Interpretation. 196
4. Communications. 198
5. Law and Language. 198
6. Fraud and Corruption. 198
B. Subject Matter of Contract 199
7. Scope of Facilities. 199
8. Time for Commencement and Completion. 200
9. Contractor’s Responsibilities. 200
10. Employer’s Responsibilities. 204
C. Payment 206
11. Contract Price. 206
12. Terms of Payment 206
13. Securities. 206
14. Taxes and Duties. 208
D. Intellectual Property. 209
15. License/Use of Technical Information. 209
16. Confidential Information. 209
E. Execution of the Facilities. 210
17. Representatives. 210
18. Work Program.. 212
19. Subcontracting. 215
20. Design and Engineering. 216
21. Procurement 218
22. Installation. 220
23. Test and Inspection. 232
24. Completion of the Facilities. 234
25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance. 236
F. Guarantees and Liabilities. 239
26. Completion Time Guarantee. 239
27. Defect Liability. 240
28. Functional Guarantees. 242
29. Patent Indemnity. 243
30. Limitation of Liability. 245
G. Risk Distribution. 245
31. Transfer of Ownership. 245
32. Care of Facilities. 246
33. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification. 247
34. Insurance. 248
35. Unforeseen Conditions. 251
36. Change in Laws and Regulations. 252
37. Force Majeure. 252
38. War Risks. 254
H. Change in Contract Elements. 255
39. Change in the Facilities. 255
40. Extension of Time for Completion. 259
41. Suspension. 260
42. Termination. 262
43. Assignment 269
44. Export Restrictions. 269
I. Claims, Disputes and Arbitration. 269
45. Contractor’s Claims. 269
46. Disputes and Arbitration. 271
47. Cyber Security. 275
General Conditions of Contract
1. Definitions | 1.1 The following words and expressions shall have the meanings hereby assigned to them: “Contract” means the Contract Agreement entered into between the Employer and the Contractor, together with the Contract Documents referred to therein; they shall constitute the Contract, and the term “the Contract” shall in all such documents be construed accordingly. “Contract Documents” means the documents listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) of the Contract Agreement (including any amendments thereto). “GCC” means the General Conditions of Contract hereof. “PCC” means the Particular Conditions of Contract. “day” means calendar day. “year” means 365 days. “month” means calendar month. “Party” means the Employer or the Contractor, as the context requires, and “Parties” means both of them. “Employer” means the person named as such in the PCC and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Employer. “Project Manager” means the person appointed by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.1 (Project Manager) hereof and named as such in the PCC to perform the duties delegated by the Employer. “Contractor” means the person(s) whose Bid to perform the Contract has been accepted by the Employer and is named as Contractor in the Contract Agreement, and includes the legal successors or permitted assigns of the Contractor. “Contractor’s Representative” means any person nominated by the Contractor and approved by the Employer in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2 (Contractor’s Representative and Construction Manager) hereof to perform the duties delegated by the Contractor. “Construction Manager” means the person appointed by the Contractor’s Representative in the manner provided in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.4. “Subcontractor,” including manufacturers, means any person to whom execution of any part of the Facilities, including preparation of any design or supply of any Plant, is sub-contracted directly or indirectly by the Contractor, and includes its legal successors or permitted assigns. “Dispute Board” (DB) means the person or persons named as such in the PCC appointed by agreement between the Employer and the Contractor to make a decision with respect to any dispute or difference between the Employer and the Contractor referred to him or her by the Parties pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 (Dispute Board) hereof. “The Bank” means the financing institution named in the PCC. “Contract Price” means the sum specified in Article 2.1 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement, subject to such additions and adjustments thereto or deductions therefrom, as may be made pursuant to the Contract. “Facilities” means the Plant to be supplied and installed, as well as all the Installation Services to be carried out by the Contractor under the Contract. “Plant” means permanent plant, equipment, machinery, apparatus, materials, articles and things of all kinds to be provided and incorporated in the Facilities by the Contractor under the Contract (including the spare parts to be supplied by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 hereof), but does not include Contractor’s Equipment. “Installation Services” means all those services ancillary to the supply of the Plant for the Facilities, to be provided by the Contractor under the Contract, such as transportation and provision of marine or other similar insurance, inspection, expediting, site preparation works (including the provision and use of Contractor’s Equipment and the supply of all construction materials required), installation, testing, precommissioning, commissioning, operations, maintenance, the provision of operations and maintenance manuals, training, etc… as the case may require. “Contractor’s Equipment” means all facilities, equipment, machinery, tools, apparatus, appliances or things of every kind required in or for installation, completion and maintenance of Facilities that are to be provided by the Contractor, but does not include Plant, or other things intended to form or forming part of the Facilities. “Country of Origin” means the countries and territories eligible under the rules of the Bank as further elaborated in the PCC. “Site” means the land and other places upon which the Facilities are to be installed, and such other land or places as may be specified in the Contract as forming part of the Site. “Effective Date” means the date of fulfillment of all conditions stated in Article 3 (Effective Date) of the Contract Agreement, from which the Time for Completion shall be counted. “Time for Completion” means the time within which Completion of the Facilities as a whole (or of a part of the Facilities where a separate Time for Completion of such part has been prescribed) is to be attained, as referred to in GCC Clause 8 and in accordance with the relevant provisions of the Contract. “Completion” means that the Facilities (or a specific part thereof where specific parts are specified in the Contract) have been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition, that all work in respect of Precommissioning of the Facilities or such specific part thereof has been completed, and that the Facilities or specific part thereof are ready for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. “Precommissioning” means the testing, checking and other requirements specified in the Employer’s Requirements that are to be carried out by the Contractor in preparation for Commissioning as provided in GCC Clause 24 (Completion) hereof. “Commissioning” means operation of the Facilities or any part thereof by the Contractor following Completion, which operation is to be carried out by the Contractor as provided in GCC Sub-Clause 25.1 (Commissioning) hereof, for the purpose of carrying out Guarantee Test(s). “Guarantee Test(s)” means the test(s) specified in the Employer’s Requirements to be carried out to ascertain whether the Facilities or a specified part thereof is able to attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 25.2 (Guarantee Test) hereof. “Operational Acceptance” means the acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities (or any part of the Facilities where the Contract provides for acceptance of the Facilities in parts), which certifies the Contractor’s fulfillment of the Contract in respect of Functional Guarantees of the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) in accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees) hereof and shall include deemed acceptance in accordance with GCC Clause 25 (Commissioning and Operational Acceptance) hereof. “Defect Liability Period” means the period of validity of the warranties given by the Contractor commencing at Completion of the Facilities or a part thereof, during which the Contractor is responsible for defects with respect to the Facilities (or the relevant part thereof) as provided in GCC Clause 27 (Defect Liability) hereof. “ES” means Environmental and Social (including Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA), and Sexual Harassment (SH)). “Sexual Exploitation and Abuse” “(SEA)” means the following: Sexual Exploitation is defined as any actual or attempted abuse of position of vulnerability, differential power or trust, for sexual purposes, including, but not limited to, profiting monetarily, socially or politically from the sexual exploitation of another. Sexual Abuse is defined as the actual or threatened physical intrusion of a sexual nature, whether by force or under unequal or coercive conditions; “Sexual Harassment” “(SH)” is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors, and other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature by the Contractor’s Personnel with other Contractor’s Personnel or Employer’s Personnel. “Contractor’s Personnel” means all personnel whom the Contractor utilizes in the execution of the Contract, including the staff, labor and other employees of the Contractor and each Subcontractor; and any other personnel assisting the Contractor in the execution of the Contract; and “Employer’s Personnel” means all staff, labor and other employees of the Project Manager and of the Employer engaged in fulfilling the Employer’s obligations under the Contract; and any other personnel identified as Employer’s Personnel, by a notice from the Employer to the Contractor. | ||
2. Contract Documents | 2.1 Subject to Article 1.2 (Order of Precedence) of the Contract Agreement, all documents forming part of the Contract (and all parts thereof) are intended to be correlative, complementary and mutually explanatory. The Contract shall be read as a whole. | ||
3. Interpretation | 3.1 In the Contract, except where the context requires otherwise:
The marginal words and other headings shall not be taken into consideration in the interpretation of these Conditions. 3.2 Incoterms Unless inconsistent with any provision of the Contract, the meaning of any trade term and the rights and obligations of Parties thereunder shall be as prescribed by Incoterms. Incoterms means international rules for interpreting trade terms published by the International Chamber of Commerce (latest edition), 38 Cours Albert 1er, 75008 Paris, France. 3.3 Entire Agreement Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 16.4 hereof, the Contract constitutes the entire agreement between the Employer and Contractor with respect to the subject matter of Contract and supersedes all communications, negotiations and agreements (whether written or oral) of Parties with respect thereto made prior to the date of Contract. 3.4 Amendment No amendment or other variation of the Contract shall be effective unless it is in writing, is dated, expressly refers to the Contract, and is signed by a duly authorized representative of each Party hereto. 3.5 Independent Contractor The Contractor shall be an independent contractor performing the Contract. The Contract does not create any agency, partnership, joint venture or other joint relationship between the Parties hereto. Subject to the provisions of the Contract, the Contractor shall be solely responsible for the manner in which the Contract is performed. All employees, representatives or Subcontractors engaged by the Contractor in connection with the performance of the Contract shall be under the complete control of the Contractor and shall not be deemed to be employees of the Employer, and nothing contained in the Contract or in any subcontract awarded by the Contractor shall be construed to create any contractual relationship between any such employees, representatives or Subcontractors and the Employer. 3.6 Non-Waiver 3.6.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 3.6.2 below, no relaxation, forbearance, delay or indulgence by either Party in enforcing any of the terms and conditions of the Contract or the granting of time by either Party to the other shall prejudice, affect or restrict the rights of that Party under the Contract, nor shall any waiver by either Party of any breach of Contract operate as waiver of any subsequent or continuing breach of Contract. 3.6.2 Any waiver of a Party’s rights, powers or remedies under the Contract must be in writing, must be dated and signed by an authorized representative of the Party granting such waiver, and must specify the right and the extent to which it is being waived. 3.7 Severability If any provision or condition of the Contract is prohibited or rendered invalid or unenforceable, such prohibition, invalidity or unenforceability shall not affect the validity or enforceability of any other provisions and conditions of the Contract. 3.8 Country of Origin “Origin” means the place where the plant and component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or manufactured, and from which the services are provided. Plant components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially recognized product results that is substantially different in its basic characteristics or in purpose or utility from its components. | ||
4. Communications | 4.1 Wherever these Conditions provide for the giving or issuing of approvals, certificates, consents, determinations, notices, requests and discharges, these communications shall be:
When a certificate is issued to a Party, the certifier shall send a copy to the other Party. When a notice is issued to a Party, by the other Party or the Project Manager, a copy shall be sent to the Project Manager or the other Party, as the case may be. | ||
5. Law and Language | 5.1 The Contract shall be governed by and interpreted in accordance with laws of the country specified in the PCC.
| ||
6. Fraud and Corruption |
| ||
| |||
7. Scope of Facilities | 7.1 Unless otherwise expressly limited in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor’s obligations cover the provision of all Plant and the performance of all Installation Services required for the design, and the manufacture (including procurement, quality assurance, construction, installation, associated civil works, Precommissioning and delivery) of the Plant, and the installation, completion and commissioning of the Facilities in accordance with the plans, procedures, specifications, drawings, codes and any other documents as specified in the Section, Employer’s Requirements. Such specifications include, but are not limited to, the provision of supervision and engineering services; the supply of labor, materials, equipment, spare parts (as specified in GCC Sub-Clause 7.3 below) and accessories; Contractor’s Equipment; construction utilities and supplies; temporary materials, structures and facilities; transportation (including, without limitation, unloading and hauling to, from and at the Site); and storage, except for those supplies, works and services that will be provided or performed by the Employer, as set forth in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. 7.2 The Contractor shall, unless specifically excluded in the Contract, perform all such work and/or supply all such items and materials not specifically mentioned in the Contract but that can be reasonably inferred from the Contract as being required for attaining Completion of the Facilities as if such work and/or items and materials were expressly mentioned in the Contract. 7.3 In addition to the supply of Mandatory Spare Parts included in the Contract, the Contractor agrees to supply spare parts required for the operation and maintenance of the Facilities for the period specified in the PCC and the provisions, if any, specified in the PCC. However, the identity, specifications and quantities of such spare parts and the terms and conditions relating to the supply thereof are to be agreed between the Employer and the Contractor, and the price of such spare parts shall be that given in Price Schedule No. 6, which shall be added to the Contract Price. The price of such spare parts shall include the purchase price therefor and other costs and expenses (including the Contractor’s fees) relating to the supply of spare parts. |
| |
8. Time for Commencement and Completion | 8.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within the period specified in the PCC and without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.9 and 26.2 hereof, the Contractor shall thereafter proceed with the Facilities in accordance with the time schedule specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule. 8.2 The Contractor shall attain Completion of the Facilities or of a part where a separate time for Completion of such part is specified in the Contract, within the time stated in the PCC or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. |
| |
9. Contractor’s Responsibilities | 9.1 The Contractor shall design, manufacture including associated purchases and/or subcontracting, install and complete the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. When completed, the Facilities should be fit for the purposes for which they are intended as defined in the Contract. 9.2 The Contractor confirms that it has entered into this Contract on the basis of a proper examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that the Contractor could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available and of other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities as of the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to Bid submission. The Contractor acknowledges that any failure to acquaint itself with all such data and information shall not relieve its responsibility for properly estimating the difficulty or cost of successfully performing the Facilities. 9.3 The Contractor shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor to obtain in its name and which are necessary for the performance of the Contract, including, without limitation, visas for the Contractor’s Personnel and entry permits for all imported Contractor’s Equipment. The Contractor shall acquire all other permits, approvals and/or licenses that are not the responsibility of the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 10.3 hereof and that are necessary for the performance of the Contract. 9.4 The Contractor shall comply with all laws in force in the country where the Facilities are to be implemented. The laws will include all local, state, national or other laws that affect the performance of the Contract and bind upon the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any and all liabilities, damages, claims, fines, penalties and expenses of whatever nature arising or resulting from the violation of such laws by the Contractor or its personnel, including the Subcontractors and their personnel, but without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 10.1 hereof. 9.5 Any Plant and Installation Services that will be incorporated in or be required for the Facilities and other supplies shall have their origin as specified under GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). Any subcontractors retained by the Contractor shall be from a country as specified in GCC Clause 1 (Country of Origin). 9.6 If the Contractor is a joint venture, or association (JV) of two or more persons, all such persons shall be jointly and severally bound to the Employer for the fulfillment of the provisions of the Contract, and shall designate one of such persons to act as a leader with authority to bind the JV. The composition or the constitution of the JV shall not be altered without the prior consent of the Employer. 9.7 Pursuant to paragraph 2.2 e. of Appendix B to the General Conditions the Contractor shall permit and shall cause its agents (where declared or not), subcontractors, subconsultants, service providers, suppliers, and personnel, to permit, the Bank and/or persons appointed by the Bank to inspect the site and/or the accounts, records and other documents relating to the procurement process, selection and/or contract execution, and to have such accounts, records and other documents audited by auditors appointed by the Bank. The Contractor’s and its Subcontractors’ and subconsultants’ attention is drawn to Sub-Clause 6.1 (Fraud and Corruption) which provides, inter alia, that acts intended to materially impede the exercise of the Bank’s inspection and audit rights constitute a prohibited practice subject to contract termination (as well as to a determination of ineligibility pursuant to the Bank’s prevailing sanctions procedures). 9.8 The Contractor shall conform to the sustainable procurement contractual provisions, if and as specified in the PCC. 9.9 Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP) The Contractor shall not carry out mobilization to Site unless the Project Manager gives approval, an approval that shall not be unreasonably delayed, to the measures the Contractor proposes to address environmental and social risks and impacts including the code of conduct, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.4. The Contractor shall submit, to the Project Manager for Review, any additional Management Strategies and Implementation Plans as are necessary to manage the ES risks and impacts of the Facilities. These Management Strategies and Implementation Plans collectively comprise the Contractor’s Environmental and Social Management Plan (C-ESMP). The Contractor shall review the C-ESMP, periodically (but not less than every six (6) months), and update it as required to ensure that it contains measures appropriate to the Facilities. The updated C-ESMP shall be submitted to the Project Manager for its approval. 9.10 Training of Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall provide appropriate training to relevant Contractor’s Personnel on ES aspects of the Contract, including appropriate sensitization on prohibition of SEA and health and safety training referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 22.2.7. As stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also allow appropriate opportunities for the relevant Contractor’s Personnel to be trained on ES aspects of the Contract by the Employer’s personnel and/or other personnel assigned by the Employer. 9.11 Stakeholder engagements The Contractor shall provide relevant contract- related information, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request to conduct contract stakeholder engagement. “Stakeholder” refers to individuals or groups who:
The Contractor may also directly participate in contract stakeholder engagements, as the Employer and/or Project Manager may reasonably request. 9.12 Forced Labor The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage forced labour. Forced labour consists of any work or service, not voluntarily performed, that is exacted from an individual under threat of force or penalty, and includes any kind of involuntary or compulsory labour, such as indentured labour, bonded labour or similar labour-contracting arrangements. No persons shall be employed or engaged who have been subject to trafficking. Trafficking in persons is defined as the recruitment, transportation, transfer, harbouring or receipt of persons by means of the threat or use of force or other forms of coercion, abduction, fraud, deception, abuse of power, or of a position of vulnerability, or of the giving or receiving of payments or benefits to achieve the consent of a person having control over another person, for the purposes of exploitation. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage forced labour including trafficked persons. If forced labour/trafficking cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.13 Child Labor The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child under the age of 14 unless the national law specifies a higher age (the minimum age). The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall not employ or engage a child between the minimum age and the age of 18 in a manner that is likely to be hazardous, or to interfere with, the child’s education, or to be harmful to the child’s health or physical, mental, spiritual, moral, or social development. The Contractor including its Subcontractors, shall only employ or engage children between the minimum age and the age of 18 after an appropriate risk assessment has been conducted by the Contractor with the Engineer’s consent. The Contractor shall be subject to regular monitoring by the Project Manager that includes monitoring of health, working conditions and hours of work. Work considered hazardous for children is work that, by its nature or the circumstances in which it is carried out, is likely to jeopardize the health, safety, or morals of children. Such work activities prohibited for children include work:
The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) not to employ or engage child labor. If child labor cases are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.14 Serious Safety Issues The Contractor, including its Subcontractors, shall comply with all applicable safety obligations. The Contractor shall also take measures to require its suppliers (other than Subcontractors) to adopt procedures and mitigation measures adequate to address safety issues related to their personnel. If serious safety issues are identified, the Contractor shall take measures to require the suppliers to take appropriate steps to remedy them. Where the supplier does not remedy the situation, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to manage such risks. 9.15 Obtaining natural resource materials The Contractor shall obtain natural resource materials from suppliers that can demonstrate, through compliance with the applicable verification and/ or certification requirements, that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats such as unsustainably harvested wood products, gravel or sand extraction from riverbeds or beaches. If a supplier cannot continue to demonstrate that obtaining such materials is not contributing to the risk of significant conversion or significant degradation of natural or critical habitats, the Contractor shall within a reasonable period substitute the supplier with a supplier that is able to demonstrate that they are not significantly adversely impacting the habitats. 9.16 Site Signage The Contractor shall not post and shall ensure that its Subcontractors/suppliers/manufacturers and Contractors’ Personnel shall not post, any signage on the Site, or in any other place where the Works will be carried out, except such signage as is required under the Contract, including by the Laws of the Country, or has been approved by the Employer. For the purposes of this sub-clause, signage shall include, inter alia, flags, billboards, advertising materials and any other similar item separately posted on the Site. |
| |
10. Employer’s Responsibilities | 10.1 All information and/or data to be supplied by the Employer as described in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, shall be deemed to be accurate, except when the Employer expressly states otherwise. 10.2 The Employer shall be responsible for acquiring and providing legal and physical possession of the Site and access thereto, and for providing possession of and access to all other areas reasonably required for the proper execution of the Contract, including all requisite rights of way, as specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer. The Employer shall give full possession of and accord all rights of access thereto on or before the date(s) specified in that Appendix. 10.3 The Employer shall acquire and pay for all permits, approvals and/or licenses from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings in the country where the Site is located which (a) such authorities or undertakings require the Employer to obtain in the Employer’s name, (b) are necessary for the execution of the Contract, including those required for the performance by both the Contractor and the Employer of their respective obligations under the Contract, and (c) are specified in the Appendix (Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer). 10.4 If requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining in a timely and expeditious manner all permits, approvals and/or licenses necessary for the execution of the Contract from all local, state or national government authorities or public service undertakings that such authorities or undertakings require the Contractor or Subcontractors or the personnel of the Contractor or Subcontractors, as the case may be, to obtain. 10.5 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract or agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Employer shall provide sufficient, properly qualified operating and maintenance personnel; shall supply and make available all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, other materials and facilities; and shall perform all work and services of whatsoever nature, including those required by the Contractor to properly carry out Precommissioning, Commissioning and Guarantee Tests, all in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, at or before the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 hereof and in the manner thereupon specified or as otherwise agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 10.6 The Employer shall be responsible for the continued operation of the Facilities after Completion, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.8, and shall be responsible for facilitating the Guarantee Test(s) for the Facilities, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.7 All costs and expenses involved in the performance of the obligations under this GCC Clause 10 shall be the responsibility of the Employer, save those to be incurred by the Contractor with respect to the performance of Guarantee Tests, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.2. 10.8 In the event that the Employer shall be in breach of any of his obligations under this Clause, the additional cost incurred by the Contractor in consequence thereof shall be determined by the Project Manager and added to the Contract Price. |
| |
11. Contract Price | 11.1 The Contract Price shall be as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement. 11.2 Unless an adjustment clause is provided for in the PCC, the Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum not subject to any alteration, except in the event of a Change in the Facilities or as otherwise provided in the Contract. 11.3 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 9.2, 10.1 and 35 hereof, the Contractor shall be deemed to have satisfied itself as to the correctness and sufficiency of the Contract Price, which shall, except as otherwise provided for in the Contract, cover all its obligations under the Contract. |
12. Terms of Payment | 12.1 The Contract Price shall be paid as specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement and in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which also outlines the procedures to be followed in making application for and processing payments. 12.2 No payment made by the Employer herein shall be deemed to constitute acceptance by the Employer of the Facilities or any part(s) thereof. 12.3 In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment by its respective due date or within the period set forth in the Contract, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate(s) shown in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, for the period of delay until payment has been made in full, whether before or after judgment or arbitrage award. 12.4 The currency or currencies in which payments are made to the Contractor under this Contract shall be specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, subject to the general principle that payments will be made in the currency or currencies in which the Contract Price has been stated in the Contractor’s Bid. 12.5 As specified in the PCC, if the Contractor fails to perform its cyber security obligations under the Contract, an assessed amount, as determined by the Project Manager, may be withheld until the obligation has been performed. |
13. Securities | 13.1 Issuance of Securities The Contractor shall provide the securities specified below in favor of the Employer at the times, and in the amount, manner and form specified below. 13.2 Advance Payment Security 13.2.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security in an amount equal to the advance payment calculated in accordance with the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, and in the same currency or currencies. 13.2.2 The security shall be in the form provided in the Bidding documents or in another form acceptable to the Employer. The amount of the security shall be reduced in proportion to the value of the Facilities executed by and paid to the Contractor from time to time, and shall automatically become null and void when the full amount of the advance payment has been recovered by the Employer. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration. 13.3 Performance Security 13.3.1 The Contractor shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of the notification of contract award, provide a security for the due performance of the Contract in the amount specified in the PCC. 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be denominated in the currency or currencies of the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer, and shall be in the form provided in Section X, Contract Forms, corresponding to the type of bank guarantee stipulated by the Employer in the PCC, or in another form acceptable to the Employer. 13.3.3 Unless otherwise specified in the PCC, the security shall be reduced by half on the date of the Operational Acceptance. The Security shall become null and void, or shall be reduced pro rata to the Contract Price of a part of the Facilities for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, five hundred and forty (540) days after Completion of the Facilities or three hundred and sixty five (365) days after Operational Acceptance of the Facilities, whichever occurs first; provided, however, that if the Defects Liability Period has been extended on any part of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.8 hereof, the Contractor shall issue an additional security in an amount proportionate to the Contract Price of that part. The security shall be returned to the Contractor immediately after its expiration, provided, however, that if the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10, is liable for an extended defect liability obligation, the Performance Security shall be extended for the period specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10 and up to the amount specified in the PCC. 13.3.4 The Employer shall not make a claim under the Performance Security, except for amounts to which the Employer is entitled under the Contract. The Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless against and from all damages, losses and expenses (including legal fees and expenses) resulting from a claim under the Performance Security to the extent to which the Employer was not entitled to make the claim. |
14. Taxes and Duties | 14.1 Except as otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall bear and pay all taxes, duties, levies and charges assessed on the Contractor, its Subcontractors or their employees by all municipal, state or national government authorities in connection with the Facilities in and outside of the country where the Site is located. 14.2 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 14.1 above, the Employer shall bear and promptly pay (a) all customs and import duties for the Plant specified in Price Schedule No. 1; and (b) other domestic taxes such as, sales tax and value added tax (VAT) on the Plant specified in Price Schedules No. 1 and No. 2 and that is to be incorporated into the Facilities, and on the finished goods, imposed by the law of the country where the Site is located. 14.3 If any tax exemptions, reductions, allowances or privileges may be available to the Contractor in the country where the Site is located, the Employer shall use its best endeavors to enable the Contractor to benefit from any such tax savings to the maximum allowable extent. 14.4 For the purpose of the Contract, it is agreed that the Contract Price specified in Article 2 (Contract Price and Terms of Payment) of the Contract Agreement is based on the taxes, duties, levies and charges prevailing at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission in the country where the Site is located (hereinafter called “Tax” in this GCC Sub-Clause 14.4). If any rates of Tax are increased or decreased, a new Tax is introduced, an existing Tax is abolished, or any change in interpretation or application of any Tax occurs in the course of the performance of Contract, which was or will be assessed on the Contractor, Subcontractors or their employees in connection with performance of the Contract, an equitable adjustment of the Contract Price shall be made to fully take into account any such change by addition to the Contract Price or deduction therefrom, as the case may be, in accordance with GCC Clause 36 hereof. |
15. License/Use of Technical Information | 15.1 For the operation and maintenance of the Plant, the Contractor hereby grants a non-exclusive and non-transferable license (without the right to sub-license) to the Employer under the patents, utility models or other industrial property rights owned by the Contractor or by a third Party from whom the Contractor has received the right to grant licenses thereunder, and shall also grant to the Employer a non-exclusive and non-transferable right (without the right to sub-license) to use the know-how and other technical information disclosed to the Employer under the Contract. Nothing contained herein shall be construed as transferring ownership of any patent, utility model, trademark, design, copyright, know-how or other intellectual property right from the Contractor or any third Party to the Employer. 15.2 The copyright in all drawings, documents and other materials containing data and information furnished to the Employer by the Contractor herein shall remain vested in the Contractor or, if they are furnished to the Employer directly or through the Contractor by any third Party, including suppliers of materials, the copyright in such materials shall remain vested in such third Party. |
16. Confidential Information | 16.1 The Employer and the Contractor shall keep confidential and shall not, without the written consent of the other Party hereto, divulge to any third Party any documents, data or other information furnished directly or indirectly by the other Party hereto in connection with the Contract, whether such information has been furnished prior to, during or following termination of the Contract. Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor may furnish to its Subcontractor(s) such documents, data and other information it receives from the Employer to the extent required for the Subcontractor(s) to perform its work under the Contract, in which event the Contractor shall obtain from such Subcontractor(s) an undertaking of confidentiality similar to that imposed on the Contractor under this GCC Clause 16. 16.2 The Employer shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Contractor for any purpose other than the operation and maintenance of the Facilities. Similarly, the Contractor shall not use such documents, data and other information received from the Employer for any purpose other than the design, procurement of Plant, construction or such other work and services as are required for the performance of the Contract. 16.3 The obligation of a Party under GCC Sub-Clauses 16.1 and 16.2 above, however, shall not apply to that information which (a) now or hereafter enters the public domain through no fault of that Party (b) can be proven to have been possessed by that Party at the time of disclosure and which was not previously obtained, directly or indirectly, from the other Party hereto (c) otherwise lawfully becomes available to that Party from a third Party that has no obligation of confidentiality (d) is being provided to the Bank. 16.4 The above provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall not in any way modify any undertaking of confidentiality given by either of the Parties hereto prior to the date of the Contract in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof. 16.5 The provisions of this GCC Clause 16 shall survive termination, for whatever reason, of the Contract. |
17. Representatives | 17.1 Project Manager If the Project Manager is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Employer shall appoint and notify the Contractor in writing of the name of the Project Manager. The Employer may from time to time appoint some other person as the Project Manager in place of the person previously so appointed, and shall give a notice of the name of such other person to the Contractor without delay. No such appointment shall be made at such a time or in such a manner as to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Such appointment shall only take effect upon receipt of such notice by the Contractor. The Project Manager shall represent and act for the Employer at all times during the performance of the Contract. All notices, instructions, orders, certificates, approvals and all other communications under the Contract shall be given by the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. All notices, instructions, information and other communications given by the Contractor to the Employer under the Contract shall be given to the Project Manager, except as herein otherwise provided. 17.2 Contractor’s Representative & Construction Manager 17.2.1 If the Contractor’s Representative is not named in the Contract, then within fourteen (14) days of the Effective Date, the Contractor shall appoint the Contractor’s Representative and shall request the Employer in writing to approve the person so appointed. If the Employer makes no objection to the appointment within fourteen (14) days, the Contractor’s Representative shall be deemed to have been approved. If the Employer objects to the appointment within fourteen (14) days giving the reason therefor, then the Contractor shall appoint a replacement within fourteen (14) days of such objection, and the foregoing provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1 shall apply thereto. 17.2.2 The Contractor’s Representative shall represent and act for the Contractor at all times during the performance of the Contract and shall give to the Project Manager all the Contractor’s notices, instructions, information and all other communications under the Contract. All notices, instructions, information and all other communications given by the Employer or the Project Manager to the Contractor under the Contract shall be given to the Contractor’s Representative or, in its absence, its deputy, except as herein otherwise provided. The Contractor shall not revoke the appointment of the Contractor’s Representative without the Employer’s prior written consent, which shall not be unreasonably withheld. If the Employer consents thereto, the Contractor shall appoint some other person as the Contractor’s Representative, pursuant to the procedure set out in GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.1. 17.2.3 The Contractor’s Representative may, subject to the approval of the Employer which shall not be unreasonably withheld, at any time delegate to any person any of the powers, functions and authorities vested in him or her. Any such delegation may be revoked at any time. Any such delegation or revocation shall be subject to a prior notice signed by the Contractor’s Representative, and shall specify the powers, functions and authorities thereby delegated or revoked. No such delegation or revocation shall take effect unless and until a copy thereof has been delivered to the Employer and the Project Manager. Any act or exercise by any person of powers, functions and authorities so delegated to him or her in accordance with this GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.3 shall be deemed to be an act or exercise by the Contractor’s Representative. 17.2.4 From the commencement of installation of the Facilities at the Site until Completion, the Contractor’s Representative shall appoint a suitable person as the Construction Manager. The Construction Manager shall supervise all work done at the Site by the Contractor and shall be present at the Site throughout normal working hours except when on leave, sick or absent for reasons connected with the proper performance of the Contract. Whenever the Construction Manager is absent from the Site, a suitable person shall be appointed to act as the Construction Manager’s deputy. 17.2.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to remove (or cause to be removed) the Contractor’s Representative or any other person employed by the Contractor in the execution of the Contract, who:
If appropriate, the Contractor shall then promptly appoint (or cause to be appointed) a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience. Notwithstanding any requirement from the Project Manager to remove or cause to remove any person, the Contractor shall take immediate action as appropriate in response to any violation of (a) through (g) above. Such immediate action shall include removing (or causing to be removed) from the Site or other places where the Contract is being executed, any Contractor’s Personnel who engages in (a), (b), (c), (d), (e) or (g) above or has been recruited as stated in (f) above.. 17.2.6 If any representative or person employed by the Contractor is removed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 17.2.5, the Contractor shall, where required, promptly appoint a suitable replacement with equivalent skills and experience. |
18. Work Program | 18.1 Contractor’s Organization The Contractor shall supply to the Employer and the Project Manager a chart showing the proposed organization to be established by the Contractor for carrying out work on the Facilities within twenty-one (21) days of the Effective Date. The chart shall include the identities of the key personnel and the curricula vitae of such key personnel to be employed shall be supplied together with the chart. The Contractor shall promptly inform the Employer and the Project Manager in writing of any revision or alteration of such an organization chart. 18.2 Program of Performance Within twenty-eight (28) days after the Effective Date, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a detailed program of performance of the Contract, made in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and showing the sequence in which it proposes to design, manufacture, transport, assemble, install and precommission the Facilities, as well as the date by which the Contractor reasonably requires that the Employer shall have fulfilled its obligations under the Contract so as to enable the Contractor to execute the Contract in accordance with the program and to achieve Completion, Commissioning and Acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. The program so submitted by the Contractor shall accord with the Time Schedule included in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and any other dates and periods specified in the Contract. The Contractor shall update and revise the program as and when appropriate or when required by the Project Manager, but without modification in the Times for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to Sub-Clause 8.2 and any extension granted in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and shall submit all such revisions to the Project Manager. 18.3 Progress Report The Contractor shall monitor progress of all the activities specified in the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 above, and supply a progress report to the Project Manager every month. The progress report shall be in a form acceptable to the Project Manager and shall indicate: (a) percentage completion achieved compared with the planned percentage completion for each activity; and (b) where any activity is behind the program, giving comments and likely consequences and stating the corrective action being taken. Unless otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, each progress report shall include the Environmental and Social (ES) metrics set out in Appendix C. If stated in the PCC, progress report shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation. In addition to the progress reports, the Contractor shall inform the Project Manager immediately of any allegation, incident or accident in the Site, which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel or Contractor’s Personnel. This includes, but is not limited to, any incident or accident causing fatality or serious injury; significant adverse effects or damage to private property; any cyber security incidents as specified in the PCC; or any allegation of SEA and/or SH. In case of SEA and/or SH, while maintaining confidentiality as appropriate, the type of allegation (sexual exploitation, sexual abuse or sexual harassment), gender and age of the person who experienced the alleged incident should be included in the information. The Contractor, upon becoming aware of the allegation, incident or accident, shall also immediately inform the Project Manager of any such incident or accident on the Subcontractors’ or suppliers’ premises relating to the Facilities which has or is likely to have a significant adverse effect on the environment, the affected communities, the public, Employer’s Personnel, or Contractor’s, its Subcontractors’ and suppliers’ personnel. The notification shall provide sufficient detail regarding such incidents or accidents. The Contractor shall provide full details of such incidents or accidents to the Project Manager within the timeframe agreed with the Project Manager. The Contractor shall require its Subcontractors and suppliers to immediately notify the Contractor of any incidents or accidents referred to in this Subclause. 18.4 Progress of Performance If at any time the Contractor’s actual progress falls behind the program referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, or it becomes apparent that it will so fall behind, the Contractor shall, at the request of the Employer or the Project Manager, prepare and submit to the Project Manager a revised program, taking into account the prevailing circumstances, and shall notify the Project Manager of the steps being taken to expedite progress so as to attain Completion of the Facilities within the Time for Completion under GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, any extension thereof entitled under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, or any extended period as may otherwise be agreed upon between the Employer and the Contractor. 18.5 Procedures The Contract shall be executed in accordance with the Contract Documents including the procedures given in the Forms and Procedures of the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor may execute the Contract in accordance with its own standard project execution plans and procedures to the extent that they do not conflict with the provisions contained in the Contract. |
19. Subcontracting | 19.1 The Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, specifies major items of supply or services and a list of approved Subcontractors against each item, including manufacturers. Insofar as no Subcontractors are listed against any such item, the Contractor shall prepare a list of Subcontractors for such item for inclusion in such list. The Contractor may from time to time propose any addition to or deletion from any such list. The Contractor shall submit any such list or any modification thereto to the Employer for its approval in sufficient time so as not to impede the progress of work on the Facilities. Submission by the Contractor, for addition of any Subcontractor not named in the Contract, shall also include the Subcontractor’s declaration in accordance with Appendix D- Sexual exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration. Approval by the Employer for any of the Subcontractors shall not relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations, duties or responsibilities under the Contract. 19.2 The Contractor shall select and employ its Subcontractors for such major items from those listed in the lists referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 19.1. 19.3 For items or parts of the Facilities not specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors, the Contractor may employ such Subcontractors as it may select, at its discretion. 19.4 Each sub-contract shall include provisions which would entitle the Employer to require the sub-contract to be assigned to the Employer under GCC 19.5 (if and when applicable), or in event of termination by the Employer under GCC 42.2. 19.5 If a Subcontractor's obligations extend beyond the expiry date of the relevant Defects Liability Period and the Project Manager, prior to that date, instructs the Contractor to assign the benefits of such obligations to the Employer, then the Contractor shall do so. 19.6 The Contractor shall ensure that its Subcontractors execute the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, including complying with the relevant ES requirements and the obligations set out in GCC Sub-Clause 22.4. |
20. Design and Engineering | 20.1 Specifications and Drawings 20.1.1 The Contractor shall execute the basic and detailed design and the engineering work in compliance with the provisions of the Contract, or where not so specified, in accordance with good engineering practice. The Contractor shall be responsible for any discrepancies, errors or omissions in the specifications, drawings and other technical documents that it has prepared, whether such specifications, drawings and other documents have been approved by the Project Manager or not, provided that such discrepancies, errors or omissions are not because of inaccurate information furnished in writing to the Contractor by or on behalf of the Employer. 20.1.2 The Contractor shall be entitled to disclaim responsibility for any design, data, drawing, specification or other document, or any modification thereof provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, by giving a notice of such disclaimer to the Project Manager. 20.2 Codes and Standards Wherever references are made in the Contract to codes and standards in accordance with which the Contract shall be executed, the edition or the revised version of such codes and standards current at the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to date of Bid submission shall apply unless otherwise specified. During Contract execution, any changes in such codes and standards shall be applied subject to approval by the Employer and shall be treated in accordance with GCC Clause 39. 20.3 Approval/Review of Technical Documents by Project Manager 20.3.1 The Contractor shall prepare or cause its Subcontractors to prepare, and furnish to the Project Manager the documents listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled List of Documents for Approval or Review, for its approval or review as specified and in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance). Any part of the Facilities covered by or related to the documents to be approved by the Project Manager shall be executed only after the Project Manager’s approval thereof. GCC Sub-Clauses 20.3.2 through 20.3.7 shall apply to those documents requiring the Project Manager’s approval, but not to those furnished to the Project Manager for its review only. 20.3.2 Within fourteen (14) days after receipt by the Project Manager of any document requiring the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Project Manager shall either return one copy thereof to the Contractor with its approval endorsed thereon or shall notify the Contractor in writing of its disapproval thereof and the reasons therefor and the modifications that the Project Manager proposes. If the Project Manager fails to take such action within the said fourteen (14) days, then the said document shall be deemed to have been approved by the Project Manager. 20.3.3 The Project Manager shall not disapprove any document, except on the grounds that the document does not comply with the Contract or that it is contrary to good engineering practice. 20.3.4 If the Project Manager disapproves the document, the Contractor shall modify the document and resubmit it for the Project Manager’s approval in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.2. If the Project Manager approves the document subject to modification(s), the Contractor shall make the required modification(s), whereupon the document shall be deemed to have been approved. 20.3.5 If any dispute or difference occurs between the Employer and the Contractor in connection with or arising out of the disapproval by the Project Manager of any document and/or any modification(s) thereto that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period, then such dispute or difference may be referred to a Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.1 hereof. If such dispute or difference is referred to a Dispute Board, the Project Manager shall give instructions as to whether and if so, how, performance of the Contract is to proceed. The Contractor shall proceed with the Contract in accordance with the Project Manager’s instructions, provided that if the Dispute Board upholds the Contractor’s view on the dispute and if the Employer has not given notice under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 hereof, then the Contractor shall be reimbursed by the Employer for any additional costs incurred by reason of such instructions and shall be relieved of such responsibility or liability in connection with the dispute and the execution of the instructions as the Dispute Board shall decide, and the Time for Completion shall be extended accordingly. 20.3.6 The Project Manager’s approval, with or without modification of the document furnished by the Contractor, shall not relieve the Contractor of any responsibility or liability imposed upon it by any provisions of the Contract except to the extent that any subsequent failure results from modifications required by the Project Manager. 20.3.7 The Contractor shall not depart from any approved document unless the Contractor has first submitted to the Project Manager an amended document and obtained the Project Manager’s approval thereof, pursuant to the provisions of this GCC Sub-Clause 20.3. If the Project Manager requests any change in any already approved document and/or in any document based thereon, the provisions of GCC Clause 39 shall apply to such request. |
21. Procurement | 21.1 Plant Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, the Contractor shall procure and transport all Plant in an expeditious and orderly manner to the Site. 21.2 Employer-Supplied Plant If the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, provides that the Employer shall furnish any specific items to the Contractor, the following provisions shall apply: 21.2.1 The Employer shall, at its own risk and expense, transport each item to the place on or near the Site as agreed upon by the Parties and make such item available to the Contractor at the time specified in the program furnished by the Contractor, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2, unless otherwise mutually agreed. 21.2.2 Upon receipt of such item, the Contractor shall inspect the same visually and notify the Project Manager of any detected shortage, defect or default. The Employer shall immediately remedy any shortage, defect or default, or the Contractor shall, if practicable and possible, at the request of the Employer, remedy such shortage, defect or default at the Employer’s cost and expense. After inspection, such item shall fall under the care, custody and control of the Contractor. The provision of this GCC Sub-Clause 21.2.2 shall apply to any item supplied to remedy any such shortage or default or to substitute for any defective item, or shall apply to defective items that have been repaired. 21.2.3 The foregoing responsibilities of the Contractor and its obligations of care, custody and control shall not relieve the Employer of liability for any undetected shortage, defect or default, nor place the Contractor under any liability for any such shortage, defect or default whether under GCC Clause 27 or under any other provision of Contract. 21.3 Transportation 21.3.1 The Contractor shall at its own risk and expense transport all the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site by the mode of transport that the Contractor judges most suitable under all the circumstances. 21.3.2 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall be entitled to select any safe mode of transport operated by any person to carry the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment. 21.3.3 Upon dispatch of each shipment of materials and the Contractor’s Equipment, the Contractor shall notify the Employer by telex, cable, facsimile or electronic means, of the description of the materials and of the Contractor’s Equipment, the point and means of dispatch, and the estimated time and point of arrival in the country where the Site is located, if applicable, and at the Site. The Contractor shall furnish the Employer with relevant shipping documents to be agreed upon between the Parties. 21.3.4 The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining, if necessary, approvals from the authorities for transportation of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. The Employer shall use its best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining such approvals, if requested by the Contractor. The Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer from and against any claim for damage to roads, bridges or any other traffic facilities that may be caused by the transport of the materials and the Contractor’s Equipment to the Site. 21.4 Customs Clearance The Contractor shall, at its own expense, handle all imported materials and Contractor’s Equipment at the point(s) of import and shall handle any formalities for customs clearance, subject to the Employer’s obligations under GCC Sub-Clause 14.2, provided that if applicable laws or regulations require any application or act to be made by or in the name of the Employer, the Employer shall take all necessary steps to comply with such laws or regulations. In the event of delays in customs clearance that are not the fault of the Contractor, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension in the Time for Completion, pursuant to GCC Clause 40. |
22. Installation | 22.1 Setting Out/Supervision 22.1.1 Bench Mark: The Contractor shall be responsible for the true and proper setting-out of the Facilities in relation to bench marks, reference marks and lines provided to it in writing by or on behalf of the Employer. If, at any time during the progress of installation of the Facilities, any error shall appear in the position, level or alignment of the Facilities, the Contractor shall forthwith notify the Project Manager of such error and, at its own expense, immediately rectify such error to the reasonable satisfaction of the Project Manager. If such error is based on incorrect data provided in writing by or on behalf of the Employer, the expense of rectifying the same shall be borne by the Employer. 22.1.2 Contractor’s Supervision: The Contractor shall give or provide all necessary superintendence during the installation of the Facilities, and the Construction Manager or its deputy shall be constantly on the Site to provide full-time superintendence of the installation. The Contractor shall provide and employ only technical personnel who are skilled and experienced in their respective callings and supervisory staff who are competent to adequately supervise the work at hand. 22.2 Labor: 22.2.1 Engagement of Staff and Labor Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall make arrangements for the engagement of all staff and labor, local or otherwise, and for their payment, housing, feeding and transport. The Contractor shall provide and employ on the Site in the installation of the Facilities such skilled, semi-skilled and unskilled labor as is necessary for the proper and timely execution of the Contract. The Contractor is encouraged to use local labor that has the necessary skills. The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining all necessary permit(s) and/or visa(s) from the appropriate authorities for the entry of all labor and personnel to be employed on the Site into the country where the Site is located. The Employer will, if requested by the Contractor, use his best endeavors in a timely and expeditious manner to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state, national or government permission required for bringing in the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall at its own expense provide the means of repatriation to all of its Contractor’s Personnel employed for the excution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out to the place where they were recruited or to their domicile. It shall also provide suitable temporary maintenance of all such persons from the cessation of their employment on the Contract to the date programmed for their departure. In the event that the Contractor defaults in providing such means of transportation and temporary maintenance, the Employer may provide the same to such personnel and recover the cost of doing so from the Contractor. The Contractor shall provide Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, relevant information and documentation that are clear and understandable regarding their terms and conditions of employment. The information and documentation shall set out their rights under relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel (which will include any applicable collective agreements), including their rights related to hours of work, wages, overtime, compensation and benefits, as well as those arising from any requirements in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed when any material changes to their terms or conditions of employment occur. 22.2.2 Persons in the Service of Employer The Contractor shall not recruit, or attempt to recruit, staff and labor from amongst the Employer’s Personnel. 22.2.3 Labor Laws The Contractor shall comply with all the relevant labor laws applicable to the Contractor’s Personnel, including laws relating to their employment, health, safety, welfare, immigration and emigration, and shall allow them all their legal rights. The Contractor shall at all times during the progress of the Contract use its best endeavors to prevent any unlawful, riotous or disorderly conduct or behavior by or amongst its employees and the labor of its Subcontractors. The Contractor shall, in all dealings with its labor and the labor of its Subcontractors currently employed on or connected with the Contract, pay due regard to all recognized festivals, official holidays, religious or other customs and all local laws and regulations pertaining to the employment of labor. 22.2.4 Rates of Wages and Conditions of Labor The Contractor shall pay rates of wages, and observe conditions of labor, which are not lower than those established for the trade or industry where the work is carried out. If no established rates or conditions are applicable, the Contractor shall pay rates of wages and observe conditions which are not lower than the general level of wages and conditions observed locally by employers whose trade or industry is similar to that of the Contractor. The Contractor shall inform the Contractor’s Personnel about:
The Contractor shall perform such duties in regard to such deductions thereof as may be imposed on him by such laws. Where required by applicable Laws or as stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor and its Subcontarctors shall provide their personnel written notice of termination of employment and details of severance payments in a timely manner. The Contractor and its Subcontractors shall have paid their personnel (either directly or where appropriate for their benefit) all due wages and entitlements including, as applicable, social security benefits and pension contributions, on or before the end of their engagement/ employment. 22.2.5 Working Hours No work shall be carried out on the Site on locally recognized days of rest, or outside the normal working hours stated in the PCC, unless: (a) otherwise stated in the Contract, (b) the Project Manager gives consent, or (c) the work is unavoidable, or necessary for the protection of life or property or for the safety of the Facilities, in which case the Contractor shall immediately advise the Project Manager. If and when the Contractor considers it necessary to carry out work at night or on public holidays so as to meet the Time for Completion and requests the Project Manager’s consent thereto, the Project Manager shall not unreasonably withhold such consent. This Sub-Clause shall not apply to any work which is customarily carried out by rotary or double-shifts. 22.2.6 Facilities for Staff and Labor Except as otherwise stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall provide and maintain all necessary accommodation and welfare facilities for the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out. The Contractor shall also provide facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements. If stated in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall give access to or provide services that accommodate the physical, social and cultural needs of the Contractor’s Personnel. The Contractor shall also provide similar facilities for the Employer’s Personnel as stated in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor shall not permit any of the Contractor’s Personnel to maintain any temporary or permanent living quarters within the structures forming part of the Facilities. 22.2.7 Health and Safety The Contractor shall at all times take all reasonable precautions to maintain the health and safety of the Contractor’s Personnel employed for the execution of Installation Services at the Site (or other places in the country where the Site is located). Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 9.9, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager for its approval a health and safety manual which sets out all the health and safety requirements under the Contract. The health and safety manual shall be in addition to any other similar document required under applicable health and safety regulations and Laws. The Contractor shall:
22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements In the event of the death of any of the Contractor’s Personnel or accompanying members of their families, the Contractor shall be responsible for making the appropriate arrangements for their return or burial, unless otherwise specified in the PCC. 22.2.9 Records of Contractor’s Personnel The Contractor shall keep accurate records of the Contractor’s Personnel, including the number of each class of Contractor’s personnel on the Site and the names, ages, genders, hours worked and wages paid to all workers. These records shall be summarized on a monthly basis in a form approved by the Project Manager and shall be available for inspection by the Project Manager until the Contractor has completed all work. 22.2.10 Supply of Foodstuffs The Contractor shall arrange for the provision of a sufficient supply of suitable food as may be stated in the Employer’s Requirements at reasonable prices for the Contractor’s personnel for the purposes of or in connection with the Contract. 22.2.11 Supply of Water The Contractor shall, having regard to local conditions, provide on the Site an adequate supply of drinking and other water for the use of the Contractor’s personnel. 22.2.12 Measures against Insect and Pest Nuisance The Contractor shall at all times take the necessary precautions to protect the Contractor’s Personnel employed on the Site from insect and pest nuisance, and to reduce their danger to health. The Contractor shall comply with all the regulations of the local health authorities, including use of appropriate insecticide. 22.2.13 Alcoholic Liquor or Drugs The Contractor shall not, otherwise than in accordance with the laws of the Country, import, sell, give barter or otherwise dispose of any alcoholic liquor or drugs, or permit or allow importation, sale, gift barter or disposal by Contractor's Personnel. 22.2.14 Arms and Ammunition The Contractor shall not give, barter, or otherwise dispose of, to any person, any arms or ammunition of any kind, or allow Contractor's Personnel to do so. 22.2.15 Workers’ Organizations In countries where the relevant labor laws recognize workers’ rights to form and to join workers’ organizations of their choosing and to bargain collectively without interference, the Contractor shall comply with such laws. In such circumstances, the role of legally established workers’ organizations and legitimate workers’ representatives will be respected, and they will be provided with information needed for meaningful negotiation in a timely manner. Where the relevant labor laws substantially restrict workers’ organizations, the Contractor shall enable alternative means for the Contractor’s Personnel to express their grievances and protect their rights regarding working conditions and terms of employment. The Contractor shall not seek to influence or control these alternative means. The Contractor shall not discriminate or retaliate against the Contractor’s Personnel who participate, or seek to participate, in such organizations and collective bargaining or alternative mechanisms. Workers’ organizations are expected to fairly represent the workers in the workforce. 22.2.16 Non-Discrimination and Equal Opportunity The Contractor shall not make decisions relating to the employment or treatment of Contractor’s Personnel on the basis of personal characteristics unrelated to inherent job requirements. The Contractor shall base the employment of Contractor’s Personnel on the principle of equal opportunity and fair treatment, and shall not discriminate with respect to any aspects of the employment relationship, including recruitment and hiring, compensation (including wages and benefits), working conditions and terms of employment, access to training, job assignment, promotion, termination of employment or retirement, and disciplinary practices. Special measures of protection or assistance to remedy past discrimination or selection for a particular job based on the inherent requirements of the job shall not be deemed discrimination. The Contractor shall provide protection and assistance as necessary to ensure non-discrimination and equal opportunity, including for specific groups such as women, people with disabilities, migrant workers and children (of working age in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 9.13). 22.2.17 Contractor’s Personnel Grievance Mechanism The Contractor shall have a grievance mechanism for the Contractor’s Personnel, and where relevant the workers’ organizations stated in subclause 22.2.15, to raise workplace concerns. The grievance mechanism shall be proportionate to the nature, scale, risks and impacts of the Contract. The mechanism shall address concerns promptly, using an understandable and transparent process that provides timely feedback to those concerned in a language they understand, without any retribution, and shall operate in an independent and objective manner. The Contractor’s Personnel shall be informed of the grievance mechanism at the time of engagement for the Contract, and the measures put in place to protect them against any reprisal for its use. Measures will be put in place to make the grievance mechanism easily accessible to all Contractor’s Personnel. The grievance mechanism shall not impede access to other judicial or administrative remedies that might be available, or substitute for grievance mechanisms provided through collective agreements. The grievance mechanism may utilize existing grievance mechanisms, providing that they are properly designed and implemented, address concerns promptly, and are readily accessible to such project workers. Existing grievance mechanisms may be supplemented as needed with Contract-specific arrangements. 22.3 Contractor’s Equipment 22.3.1 All Contractor’s Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site shall be deemed to be intended to be used exclusively for the execution of the Contract. The Contractor shall not remove the same from the Site without the Project Manager’s consent that such Contractor’s Equipment is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.3.2 Unless otherwise specified in the Contract, upon completion of the Facilities, the Contractor shall remove from the Site all Equipment brought by the Contractor onto the Site and any surplus materials remaining thereon. 22.3.3 The Employer will, if requested, use its best endeavors to assist the Contractor in obtaining any local, state or national government permission required by the Contractor for the export of the Contractor’s Equipment imported by the Contractor for use in the execution of the Contract that is no longer required for the execution of the Contract. 22.4 Site Regulations The Employer and the Contractor shall establish Site regulations setting out the rules to be observed in the execution of the Contract at the Site and shall comply therewith. The Contractor shall prepare and submit to the Project Manager with a copy to the Employer, proposed Site regulations for the Project Manager’s approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Such Site regulations shall include, but shall not be limited to, Code of Conduct for environmental and social aspectssubmitted as part of the Bid and agreed to by the Employer, , security arrangements in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 22.8, safety of the Facilities, gate control, sanitation, medical care, and fire prevention. The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to ensure that each Contractor’s Personnel, employed for the execution of the Contract at the Site or other places where the Installation Services are carried out, is made aware of the Code of Conduct including specific behaviors that are prohibited, and understands the consequences of engaging in such prohibited behaviors. These measures include providing instructions and documentation that can be understood by the Contractor’s Personnel and seeking to obtain that person’s signature acknowledging receipt of such instructions and/or documentation, as appropriate. The Contractor shall also ensure that the Code of Conduct is visibly displayed in multiple locations on the Site and any other place where the Installation Services will be carried out, as well as in areas outside the Site accessible to the local community and project affected people. The posted Code of Conduct shall be provided in languages comprehensible to Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s Personnel and the local community. The Contractor’s Management Strategy and Implementation Plans shall include appropriate processes for the Contractor to verify compliance with these obligations. 22.5 Opportunities for Other Contractors 22.5.1 The Contractor shall, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, give all reasonable opportunities for carrying out the work to any other contractors employed by the Employer on or near the Site. 22.5.2 If the Contractor, upon written request from the Employer or the Project Manager, makes available to other contractors any roads or ways the maintenance for which the Contractor is responsible, permits the use by such other contractors of the Contractor’s Equipment, or provides any other service of whatsoever nature for such other contractors, the Employer shall fully compensate the Contractor for any loss or damage caused or occasioned by such other contractors in respect of any such use or service, and shall pay to the Contractor reasonable remuneration for the use of such equipment or the provision of such services. 22.5.3 The Contractor shall also so arrange to perform its work as to minimize, to the extent possible, interference with the work of other contractors. The Project Manager shall determine the resolution of any difference or conflict that may arise between the Contractor and other contractors and the workers of the Employer in regard to their work. 22.5.4 The Contractor shall notify the Project Manager promptly of any defects in the other contractors’ work that come to its notice, and that could affect the Contractor’s work. The Project Manager shall determine the corrective measures, if any, required to rectify the situation after inspection of the Facilities. Decisions made by the Project Manager shall be binding on the Contractor. 22.6 Emergency Work If, by reason of an emergency arising in connection with and during the execution of the Contract, any protective or remedial work is necessary as a matter of urgency to prevent damage to the Facilities, the Contractor shall immediately carry out such work. If the Contractor is unable or unwilling to do such work immediately, the Employer may do or cause such work to be done as the Employer may determine is necessary in order to prevent damage to the Facilities. In such event the Employer shall, as soon as practicable after the occurrence of any such emergency, notify the Contractor in writing of such emergency, the work done and the reasons therefor. If the work done or caused to be done by the Employer is work that the Contractor was liable to do at its own expense under the Contract, the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid by the Contractor to the Employer. Otherwise, the cost of such remedial work shall be borne by the Employer. 22.7 Site Clearance 22.7.1 Site Clearance in Course of Performance: In the course of carrying out the Contract, the Contractor shall keep the Site reasonably free from all unnecessary obstruction, store or remove any surplus materials, clear away any wreckage, rubbish or temporary works from the Site, and remove any Contractor’s Equipment no longer required for execution of the Contract. 22.7.2 Clearance of Site after Completion: After Completion of all parts of the Facilities, the Contractor shall clear away and remove all wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind from the Site, and shall leave the Site and Facilities in a clean and safe condition. 22.8 Security of the Site The Contractor shall be responsible for the security of the Site including providing and maintaining at its own expense all lighting, fencing, and watching when and where necessary for the proper execution and the protection of the Facilities, or for the safety of the owners and occupiers of adjacent property and for the safety of the public. If required in the Employer’s Requirements, the Contractor shall submit for the Project Manager’s No-objection a security management plan that sets the security arrangements for the Site. In making security arrangements, the Contractor shall be guided by applicable laws and any other requirements stated in the Employer’s Requirements. The Contractor shall (i) conduct appropriate background checks on any personnel retained to provide security; (ii) train the security personnel adequately (or determine that they are properly trained) in the use of force (and where applicable, firearms), and appropriate conduct towards Contractor’s Personnel, Employer’s personnel and affected communities; and (iii) require the security personnel to act within the applicable Laws and any requirements set out in the Employer’s Reqquirements. The Contractor shall not permit any use of force by security personnel in providing security except when used for preventive and defensive purposes in proportion to the nature and extent of the threat. 22.9 Protection of the Environment The Contractor shall take all necessary measures to:
The Contractor shall ensure that emissions, surface discharges, effluent and any other pollutants from the Contractor’s activities shall exceed neither the values indicated in the Employer’s Requirements, nor those prescribed by applicable laws. In the event of damage to the environment, property and/or nuisance to people, on or off Site as a result of the Contractor’s operations, the Contractor shall agree with the Project Manager the appropriate actions and time scale to remedy, as practicable, the damaged environment to its former condition. The Contractor shall implement such remedies at its cost to the satisfaction of the Project Manager. 22.10 Traffic and Road Safety The Contractor shall take all necessary safety measures to avoid the occurrence of incidents and injuries to any third party associated with the use of Contractor’s Equipment on public roads or other public infrastructure. The Contractor shall monitor and use road safety incidents and accidents reports to identify negative safety issues, and establish and implement necessary measures to resolve them. 22.11 Cultural Heritage Findings All fossils, coins, articles of value or antiquity, structures, groups of structures, and other remains or items of geological, archaeological, paleontological, historical, architectural, religious interest found on the Site shall be placed under the care and custody of the Employer. The Contractor shall:
If the Contractor suffers delay and/or incurs extra costs from complying with the Project Manager instructions, the Contractor shall be entitled to an extension of time under GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price. |
23. Test and Inspection | 23.1 The Contractor shall at its own expense carry out at the place of manufacture and/or on the Site all such tests and/or inspections of the Plant and any part of the Facilities as are specified in the Contract. 23.2 The Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives shall be entitled to attend the aforesaid test and/or inspection, provided that the Employer shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in connection with such attendance including, but not limited to, all traveling and board and lodging expenses. 23.3 Whenever the Contractor is ready to carry out any such test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall give a reasonable advance notice of such test and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof to the Project Manager. The Contractor shall obtain from any relevant third Party or manufacturer any necessary permission or consent to enable the Employer and the Project Manager or their designated representatives to attend the test and/or inspection. 23.4 The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection. If the Employer or Project Manager or their designated representatives fails to attend the test and/or inspection, or if it is agreed between the Parties that such persons shall not do so, then the Contractor may proceed with the test and/or inspection in the absence of such persons, and may provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results thereof. 23.5 The Project Manager may require the Contractor to carry out any test and/or inspection not required by the Contract, provided that the Contractor’s reasonable costs and expenses incurred in the carrying out of such test and/or inspection shall be added to the Contract Price. Further, if such test and/or inspection impede the progress of work on the Facilities and/or the Contractor’s performance of its other obligations under the Contract, due allowance will be made in respect of the Time for Completion and the other obligations so affected. 23.6 If any Plant or any part of the Facilities fails to pass any test and/or inspection, the Contractor shall either rectify or replace such Plant or part of the Facilities and shall repeat the test and/or inspection upon giving a notice under GCC Sub-Clause 23.3. 23.7 If any dispute or difference of opinion shall arise between the Parties in connection with or arising out of the test and/or inspection of the Plant or part of the Facilities that cannot be settled between the Parties within a reasonable period of time, it may be referred to an Dispute Board for determination in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. 23.8 The Contractor shall afford the Employer and the Project Manager, at the Employer’s expense, access at any reasonable time to any place where the Plant are being manufactured or the Facilities are being installed, in order to inspect the progress and the manner of manufacture or installation, provided that the Project Manager shall give the Contractor a reasonable prior notice. Without prejudice to GCC Sub-Clause 9.7, as instructed by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall also afford other relevant entities (at the Employer’s or their respective entities’ expense, as appropriate) access to the Facilities, to inspect progress and the manner of the execution of the Facilities, carry out environmental and social audit, as appropriate, or carry out any other duty as stated in the Employer’s Requirements or as instructed by the Project Manager. 23.9 The Contractor agrees that neither the execution of a test and/or inspection of Plant or any part of the Facilities, nor the attendance by the Employer or the Project Manager, nor the issue of any test certificate pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.4, shall release the Contractor from any other responsibilities under the Contract. 23.10 No part of the Facilities or foundations shall be covered up on the Site without the Contractor carrying out any test and/or inspection required under the Contract. The Contractor shall give a reasonable notice to the Project Manager whenever any such parts of the Facilities or foundations are ready or about to be ready for test and/or inspection; such test and/or inspection and notice thereof shall be subject to the requirements of the Contract. 23.11 The Contractor shall uncover any part of the Facilities or foundations, or shall make openings in or through the same as the Project Manager may from time to time require at the Site, and shall reinstate and make good such part or parts. If any parts of the Facilities or foundations have been covered up at the Site after compliance with the requirement of GCC Sub-Clause 23.10 and are found to be executed in accordance with the Contract, the expenses of uncovering, making openings in or through, reinstating, and making good the same shall be borne by the Employer, and the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. |
24. Completion of the Facilities | 24.1 As soon as the Facilities or any part thereof has, in the opinion of the Contractor, been completed operationally and structurally and put in a tight and clean condition as specified in the Employer’s Requirements, excluding minor items not materially affecting the operation or safety of the Facilities, the Contractor shall so notify the Employer in writing. 24.2 Within seven (7) days after receipt of the notice from the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 24.1, the Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. Pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer, the Employer shall also provide, within the said seven (7) day period, the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Precommissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof. 24.3 As soon as reasonably practicable after the operating and maintenance personnel have been supplied by the Employer and the raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters have been provided by the Employer in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 24.2, the Contractor shall commence Precommissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof in preparation for Commissioning, subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5. 24.4 As soon as all works in respect of Precommissioning are completed and, in the opinion of the Contractor, the Facilities or any part thereof is ready for Commissioning, the Contractor shall so notify the Project Manager in writing. 24.5 The Project Manager shall, within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, either issue a Completion Certificate in the form specified in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures), stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4, or notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies. If the Project Manager notifies the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies, the Contractor shall then correct such defects and/or deficiencies, and shall repeat the procedure described in GCC Sub-Clause 24.4. If the Project Manager is satisfied that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion, the Project Manager shall, within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, issue a Completion Certificate stating that the Facilities or that part thereof have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s repeated notice. If the Project Manager is not so satisfied, then it shall notify the Contractor in writing of any defects and/or deficiencies within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice, and the above procedure shall be repeated. 24.6 If the Project Manager fails to issue the Completion Certificate and fails to inform the Contractor of any defects and/or deficiencies within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.4 or within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s repeated notice under GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or if the Employer makes use of the Facilities or part thereof, then the Facilities or that part thereof shall be deemed to have reached Completion as of the date of the Contractor’s notice or repeated notice, or as of the Employer’s use of the Facilities, as the case may be. 24.7 As soon as possible after Completion, the Contractor shall complete all outstanding minor items so that the Facilities are fully in accordance with the requirements of the Contract, failing which the Employer will undertake such completion and deduct the costs thereof from any monies owing to the Contractor. 24.8 Upon Completion, the Employer shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof, together with the risk of loss or damage thereto, and shall thereafter take over the Facilities or the relevant part thereof. |
25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance | 25.1 Commissioning 25.1.1 Commissioning of the Facilities or any part thereof shall be commenced by the Contractor immediately after issue of the Completion Certificate by the Project Manager, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.5, or immediately after the date of the deemed Completion, under GCC Sub-Clause 24.6. 25.1.2 The Employer shall supply the operating and maintenance personnel and all raw materials, utilities, lubricants, chemicals, catalysts, facilities, services and other matters required for Commissioning. 25.1.3 In accordance with the requirements of the Contract, the Contractor’s and Project Manager’s advisory personnel shall attend the Commissioning, including the Guarantee Test, and shall advise and assist the Employer. 25.2 Guarantee Test 25.2.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.5, the Guarantee Test and repeats thereof shall be conducted by the Contractor during Commissioning of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof to ascertain whether the Facilities or the relevant part can attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. The Employer shall promptly provide the Contractor with such information as the Contractor may reasonably require in relation to the conduct and results of the Guarantee Test and any repeats thereof. 25.2.2 If for reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Guarantee Test of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof cannot be successfully completed within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor, the Contractor shall be deemed to have fulfilled its obligations with respect to the Functional Guarantees, and GCC Sub-Clauses 28.2 and 28.3 shall not apply. 25.3 Operational Acceptance 25.3.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 25.4 below, Operational Acceptance shall occur in respect of the Facilities or any part thereof when (a) the Guarantee Test has been successfully completed and the Functional Guarantees are met; or (b) the Guarantee Test has not been successfully completed or has not been carried out for reasons not attributable to the Contractor within the period from the date of Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2.2 above or any other period agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor; or (c) the Contractor has paid the liquidated damages specified in GCC Sub-Clause 28.3 hereof; and (d) any minor items mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 24.7 hereof relevant to the Facilities or that part thereof have been completed. 25.3.2 At any time after any of the events set out in GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.1 have occurred, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requesting the issue of an Operational Acceptance Certificate in the form provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures) in respect of the Facilities or the part thereof specified in such notice as of the date of such notice. 25.3.3 The Project Manager shall, after consultation with the Employer, and within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, issue an Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.3.4 If within seven (7) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, the Project Manager fails to issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate or fails to inform the Contractor in writing of the justifiable reasons why the Project Manager has not issued the Operational Acceptance Certificate, the Facilities or the relevant part thereof shall be deemed to have been accepted as of the date of the Contractor’s said notice. 25.4 Partial Acceptance 25.4.1 If the Contract specifies that Completion and Commissioning shall be carried out in respect of parts of the Facilities, the provisions relating to Completion and Commissioning including the Guarantee Test shall apply to each such part of the Facilities individually, and the Operational Acceptance Certificate shall be issued accordingly for each such part of the Facilities. 25.4.2 If a part of the Facilities comprises facilities such as buildings, for which no Commissioning or Guarantee Test is required, then the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for such facility when it attains Completion, provided that the Contractor shall thereafter complete any outstanding minor items that are listed in the Operational Acceptance Certificate. 25.5 Delayed Precommissioning and/or Guarantee Test 25.5.1 In the event that the Contractor is unable to proceed with the Precommissioning of the Facilities pursuant to Sub-Clause 24.3, or with the Guarantee Test pursuant to Sub-Clause 25.2, for reasons attributable to the Employer either on account of non availability of other facilities under the responsibilities of other contractor(s), or for reasons beyond the Contractor’s control, the provisions leading to “deemed” completion of activities such as Completion, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 24.6, and Operational Acceptance, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.3.4, and Contractor’s obligations regarding Defect Liability Period, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.2, Functional Guarantee, pursuant to GCC Clause 28, and Care of Facilities, pursuant to GCC Clause 32, and GCC Clause 41.1, Suspension, shall not apply. In this case, the following provisions shall apply. 25.5.2 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that he will be unable to proceed with the activities and obligations pursuant to above Sub-Clause 25.5.1, the Contractor shall be entitled to the following: (a) the Time of Completion shall be extended for the period of suspension without imposition of liquidated damages pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 26.2; (b) payments due to the Contractor in accordance with the provision specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, which would not have been payable in normal circumstances due to non-completion of the subject activities, shall be released to the Contractor against submission of a security in the form of a bank guarantee of equivalent amount acceptable to the Employer, and which shall become null and void when the Contractor will have complied with its obligations regarding those payments, subject to the provision of Sub-Clause 25.5.3 below; (c) the expenses towards the above security and extension of other securities under the contract, of which validity needs to be extended, shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer; (d) the additional charges towards the care of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 32.1 shall be reimbursed to the Contractor by the Employer for the period between the notification mentioned above and the notification mentioned in Sub-Clause 25.5.4 below. The provision of GCC Sub-Clause 33.2 shall apply to the Facilities during the same period. 25.5.3 In the event that the period of suspension under above Sub-Clause 25.5.1 actually exceeds one hundred eighty (180) days, the Employer and Contractor shall mutually agree to any additional compensation payable to the Contractor. 25.5.4 When the Contractor is notified by the Project Manager that the Plant is ready for Precommissioning, the Contractor shall proceed without delay in performing Precommissioning in accordance with Clause 24. |
26. Completion Time Guarantee | 26.1 The Contractor guarantees that it shall attain Completion of the Facilities (or a part for which a separate time for completion is specified) within the Time for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2, or within such extended time to which the Contractor shall be entitled under GCC Clause 40 hereof. 26.2 If the Contractor fails to attain Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Contractor shall pay to the Employer liquidated damages in the amount specified in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price or the relevant part thereof. The aggregate amount of such liquidated damages shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC as a percentage rate of the Contract Price. Once the “Maximum” is reached, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. Such payment shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s obligation to attain Completion of the Facilities or the relevant part thereof within the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40. The Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. However, the payment of liquidated damages shall not in any way relieve the Contractor from any of its obligations to complete the Facilities or from any other obligations and liabilities of the Contractor under the Contract. Save for liquidated damages payable under this GCC Sub-Clause 26.2, the failure by the Contractor to attain any milestone or other act, matter or thing by any date specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Time Schedule, and/or other program of work prepared pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 shall not render the Contractor liable for any loss or damage thereby suffered by the Employer. 26.3 If the Contractor attains Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof before the Time for Completion or any extension thereof under GCC Clause 40, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor a bonus in the amount specified in the PCC. The aggregate amount of such bonus shall in no event exceed the amount specified as “Maximum” in the PCC. |
27. Defect Liability | 27.1 The Contractor warrants that the Facilities or any part thereof shall be free from defects in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied and of the work executed. 27.2 The Defect Liability Period shall be five hundred and forty (540) days from the date of Completion of the Facilities (or any part thereof) or one year from the date of Operational Acceptance of the Facilities (or any part thereof), whichever first occurs, unless specified otherwise in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. If during the Defect Liability Period any defect should be found in the design, engineering, materials and workmanship of the Plant supplied or of the work executed by the Contractor, the Contractor shall promptly, in consultation and agreement with the Employer regarding appropriate remedying of the defects, and at its cost, repair, replace or otherwise make good as the Contractor shall determine at its discretion, such defect as well as any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect. The Contractor shall not be responsible for the repair, replacement or making good of any defect or of any damage to the Facilities arising out of or resulting from any of the following causes: (a) improper operation or maintenance of the Facilities by the Employer; (b) operation of the Facilities outside specifications provided in the Contract; or (c) normal wear and tear. 27.3 The Contractor’s obligations under this GCC Clause 27 shall not apply to: (a) any materials that are supplied by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 21.2, are normally consumed in operation, or have a normal life shorter than the Defect Liability Period stated herein; (b) any designs, specifications or other data designed, supplied or specified by or on behalf of the Employer or any matters for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein; or (c) any other materials supplied or any other work executed by or on behalf of the Employer, except for the work executed by the Employer under GCC Sub-Clause 27.7. 27.4 The Employer shall give the Contractor a notice stating the nature of any such defect together with all available evidence thereof, promptly following the discovery thereof. The Employer shall afford all reasonable opportunity for the Contractor to inspect any such defect. 27.5 The Employer shall afford the Contractor all necessary access to the Facilities and the Site to enable the Contractor to perform its obligations under this GCC Clause 27. The Contractor may, with the consent of the Employer, remove from the Site any Plant or any part of the Facilities that are defective if the nature of the defect, and/or any damage to the Facilities caused by the defect, is such that repairs cannot be expeditiously carried out at the Site. 27.6 If the repair, replacement or making good is of such a character that it may affect the efficiency of the Facilities or any part thereof, the Employer may give to the Contractor a notice requiring that tests of the defective part of the Facilities shall be made by the Contractor immediately upon completion of such remedial work, whereupon the Contractor shall carry out such tests. If such part fails the tests, the Contractor shall carry out further repair, replacement or making good, as the case may be, until that part of the Facilities passes such tests. The tests shall be agreed upon by the Employer and the Contractor. 27.7 If the Contractor fails to commence the work necessary to remedy such defect or any damage to the Facilities caused by such defect within a reasonable time (which shall in no event be considered to be less than fifteen (15) days), the Employer may, following notice to the Contractor, proceed to do such work, and the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in connection therewith shall be paid to the Employer by the Contractor or may be deducted by the Employer from any monies due the Contractor or claimed under the Performance Security. 27.8 If the Facilities or any part thereof cannot be used by reason of such defect and/or making good of such defect, the Defect Liability Period of the Facilities or such part, as the case may be, shall be extended by a period equal to the period during which the Facilities or such part cannot be used by the Employer because of any of the aforesaid reasons. 27.9 Except as provided in GCC Clauses 27 and 33, the Contractor shall be under no liability whatsoever and howsoever arising, and whether under the Contract or at law, in respect of defects in the Facilities or any part thereof, the Plant, design or engineering or work executed that appear after Completion of the Facilities or any part thereof, except where such defects are the result of the gross negligence, fraud, or criminal or willful action of the Contractor. 27.10 In addition, any such component of the Facilities, and during the period of time as may be specified in the PCC, shall be subject to an extended defect liability period. Such obligation of the Contractor shall be in addition to the defect liability period specified under GCC Sub-Clause 27.2. |
28. Functional Guarantees | 28.1 The Contractor guarantees that during the Guarantee Test, the Facilities and all parts thereof shall attain the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, subject to and upon the conditions therein specified. 28.2 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not met either in whole or in part, the Contractor shall at its cost and expense make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Plant or any part thereof as may be necessary to meet at least the minimum level of such Guarantees. The Contractor shall notify the Employer upon completion of the necessary changes, modifications and/or additions, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test until the minimum level of the Guarantees has been met. If the Contractor eventually fails to meet the minimum level of Functional Guarantees, the Employer may consider termination of the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.2. 28.3 If, for reasons attributable to the Contractor, the Functional Guarantees specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, are not attained either in whole or in part, but the minimum level of the Functional Guarantees specified in the said Appendix to the Contract Agreement is met, the Contractor shall, at the Contractor’s option, either (a) make such changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities or any part thereof that are necessary to attain the Functional Guarantees at its cost and expense, and shall request the Employer to repeat the Guarantee Test or (b) pay liquidated damages to the Employer in respect of the failure to meet the Functional Guarantees in accordance with the provisions in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees. 28.4 The payment of liquidated damages under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, up to the limitation of liability specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Functional Guarantees, shall completely satisfy the Contractor’s guarantees under GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, and the Contractor shall have no further liability whatsoever to the Employer in respect thereof. Upon the payment of such liquidated damages by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall issue the Operational Acceptance Certificate for the Facilities or any part thereof in respect of which the liquidated damages have been so paid. |
29. Patent Indemnity | 29.1 The Contractor shall, subject to the Employer’s compliance with GCC Sub-Clause 29.2, indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Employer may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract by reason of: (a) the installation of the Facilities by the Contractor or the use of the Facilities in the country where the Site is located; and (b) the sale of the products produced by the Facilities in any country. Such indemnity shall not cover any use of the Facilities or any part thereof other than for the purpose indicated by or to be reasonably inferred from the Contract, any infringement resulting from the use of the Facilities or any part thereof, or any products produced thereby in association or combination with any other equipment, Plant or materials not supplied by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract Agreement. 29.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer arising out of the matters referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 29.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof, and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 29.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, which the Contractor may suffer as a result of any infringement or alleged infringement of any patent, utility model, registered design, trademark, copyright or other intellectual property right registered or otherwise existing at the date of the Contract arising out of or in connection with any design, data, drawing, specification, or other documents or materials provided or designed by or on behalf of the Employer. |
30. Limitation of Liability | 30.1 Except in cases of criminal negligence or willful misconduct, (a) neither Party shall be liable to the other Party, whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, for any indirect or consequential loss or damage, loss of use, loss of production, or loss of profits or interest costs, which may be suffered by the other Party in connection with the Contract, other than specifically provided as any obligation of the Party in the Contract, and (b) the aggregate liability of the Contractor to the Employer, whether under the Contract, in tort or otherwise, shall not exceed the amount resulting from the application of the multiplier specified in the PCC, to the Contract Price or, if a multiplier is not so specified, the total Contract Price, provided that this limitation shall not apply to the cost of repairing or replacing defective equipment, or to any obligation of the Contractor to indemnify the Employer with respect to patent infringement. |
31. Transfer of Ownership | 31.1 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) to be imported into the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer upon loading on to the mode of transport to be used to convey the Plant from the country of origin to that country. 31.2 Ownership of the Plant (including spare parts) procured in the country where the Site is located shall be transferred to the Employer when the Plant are brought on to the Site. 31.3 Ownership of the Contractor’s Equipment used by the Contractor and its Subcontractors in connection with the Contract shall remain with the Contractor or its Subcontractors. 31.4 Ownership of any Plant in excess of the requirements for the Facilities shall revert to the Contractor upon Completion of the Facilities or at such earlier time when the Employer and the Contractor agree that the Plant in question are no longer required for the Facilities. 31.5 Notwithstanding the transfer of ownership of the Plant, the responsibility for care and custody thereof together with the risk of loss or damage thereto shall remain with the Contractor pursuant to GCC Clause 32 (Care of Facilities) hereof until Completion of the Facilities or the part thereof in which such Plant are incorporated. |
32. Care of Facilities | 32.1 The Contractor shall be responsible for the care and custody of the Facilities or any part thereof until the date of Completion of the Facilities pursuant to GCC Clause 24 or, where the Contract provides for Completion of the Facilities in parts, until the date of Completion of the relevant part, and shall make good at its own cost any loss or damage that may occur to the Facilities or the relevant part thereof from any cause whatsoever during such period. The Contractor shall also be responsible for any loss or damage to the Facilities caused by the Contractor or its Subcontractors in the course of any work carried out, pursuant to GCC Clause 27. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Contractor shall not be liable for any loss or damage to the Facilities or that part thereof caused by reason of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 and 38.1. 32.2 If any loss or damage occurs to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s temporary facilities by reason of (a) insofar as they relate to the country where the Site is located, nuclear reaction, nuclear radiation, radioactive contamination, pressure wave caused by aircraft or other aerial objects, or any other occurrences that an experienced contractor could not reasonably foresee, or if reasonably foreseeable could not reasonably make provision for or insure against, insofar as such risks are not normally insurable on the insurance market and are mentioned in the general exclusions of the policy of insurance, including War Risks and Political Risks, taken out under GCC Clause 34 hereof; or (b) any use or occupation by the Employer or any third Party other than a Subcontractor, authorized by the Employer of any part of the Facilities; or (c) any use of or reliance upon any design, data or specification provided or designated by or on behalf of the Employer, or any such matter for which the Contractor has disclaimed responsibility herein, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all sums payable in respect of the Facilities executed, notwithstanding that the same be lost, destroyed or damaged, and will pay to the Contractor the replacement value of all temporary facilities and all parts thereof lost, destroyed or damaged. If the Employer requests the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Contractor shall make good the same at the cost of the Employer in accordance with GCC Clause 39. If the Employer does not request the Contractor in writing to make good any loss or damage to the Facilities thereby occasioned, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby lost, destroyed or damaged, or, where the loss or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, the Employer shall terminate the Contract pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1 hereof. 32.3 The Contractor shall be liable for any loss of or damage to any Contractor’s Equipment, or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for purposes of the Facilities, except (i) as mentioned in GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 with respect to the Contractor’s temporary facilities, and (ii) where such loss or damage arises by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2 (b) and (c) and 38.1. 32.4 With respect to any loss or damage caused to the Facilities or any part thereof or to the Contractor’s Equipment by reason of any of the matters specified in GCC Sub-Clause 38.1, the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 38.3 shall apply. |
33. Loss of or Damage to Property; Accident or Injury to Workers; Indemnification | 33.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 33.3, the Contractor shall indemnify and hold harmless the Employer and its employees and officers from and against any and all suits, actions or administrative proceedings, claims, demands, losses, damages, costs, and expenses of whatsoever nature, including attorney’s fees and expenses, in respect of the death or injury of any person or loss of or damage to any property other than the Facilities whether accepted or not, arising in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities and by reason of the negligence of the Contractor or its Subcontractors, or their employees, officers or agents, except any injury, death or property damage caused by the negligence of the Employer, its contractors, employees, officers or agents. 33.2 If any proceedings are brought or any claim is made against the Employer that might subject the Contractor to liability under GCC Sub-Clause 33.1, the Employer shall promptly give the Contractor a notice thereof and the Contractor may at its own expense and in the Employer’s name conduct such proceedings or claim and any negotiations for the settlement of any such proceedings or claim. If the Contractor fails to notify the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days after receipt of such notice that it intends to conduct any such proceedings or claim, then the Employer shall be free to conduct the same on its own behalf. Unless the Contractor has so failed to notify the Employer within the twenty-eight (28) day period, the Employer shall make no admission that may be prejudicial to the defense of any such proceedings or claim. The Employer shall, at the Contractor’s request, afford all available assistance to the Contractor in conducting such proceedings or claim, and shall be reimbursed by the Contractor for all reasonable expenses incurred in so doing. 33.3 The Employer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Contractor and its employees, officers and Subcontractors from any liability for loss of or damage to property of the Employer, other than the Facilities not yet taken over, that is caused by fire, explosion or any other perils, in excess of the amount recoverable from insurances procured under GCC Clause 34, provided that such fire, explosion or other perils were not caused by any act or failure of the Contractor. 33.4 The Party entitled to the benefit of an indemnity under this GCC Clause 33 shall take all reasonable measures to mitigate any loss or damage which has occurred. If the Party fails to take such measures, the other Party’s liabilities shall be correspondingly reduced. |
34. Insurance | 34.1 To the extent specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, who should not unreasonably withhold such approval. (a) Cargo Insurance During Transport Covering loss or damage occurring while in transit from the Contractor’s or Subcontractor’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Plant (including spare parts therefor) and to the Contractor’s Equipment. (b) Installation All Risks Insurance Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to Completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the Defect Liability Period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the Defect Liability Period. (c) Third Party Liability Insurance Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third Parties including the Employer’s personnel, and loss of or damage to property occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. (d) Automobile Liability Insurance Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors, whether or not owned by them, in connection with the execution of the Contract. (e) Workers’ Compensation In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed. (f) Employer’s Liability In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Contract or any part thereof is executed. (g) Other Insurances Such other insurances as may be specifically agreed upon by the Parties hereto as listed in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements. 34.2 The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1 except for the Cargo Insurance During Transport, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. 34.3 The Contractor shall, in accordance with the provisions of the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, deliver to the Employer certificates of insurance or copies of the insurance policies as evidence that the required policies are in full force and effect. The certificates shall provide that no less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Employer by insurers prior to cancellation or material modification of a policy. 34.4 The Contractor shall ensure that, where applicable, its Subcontractor(s) shall take out and maintain in effect adequate insurance policies for their personnel and vehicles and for work executed by them under the Contract, unless such Subcontractors are covered by the policies taken out by the Contractor. 34.5 The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract those insurances specified in the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Insurance Requirements, in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified in the said Appendix. The Contractor and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all such policies. All insurers’ rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies. The Employer shall deliver to the Contractor satisfactory evidence that the required insurances are in full force and effect. The policies shall provide that not less than twenty-one (21) days’ notice shall be given to the Contractor by all insurers prior to any cancellation or material modification of the policies. If so requested by the Contractor, the Employer shall provide copies of the policies taken out by the Employer under this GCC Sub-Clause 34.5. 34.6 If the Contractor fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, the Employer may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Contractor under the Contract any premium that the Employer shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Contractor. If the Employer fails to take out and/or maintain in effect the insurances referred to in GCC 34.5, the Contractor may take out and maintain in effect any such insurances and may from time to time deduct from any amount due the Employer under the Contract any premium that the Contractor shall have paid to the insurer, or may otherwise recover such amount as a debt due from the Employer. If the Contractor fails to or is unable to take out and maintain in effect any such insurances, the Contractor shall nevertheless have no liability or responsibility towards the Employer, and the Contractor shall have full recourse against the Employer for any and all liabilities of the Employer herein. 34.7 Unless otherwise provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall prepare and conduct all and any claims made under the policies effected by it pursuant to this GCC Clause 34, and all monies payable by any insurers shall be paid to the Contractor. The Employer shall give to the Contractor all such reasonable assistance as may be required by the Contractor. With respect to insurance claims in which the Employer’s interest is involved, the Contractor shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Employer. With respect to insurance claims in which the Contractor’s interest is involved, the Employer shall not give any release or make any compromise with the insurer without the prior written consent of the Contractor. |
35. Unforeseen Conditions | 35.1 If, during the execution of the Contract, the Contractor shall encounter on the Site any physical conditions other than climatic conditions, or artificial obstructions that could not have been reasonably foreseen prior to the date of the Contract Agreement by an experienced contractor on the basis of reasonable examination of the data relating to the Facilities including any data as to boring tests, provided by the Employer, and on the basis of information that it could have obtained from a visual inspection of the Site if access thereto was available, or other data readily available to it relating to the Facilities, and if the Contractor determines that it will in consequence of such conditions or obstructions incur additional cost and expense or require additional time to perform its obligations under the Contract that would not have been required if such physical conditions or artificial obstructions had not been encountered, the Contractor shall promptly, and before performing additional work or using additional Plant or Contractor’s Equipment, notify the Project Manager in writing of (a) the physical conditions or artificial obstructions on the Site that could not have been reasonably foreseen; (b) the additional work and/or Plant and/or Contractor’s Equipment required, including the steps which the Contractor will or proposes to take to overcome such conditions or obstructions; (c) the extent of the anticipated delay; and (d) the additional cost and expense that the Contractor is likely to incur. On receiving any notice from the Contractor under this GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Project Manager shall promptly consult with the Employer and Contractor and decide upon the actions to be taken to overcome the physical conditions or artificial obstructions encountered. Following such consultations, the Project Manager shall instruct the Contractor, with a copy to the Employer, of the actions to be taken. 35.2 Any reasonable additional cost and expense incurred by the Contractor in following the instructions from the Project Manager to overcome such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1 shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor as an addition to the Contract Price. If the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of the Contract because of any such physical conditions or artificial obstructions referred to in GCC Sub-Clause 35.1, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. |
36. Change in Laws and Regulations | 36.1 If, after the date twenty-eight (28) days prior to the date of Bid submission, in the country where the Site is located, any law, regulation, ordinance, order or by-law having the force of law is enacted, promulgated, abrogated or changed which shall be deemed to include any change in interpretation or application by the competent authorities, that subsequently affects the costs and expenses of the Contractor and/or the Time for Completion, the Contract Price shall be correspondingly increased or decreased, and/or the Time for Completion shall be reasonably adjusted to the extent that the Contractor has thereby been affected in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract. Notwithstanding the foregoing, such additional or reduced costs shall not be separately paid or credited if the same has already been accounted for in the price adjustment provisions where applicable, in accordance with the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 11.2. |
37. Force Majeure | 37.1 “Force Majeure” shall mean any event beyond the reasonable control of the Employer or of the Contractor, as the case may be, and which is unavoidable notwithstanding the reasonable care of the Party affected, and shall include, without limitation, the following: (a) war, hostilities or warlike operations whether a state of war be declared or not, invasion, act of foreign enemy and civil war (b) rebellion, revolution, insurrection, mutiny, usurpation of civil or military government, conspiracy, riot, civil commotion and terrorist acts (c) confiscation, nationalization, mobilization, commandeering or requisition by or under the order of any government or de jure or de facto authority or ruler or any other act or failure to act of any local state or national government authority (d) strike, sabotage, lockout, embargo, import restriction, port congestion, lack of usual means of public transportation and communication, industrial dispute, shipwreck, shortage or restriction of power supply, epidemics, quarantine and plague (e) earthquake, landslide, volcanic activity, fire, flood or inundation, tidal wave, typhoon or cyclone, hurricane, storm, lightning, or other inclement weather condition, nuclear and pressure waves or other natural or physical disaster (f) shortage of labor, materials or utilities where caused by circumstances that are themselves Force Majeure. 37.2 If either Party is prevented, hindered or delayed from or in performing any of its obligations under the Contract by an event of Force Majeure, then it shall notify the other in writing of the occurrence of such event and the circumstances thereof within fourteen (14) days after the occurrence of such event. 37.3 The Party who has given such notice shall be excused from the performance or punctual performance of its obligations under the Contract for so long as the relevant event of Force Majeure continues and to the extent that such Party’s performance is prevented, hindered or delayed. The Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Clause 40. 37.4 The Party or Parties affected by the event of Force Majeure shall use reasonable efforts to mitigate the effect thereof upon its or their performance of the Contract and to fulfill its or their obligations under the Contract, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clauses 37.6 and 38.5. 37.5 No delay or nonperformance by either Party hereto caused by the occurrence of any event of Force Majeure shall (a) constitute a default or breach of the Contract, or (b) give rise to any claim for damages or additional cost or expense occasioned thereby, subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 32.2, 38.3 and 38.4 if and to the extent that such delay or nonperformance is caused by the occurrence of an event of Force Majeure. 37.6 If the performance of the Contract is substantially prevented, hindered or delayed for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of one or more events of Force Majeure during the currency of the Contract, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other, but without prejudice to either Party’s right to terminate the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 38.5. 37.7 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 37.6, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be as specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3. 37.8 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clause 37.5, Force Majeure shall not apply to any obligation of the Employer to make payments to the Contractor herein. |
38. War Risks | 38.1 “War Risks” shall mean any event specified in paragraphs (a) and (b) of GCC Sub-Clause 37.1 and any explosion or impact of any mine, bomb, shell, grenade or other projectile, missile, munitions or explosive of war, occurring or existing in or near the country (or countries) where the Site is located. 38.2 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Contractor shall have no liability whatsoever for or with respect to (a) destruction of or damage to Facilities, Plant, or any part thereof; (b) destruction of or damage to property of the Employer or any third Party; or (c) injury or loss of life if such destruction, damage, injury or loss of life is caused by any War Risks, and the Employer shall indemnify and hold the Contractor harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, lawsuits, damages, costs, charges or expenses arising in consequence of or in connection with the same. 38.3 If the Facilities or any Plant or Contractor’s Equipment or any other property of the Contractor used or intended to be used for the purposes of the Facilities shall sustain destruction or damage by reason of any War Risks, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for (a) any part of the Facilities or the Plant so destroyed or damaged to the extent not already paid for by the Employer and so far as may be required by the Employer, and as may be necessary for completion of the Facilities (b) replacing or making good any Contractor’s Equipment or other property of the Contractor so destroyed or damaged (c) replacing or making good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities or the Plant or any part thereof . If the Employer does not require the Contractor to replace or make good any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Employer shall either request a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of that part of the Facilities thereby destroyed or damaged or, where the loss, destruction or damage affects a substantial part of the Facilities, shall terminate the Contract, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. If the Employer requires the Contractor to replace or make good on any such destruction or damage to the Facilities, the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC 40. 38.4 Notwithstanding anything contained in the Contract, the Employer shall pay the Contractor for any increased costs or incidentals to the execution of the Contract that are in any way attributable to, consequent on, resulting from, or in any way connected with any War Risks, provided that the Contractor shall as soon as practicable notify the Employer in writing of any such increased cost. 38.5 If during the performance of the Contract any War Risks shall occur that financially or otherwise materially affect the execution of the Contract by the Contractor, the Contractor shall use its reasonable efforts to execute the Contract with due and proper consideration given to the safety of its and its Subcontractors’ personnel engaged in the work on the Facilities, provided, however, that if the execution of the work on the Facilities becomes impossible or is substantially prevented for a single period of more than sixty (60) days or an aggregate period of more than one hundred and twenty (120) days on account of any War Risks, the Parties will attempt to develop a mutually satisfactory solution, failing which either Party may terminate the Contract by giving a notice to the other. 38.6 In the event of termination pursuant to GCC Sub-Clauses 38.3 or 38.5, the rights and obligations of the Employer and the Contractor shall be specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 42.1.2 and 42.1.3. |
39. Change in the Facilities | 39.1 Introducing a Change 39.1.1 Subject to GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.5 and 39.2.7, the Employer shall have the right to propose, and subsequently require, that the Project Manager order the Contractor from time to time during the performance of the Contract to make any change, modification, addition or deletion to, in or from the Facilities hereinafter called “Change”, provided that such Change falls within the general scope of the Facilities and does not constitute unrelated work and that it is technically practicable, taking into account both the state of advancement of the Facilities and the technical compatibility of the Change envisaged with the nature of the Facilities as specified in the Contract. 39.1.2 Value Engineering: The Contractor may prepare, at its own cost, a value engineering proposal at any time during the performance of the contract. The value engineering proposal shall, at a minimum, include the following;
The Employer may accept the value engineering proposal if the proposal demonstrates benefits that:
without compromising the necessary functions of the Facilities. If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer and results in:
39.1.3 Notwithstanding GCC Sub-Clauses 39.1.1 and 39.1.2, no change made necessary because of any default of the Contractor in the performance of its obligations under the Contract shall be deemed to be a Change, and such change shall not result in any adjustment of the Contract Price or the Time for Completion. 39.1.4 The procedure on how to proceed with and execute Changes is specified in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2 and 39.3, and further details and forms are provided in the Employer’s Requirements (Forms and Procedures). 39.2 Changes Originating from Employer 39.2.1 If the Employer proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.1, it shall send to the Contractor a “Request for Change Proposal,” requiring the Contractor to prepare and furnish to the Project Manager as soon as reasonably practicable a “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following: (a) brief description of the Change (b) effect on the Time for Completion (c) estimated cost of the Change (d) effect on Functional Guarantees (if any) (e) effect on the Facilities (f) effect on any other provisions of the Contract: and (g) any additional documents as specified in the PCC. 39.2.2 Prior to preparing and submitting the “Change Proposal,” the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager an “Estimate for Change Proposal,” which shall be an estimate of the cost of preparing and submitting the Change Proposal. Upon receipt of the Contractor’s Estimate for Change Proposal, the Employer shall do one of the following: (a) accept the Contractor’s estimate with instructions to the Contractor to proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal (b) advise the Contractor of any part of its Estimate for Change Proposal that is unacceptable and request the Contractor to review its estimate (c) advise the Contractor that the Employer does not intend to proceed with the Change. 39.2.3 Upon receipt of the Employer’s instruction to proceed under GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2 (a), the Contractor shall, with proper expedition, proceed with the preparation of the Change Proposal, in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.1. 39.2.4 The pricing of any Change shall, as far as practicable, be calculated in accordance with the rates and prices included in the Contract. If such rates and prices are inequitable, the Parties thereto shall agree on specific rates for the valuation of the Change. 39.2.5 If before or during the preparation of the Change Proposal it becomes apparent that the aggregate effect of compliance therewith and with all other Change Orders that have already become binding upon the Contractor under this GCC Clause 39 would be to increase or decrease the Contract Price as originally set forth in Article 2 (Contract Price) of the Contract Agreement by more than fifteen percent (15%), the Contractor may give a written notice of objection thereto prior to furnishing the Change Proposal as aforesaid. If the Employer accepts the Contractor’s objection, the Employer shall withdraw the proposed Change and shall notify the Contractor in writing thereof. The Contractor’s failure to so object shall neither affect its right to object to any subsequent requested Changes or Change Orders herein, nor affect its right to take into account, when making such subsequent objection, the percentage increase or decrease in the Contract Price that any Change not objected to by the Contractor represents. 39.2.6 Upon receipt of the Change Proposal, the Employer and the Contractor shall mutually agree upon all matters therein contained. Within fourteen (14) days after such agreement, the Employer shall, if it intends to proceed with the Change, issue the Contractor with a Change Order. If the Employer is unable to reach a decision within fourteen (14) days, it shall notify the Contractor with details of when the Contractor can expect a decision. If the Employer decides not to proceed with the Change for whatever reason, it shall, within the said period of fourteen (14) days, notify the Contractor accordingly. Under such circumstances, the Contractor shall be entitled to reimbursement of all costs reasonably incurred by it in the preparation of the Change Proposal, provided that these do not exceed the amount given by the Contractor in its Estimate for Change Proposal submitted in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 39.2.2. 39.2.7 If the Employer and the Contractor cannot reach agreement on the price for the Change, an equitable adjustment to the Time for Completion, or any other matters identified in the Change Proposal, the Employer may nevertheless instruct the Contractor to proceed with the Change by issue of a “Pending Agreement Change Order.” Upon receipt of a Pending Agreement Change Order, the Contractor shall immediately proceed with effecting the Changes covered by such Order. The Parties shall thereafter attempt to reach agreement on the outstanding issues under the Change Proposal. If the Parties cannot reach agreement within sixty (60) days from the date of issue of the Pending Agreement Change Order, then the matter may be referred to the Dispute Board in accordance with the provisions of GCC Sub-Clause 46.1. 39.3 Changes Originating from Contractor 39.3.1 If the Contractor proposes a Change pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a written “Application for Change Proposal,” giving reasons for the proposed Change and including the information specified in GCC Sub-Clause 39.1.2. Upon receipt of the Application for Change Proposal, the Parties shall follow the procedures outlined in GCC Sub-Clauses 39.2.6 and 39.2.7. However, the Contractor shall not be entitled to recover the costs of preparing the Application for Change Proposal. |
40. Extension of Time for Completion | 40.1 The Time(s) for Completion specified in the PCC pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 8.2 shall be extended if the Contractor is delayed or impeded in the performance of any of its obligations under the Contract by reason of any of the following: (a) any Change in the Facilities as provided in GCC Clause 39 (b) any occurrence of Force Majeure as provided in GCC Clause 37, unforeseen conditions as provided in GCC Clause 35, or other occurrence of any of the matters specified or referred to in paragraphs (a), (b) and (c) of GCC Sub-Clause 32.2 (c) any suspension order given by the Employer under GCC Clause 41 hereof or reduction in the rate of progress pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2 or (d) any changes in laws and regulations as provided in GCC Clause 36 or (e) any default or breach of the Contract by the Employer, Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled ,or any activity, act or omission of the Employer, or the Project Manager, or any other contractors employed by the Employer, or
by such period as shall be fair and reasonable in all the circumstances and as shall fairly reflect the delay or impediment sustained by the Contractor. 40.2 Except where otherwise specifically provided in the Contract, the Contractor shall submit to the Project Manager a notice of a claim for an extension of the Time for Completion, together with particulars of the event or circumstance justifying such extension as soon as reasonably practicable after the commencement of such event or circumstance. As soon as reasonably practicable after receipt of such notice and supporting particulars of the claim, the Employer and the Contractor shall agree upon the period of such extension. In the event that the Contractor does not accept the Employer’s estimate of a fair and reasonable time extension, the Contractor shall be entitled to refer the matter to a Dispute Board, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 46.1. 40.3 The Contractor shall at all times use its reasonable efforts to minimize any delay in the performance of its obligations under the Contract. 40.4 In all cases where the Contractor has given a notice of a claim for an extension of time under GCC 40.2, the Contractor shall consult with the Project Manager in order to determine the steps (if any) which can be taken to overcome or minimize the actual or anticipated delay. The Contractor shall there after comply with all reasonable instructions which the Project Manager shall give in order to minimize such delay. If compliance with such instructions shall cause the Contractor to incur extra costs and the Contractor is entitled to an extension of time under GCC 40.1, the amount of such extra costs shall be added to the Contract Price. |
41. Suspension | 41.1 The Employer may request the Project Manager, by notice to the Contractor, to order the Contractor to suspend performance of any or all of its obligations under the Contract. Such notice shall specify the obligation of which performance is to be suspended, the effective date of the suspension and the reasons therefor. The Contractor shall thereupon suspend performance of such obligation, except those obligations necessary for the care or preservation of the Facilities, until ordered in writing to resume such performance by the Project Manager. If, by virtue of a suspension order given by the Project Manager, other than by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract, the Contractor’s performance of any of its obligations is suspended for an aggregate period of more than ninety (90) days, then at any time thereafter and provided that at that time such performance is still suspended, the Contractor may give a notice to the Project Manager requiring that the Employer shall, within twenty-eight (28) days of receipt of the notice, order the resumption of such performance or request and subsequently order a change in accordance with GCC Clause 39, excluding the performance of the suspended obligations from the Contract. If the Employer fails to do so within such period, the Contractor may, by a further notice to the Project Manager, elect to treat the suspension, where it affects a part only of the Facilities, as a deletion of such part in accordance with GCC Clause 39 or, where it affects the whole of the Facilities, as termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 41.2 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, or fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 10.2, or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may by fourteen (14) days’ notice to the Employer suspend performance of all or any of its obligations under the Contract, or reduce the rate of progress. 41.3 If the Contractor’s performance of its obligations is suspended or the rate of progress is reduced pursuant to this GCC Clause 41, then the Time for Completion shall be extended in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 40.1, and any and all additional costs or expenses incurred by the Contractor as a result of such suspension or reduction shall be paid by the Employer to the Contractor in addition to the Contract Price, except in the case of suspension order or reduction in the rate of progress by reason of the Contractor’s default or breach of the Contract. 41.4 During the period of suspension, the Contractor shall not remove from the Site any Plant, any part of the Facilities or any Contractor’s Equipment, without the prior written consent of the Employer. |
42. Termination | 42.1 Termination for Employer’s Convenience 42.1.1 The Employer may at any time terminate the Contract for any reason by giving the Contractor a notice of termination that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.1. 42.1.2 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Contractor shall either immediately or upon the date specified in the notice of termination (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) below (c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site, repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, remove from the Site any wreckage, rubbish and debris of any kind, and leave the whole of the Site in a clean and safe condition, and (d) subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors; and (iii) deliver to the Employer all non-proprietary drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as at the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.1.3 In the event of termination of the Contract under GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.1, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor the following amounts: (a) the Contract Price, properly attributable to the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor as of the date of termination (b) the costs reasonably incurred by the Contractor in the removal of the Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and in the repatriation of the Contractor’s Personnel (c) any amounts to be paid by the Contractor to its Subcontractors in connection with the termination of any subcontracts, including any cancellation charges (d) costs incurred by the Contractor in protecting the Facilities and leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.2 (e) the cost of satisfying all other obligations, commitments and claims that the Contractor may in good faith have undertaken with third Parties in connection with the Contract and that are not covered by paragraphs (a) through (d) above. 42.2 Termination for Contractor’s Default 42.2.1 The Employer, without prejudice to any other rights or remedies it may possess, may terminate the Contract forthwith in the following circumstances by giving a notice of termination and its reasons therefor to the Contractor, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2: (a) if the Contractor becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, if the Contractor is a corporation, a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up, other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction, a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Contractor takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt (b) if the Contractor assigns or transfers the Contract or any right or interest therein in violation of the provision of GCC Clause 43. (c) if the Contractor, in the judgment of the Employer has engaged in Fraud and Corruption, as defined in paragrpah 2.2 a. of Appendix B to the GCC, in competing for or in executing the Contract. 42.2.2 If the Contractor (a) has abandoned or repudiated the Contract (b) has without valid reason failed to commence work on the Facilities promptly or has suspended, other than pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 41.2, the progress of Contract performance for more than twenty-eight (28) days after receiving a written instruction from the Employer to proceed (c) persistently fails to execute the Contract in accordance with the Contract or persistently neglects to carry out its obligations under the Contract without just cause (d) refuses or is unable to provide sufficient materials, services or labor to execute and complete the Facilities in the manner specified in the program furnished under GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 at rates of progress that give reasonable assurance to the Employer that the Contractor can attain Completion of the Facilities by the Time for Completion as extended, then the Employer may, without prejudice to any other rights it may possess under the Contract, give a notice to the Contractor stating the nature of the default and requiring the Contractor to remedy the same. If the Contractor fails to remedy or to take steps to remedy the same within fourteen (14) days of its receipt of such notice, then the Employer may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice of termination to the Contractor that refers to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.2. 42.2.3 Upon receipt of the notice of termination under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.2.1 or 42.2.2, the Contractor shall, either immediately or upon such date as is specified in the notice of termination, (a) cease all further work, except for such work as the Employer may specify in the notice of termination for the sole purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) below (c) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (d) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors (e) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.2.4 The Employer may enter upon the Site, expel the Contractor, and complete the Facilities itself or by employing any third Party. The Employer may, to the exclusion of any right of the Contractor over the same, take over and use with the payment of a fair rental rate to the Contractor, with all the maintenance costs to the account of the Employer and with an indemnification by the Employer for all liability including damage or injury to persons arising out of the Employer’s use of such equipment, any Contractor’s Equipment owned by the Contractor and on the Site in connection with the Facilities for such reasonable period as the Employer considers expedient for the supply and installation of the Facilities. Upon completion of the Facilities or at such earlier date as the Employer thinks appropriate, the Employer shall give notice to the Contractor that such Contractor’s Equipment will be returned to the Contractor at or near the Site and shall return such Contractor’s Equipment to the Contractor in accordance with such notice. The Contractor shall thereafter without delay and at its cost remove or arrange removal of the same from the Site. 42.2.5 Subject to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.6, the Contractor shall be entitled to be paid the Contract Price attributable to the Facilities executed as of the date of termination, the value of any unused or partially used Plant on the Site, and the costs, if any, incurred in protecting the Facilities and in leaving the Site in a clean and safe condition pursuant to paragraph (a) of GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.3. Any sums due the Employer from the Contractor accruing prior to the date of termination shall be deducted from the amount to be paid to the Contractor under this Contract. 42.2.6 If the Employer completes the Facilities, the cost of completing the Facilities by the Employer shall be determined. If the sum that the Contractor is entitled to be paid, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, plus the reasonable costs incurred by the Employer in completing the Facilities, exceeds the Contract Price, the Contractor shall be liable for such excess. If such excess is greater than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Contractor shall pay the balance to the Employer, and if such excess is less than the sums due the Contractor under GCC Sub-Clause 42.2.5, the Employer shall pay the balance to the Contractor. The Employer and the Contractor shall agree, in writing, on the computation described above and the manner in which any sums shall be paid. 42.3 Termination by the Contractor 42.3.1 If (a) the Employer has failed to pay the Contractor any sum due under the Contract within the specified period, has failed to approve any invoice or supporting documents without just cause pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment, or commits a substantial breach of the Contract, the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer that requires payment of such sum, with interest thereon as stipulated in GCC Sub-Clause 12.3, requires approval of such invoice or supporting documents, or specifies the breach and requires the Employer to remedy the same, as the case may be. If the Employer fails to pay such sum together with such interest, fails to approve such invoice or supporting documents or give its reasons for withholding such approval, fails to remedy the breach or take steps to remedy the breach within fourteen (14) days after receipt of the Contractor’s notice, or (b) the Contractor is unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer, including but not limited to the Employer’s failure to provide possession of or access to the Site or other areas or failure to obtain any governmental permit necessary for the execution and/or completion of the Facilities, then the Contractor may give a notice to the Employer thereof, and if the Employer has failed to pay the outstanding sum, to approve the invoice or supporting documents, to give its reasons for withholding such approval, or to remedy the breach within twenty-eight (28) days of such notice, or if the Contractor is still unable to carry out any of its obligations under the Contract for any reason attributable to the Employer within twenty-eight (28) days of the said notice, the Contractor may by a further notice to the Employer referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.1, forthwith terminate the Contract. 42.3.2 The Contractor may terminate the Contract forthwith by giving a notice to the Employer to that effect, referring to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.2, if the Employer becomes bankrupt or insolvent, has a receiving order issued against it, compounds with its creditors, or, being a corporation, if a resolution is passed or order is made for its winding up (other than a voluntary liquidation for the purposes of amalgamation or reconstruction), a receiver is appointed over any part of its undertaking or assets, or if the Employer takes or suffers any other analogous action in consequence of debt. 42.3.3 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, then the Contractor shall immediately (a) cease all further work, except for such work as may be necessary for the purpose of protecting that part of the Facilities already executed, or any work required to leave the Site in a clean and safe condition (b) terminate all subcontracts, except those to be assigned to the Employer pursuant to paragraph (d) (ii) (c) remove all Contractor’s Equipment from the Site and repatriate the Contractor’s Personnel from the Site, and (d) subject to the payment specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.3.4, (i) deliver to the Employer the parts of the Facilities executed by the Contractor up to the date of termination (ii) to the extent legally possible, assign to the Employer all right, title and benefit of the Contractor to the Facilities and to the Plant as of the date of termination, and, as may be required by the Employer, in any subcontracts concluded between the Contractor and its Subcontractors, and (iii) deliver to the Employer all drawings, specifications and other documents prepared by the Contractor or its Subcontractors as of the date of termination in connection with the Facilities. 42.3.4 If the Contract is terminated under GCC Sub-Clauses 42.3.1 or 42.3.2, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor all payments specified in GCC Sub-Clause 42.1.3, and reasonable compensation for all loss, except for loss of profit, or damage sustained by the Contractor arising out of, in connection with or in consequence of such termination. 42.3.5 Termination by the Contractor pursuant to this GCC Sub-Clause 42.3 is without prejudice to any other rights or remedies of the Contractor that may be exercised in lieu of or in addition to rights conferred by GCC Sub-Clause 42.3. 42.4 In this GCC Clause 42, the expression “Facilities executed” shall include all work executed, Installation Services provided, and all Plant acquired, or subject to a legally binding obligation to purchase, by the Contractor and used or intended to be used for the purpose of the Facilities, up to and including the date of termination. 42.5 In this GCC Clause 42, in calculating any monies due from the Employer to the Contractor, account shall be taken of any sum previously paid by the Employer to the Contractor under the Contract, including any advance payment paid pursuant to the Appendix to the Contract Agreement titled Terms and Procedures of Payment. |
43. Assignment | 43.1 Neither the Employer nor the Contractor shall, without the express prior written consent of the other Party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, assign to any third Party the Contract or any part thereof, or any right, benefit, obligation or interest therein or thereunder, except that the Contractor shall be entitled to assign either absolutely or by way of charge any monies due and payable to it or that may become due and payable to it under the Contract. |
44. Export Restrictions | 44.1 Notwithstanding any obligation under the Contract to complete all export formalities, any export restrictions attributable to the Employer, to the country of the Employer or to the use of the Plant and Installation Services to be supplied which arise from trade regulations from a country supplying those Plant and Installation Services, and which substantially impede the Contractor from meeting its obligations under the Contract, shall release the Contractor from the obligation to provide deliveries or services, always provided, however, that the Contractor can demonstrate to the satisfaction of the Employer and of the Bank that it has completed all formalities in a timely manner, including applying for permits, authorizations and licenses necessary for the export of the Plant and Installation Services under the terms of the Contract. Termination of the Contract on this basis shall be for the Employer’s convenience pursuant to Sub-Clause 42.1. |
45. Contractor’s Claims | 45.1 If the Contractor considers himself to be entitled to any extension of the Time for Completion and/or any additional payment, under any Clause of these Conditions or otherwise in connection with the Contract, the Contractor shall submit a notice to the Project Manager, describing the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim. The notice shall be given as soon as practicable, and not later than 28 days after the Contractor became aware, or should have become aware, of the event or circumstance. If the Contractor fails to give notice of a claim within such period of 28 days, the Time for Completion shall not be extended, the Contractor shall not be entitled to additional payment, and the Employer shall be discharged from all liability in connection with the claim. Otherwise, the following provisions of this Sub-Clause shall apply. The Contractor shall also submit any other notices which are required by the Contract, and supporting particulars for the claim, all as relevant to such event or circumstance. The Contractor shall keep such contemporary records as may be necessary to substantiate any claim, either on the Site or at another location acceptable to the Project Manager. Without admitting the Employer’s liability, the Project Manager may, after receiving any notice under this Sub-Clause, monitor the record-keeping and/or instruct the Contractor to keep further contemporary records. The Contractor shall permit the Project Manager to inspect all these records, and shall (if instructed) submit copies to the Project Manager. Within 42 days after the Contractor became aware (or should have become aware) of the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Contractor and approved by the Project Manager, the Contractor shall send to the Project Manager a fully detailed claim which includes full supporting particulars of the basis of the claim and of the extension of time and/or additional payment claimed. If the event or circumstance giving rise to the claim has a continuing effect:
Within 42 days after receiving a claim or any further particulars supporting a previous claim, or within such other period as may be proposed by the Project Manager and approved by the Contractor, the Project Manager shall respond with approval, or with disapproval and detailed comments. He may also request any necessary further particulars, but shall nevertheless give his response on the principles of the claim within such time. Each Payment Certificate shall include such amounts for any claim as have been reasonably substantiated as due under the relevant provision of the Contract. Unless and until the particulars supplied are sufficient to substantiate the whole of the claim, the Contractor shall only be entitled to payment for such part of the claim as he has been able to substantiate. The Project Manager shall agree with the Contractor or estimate: (i) the extension (if any) of the Time for Completion (before or after its expiry) in accordance with GCC Clause 40, and/or (ii) the additional payment (if any) to which the Contractor is entitled under the Contract. The requirements of this Sub-Clause are in addition to those of any other Sub-Clause which may apply to a claim. If the Contractor fails to comply with this or another Sub-Clause in relation to any claim, any extension of time and/or additional payment shall take account of the extent (if any) to which the failure has prevented or prejudiced proper investigation of the claim, unless the claim is excluded under the second paragraph of this Sub-Clause. In the event that the Contractor and the Employer cannot agree on any matter relating to a claim, either Party may refer the matter to the Dispute Board pursuant to GCC 46 hereof. |
46. Disputes and Arbitration | 46.1 Appointment of the Dispute Board Disputes shall be referred to a DB for decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3. The Parties shall appoint a DB by the date stated in the PCC. The DB shall comprise, as stated in the PCC, either one or three suitably qualified persons (“the members”), each of whom shall meet the criteria set forth in Sub-Clause 3 of Appendix A- General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement. If the number is not so stated and the Parties do not agree otherwise, the DB shall comprise three persons, one of whom shall serve as chairman. If the Contract is with a foreign Contractor, the DB members shall not have the same nationality as the Employer or the Contractor. If the Parties have not jointly appointed the DB 21 days before the date stated in the PCC and the DB is to comprise three persons, each Party shall nominate one member for the approval of the other Party. The first two members shall recommend and the Parties shall agree upon the third member, who shall act as chairman. However, if a list of potential members is included in the PCC, the members shall be selected from those on the list, other than anyone who is unable or unwilling to accept appointment to the DB. The agreement between the Parties and either the sole member or each of the three members shall incorporate by reference the General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement contained in the Appendix to these General Conditions, with such amendments as are agreed between them. The DB shall be deemed to be constituted on the date the Parties and the sole member or the three members (as the case may be) of the DB have all signed a DB agreement. The terms of the remuneration of either the sole member or each of the three members, including the remuneration of any expert whom the DB consults, shall be mutually agreed upon by the Parties when agreeing the terms of appointment of the member or such expert (as the case may be). Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of this remuneration. If a member declines to act or is unable to act as a result of death, disability, resignation or termination of appointment, a replacement shall be appointed in the same manner as the replaced person was required to have been nominated or agreed upon, as described in this Sub-Clause. The appointment of any member may be terminated by mutual agreement of both Parties, but not by the Employer or the Contractor acting alone. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, the appointment of the DB (including each member) shall expire when the Operational Acceptance Certificate has been issued in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 25.3. |
| 46.2 Failure to Agree on the Composition of the Dispute Board If any of the following conditions apply, namely:
then the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall, upon the request of either or both of the Parties and after due consultation with both Parties, appoint this member of the DB. This appointment shall be final and conclusive. Each Party shall be responsible for paying one-half of the remuneration of the appointing entity or official. |
| 46.3 Obtaining Dispute Board’s Decision If a dispute (of any kind whatsoever) arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, including any dispute as to any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, either Party may refer the dispute in writing to the DB for its decision, with copies to the other Party and the Project Manager. Such reference shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. For a DB of three persons, the DB shall be deemed to have received such reference on the date when it is received by the chairman of the DB. Both Parties shall promptly make available to the DB all such additional information, further access to the Site, and appropriate facilities, as the DB may require for the purposes of making a decision on such dispute. The DB shall be deemed to be not acting as arbitrator(s). Within 84 days after receiving such reference, or within such other period as may be proposed by the DB and approved by both Parties, the DB shall give its decision, which shall be reasoned and shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause. The decision shall be binding on both Parties, who shall promptly give effect to it unless and until it shall be revised in an amicable settlement or an arbitral award as described below. Unless the Contract has already been abandoned, repudiated or terminated, the Contractor shall continue with the performance of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract. If either Party is dissatisfied with the DB’s decision, then either Party may, within 28 days after receiving the decision, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. If the DB fails to give its decision within the period of 84 days (or as otherwise approved) after receiving such reference, then either Party may, within 28 days after this period has expired, give notice to the other Party of its dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration. In either event, this notice of dissatisfaction shall state that it is given under this Sub-Clause, and shall set out the matter in dispute and the reason(s) for dissatisfaction. Except as stated in GCC Sub-Clauses 46.6 and 46.7, neither Party shall be entitled to commence arbitration of a dispute unless a notice of dissatisfaction has been given in accordance with this Sub-Clause. If the DB has given its decision as to a matter in dispute to both Parties, and no notice of dissatisfaction has been given by either Party within 28 days after it received the DB’s decision, then the decision shall become final and binding upon both Parties. |
| 46.4 Amicable Settlement Where notice of dissatisfaction has been given under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 above, both Parties shall attempt to settle the dispute amicably before the commencement of arbitration. However, unless both Parties agree otherwise, arbitration may be commenced on or after the fifty-sixth day after the day on which notice of dissatisfaction and intention to commence arbitration was given, even if no attempt at amicable settlement has been made. |
| 46.5 Arbitration Unless indicated otherwise in the PCC, any dispute not settled amicably and in respect of which the DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration. Unless otherwise agreed by both Parties, arbitration shall be conducted as follows: (a) For contracts with foreign contractors: unless otherwise specified in the PCC; the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location stated in the PCC; and the arbitration shall be conducted in the ruling language stated in the PCC; and (b) For contracts with domestic contractors, arbitration with proceedings conducted in accordance with the laws of the Employer’s Country. The arbitrator(s) shall have full power to open up, review and revise any certificate, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, and any decision of the DB, relevant to the dispute. Nothing shall disqualify the Project Manager from being called as a witness and giving evidence before the arbitrator(s) on any matter whatsoever relevant to the dispute. Neither Party shall be limited in the proceedings before the arbitrator(s) to the evidence or arguments previously put before the DB to obtain its decision, or to the reasons for dissatisfaction given in its notice of dissatisfaction. Any decision of the DB shall be admissible in evidence in the arbitration. Arbitration may be commenced prior to or after completion of the Facilities. The obligations of the Parties, the Project Manager and the DB shall not be altered by reason of any arbitration being conducted during the progress of the execution of the Facilities. |
| 46.6 Failure to Comply with Dispute Board’s Decision In the event that a Party fails to comply with a DB decision which has become final and binding, then the other Party may, without prejudice to any other rights it may have, refer the failure itself to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5. GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply to this reference. |
| 46.7 Expiry of Dispute Board’s Appointment If a dispute arises between the Parties in connection with the performance of the Contract, and there is no DB in place, whether by reason of the expiry of the DB’s appointment or otherwise: (a) GCC Sub-Clauses 46.3 and 46.4 shall not apply, and (b) the dispute may be referred directly to arbitration under GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 |
47. Cyber Security
| 47.1 Pursuant to the PCC, the Contractor including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers shall take all technical and organizational measures necessary to protect the information technology systems and data used in connection with the Contract. Without limiting the foregoing, the Contractor, including its Subcontractors/ suppliers/ manufacturers, shall use all reasonable efforts to establish, maintain, implement and comply with, reasonable information technology, information security, cyber security and data protection controls, policies and procedures, including oversight, access controls, encryption, technological and physical safeguards and business continuity/disaster recovery and security plans that are designed to protect against and prevent breach, destruction, loss, unauthorized distribution, use, access, disablement, misappropriation or modification, or other compromise or misuse of or relating to any information technology system or data used in connection with the Contract. |
APPENDIX A
General Conditions of Dispute Board Agreement
1. Definitions
Each “Dispute Board Agreement” is a tripartite agreement by and between:
the “Employer”;
the “Contractor”; and
the “Member” who is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement as being:
(i) the sole member of the “DB” and, where this is the case, all references to the “Other Members” do not apply, or
(ii) one of the three persons who are jointly called the “DB” (or “dispute board”) and, where this is the case, the other two persons are called the “Other Members”.
The Employer and the Contractor have entered (or intend to enter) into a contract, which is called the “Contract” and is defined in the Dispute Board Agreement, which incorporates this Appendix. In the Dispute Board Agreement, words and expressions which are not otherwise defined shall have the meanings assigned to them in the Contract.
2. General Provisions
Unless otherwise stated in the Dispute Board Agreement, it shall take effect on the latest of the following dates:
(a) the Commencement Date defined in the Contract,
(b) when the Employer, the Contractor and the Member have each signed the Dispute Board Agreement, or
(c) when the Employer, the Contractor and each of the Other Members (if any) have respectively each signed a dispute board agreement.
This employment of the Member is a personal appointment. At any time, the Member may give not less than 70 days’ notice of resignation to the Employer and to the Contractor, and the Dispute Board Agreement shall terminate upon the expiry of this period.
3. Warranties
The Member warrants and agrees that he/she is and shall be impartial and independent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager. The Member shall promptly disclose, to each of them and to the Other Members (if any), any fact or circumstance which might appear inconsistent with his/her warranty and agreement of impartiality and independence.
4. General Obligations of the Member
The Member shall:
(a) have no interest financial or otherwise in the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, nor any financial interest in the Contract except for payment under the Dispute Board Agreement;
(b) not previously have been employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except in such circumstances as were disclosed in writing to the Employer and the Contractor before they signed the Dispute Board Agreement;
(c) have disclosed in writing to the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any), before entering into the Dispute Board Agreement and to his/her best knowledge and recollection, any professional or personal relationships with any director, officer or employee of the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, and any previous involvement in the overall project of which the Contract forms part;
(d) not, for the duration of the Dispute Board Agreement, be employed as a consultant or otherwise by the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager, except as may be agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any);
(e) comply with the annexed procedural rules and with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3;
(f) not give advice to the Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel or the Contractor’s Personnel concerning the conduct of the Contract, other than in accordance with the annexed procedural rules;
(g) not while a Member enter into discussions or make any agreement with the Employer, the Contractor or the Project Manager regarding employment by any of them, whether as a consultant or otherwise, after ceasing to act under the Dispute Board Agreement;
(h) ensure his/her availability for all site visits and hearings as are necessary;
(i) become conversant with the Contract and with the progress of the Facilities (and of any other parts of the project of which the Contract forms part) by studying all documents received which shall be maintained in a current working file;
(j) treat the details of the Contract and all the DB’s activities and hearings as private and confidential, and not publish or disclose them without the prior written consent of the Employer, the Contractor and the Other Members (if any); and
(k) be available to give advice and opinions, on any matter relevant to the Contract when requested by both the Employer and the Contractor, subject to the agreement of the Other Members (if any).
5. General Obligations of the Employer and the Contractor
The Employer, the Contractor, the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel shall not request advice from or consultation with the Member regarding the Contract, otherwise than in the normal course of the DB’s activities under the Contract and the Dispute Board Agreement. The Employer and the Contractor shall be responsible for compliance with this provision, by the Employer’s Personnel and the Contractor’s Personnel respectively.
The Employer and the Contractor undertake to each other and to the Member that the Member shall not, except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer, the Contractor, the Member and the Other Members (if any):
(a) be appointed as an arbitrator in any arbitration under the Contract;
(b) be called as a witness to give evidence concerning any dispute before arbitrator(s) appointed for any arbitration under the Contract; or
(c) be liable for any claims for anything done or omitted in the discharge or purported discharge of the Member’s functions, unless the act or omission is shown to have been in bad faith.
The Employer and the Contractor hereby jointly and severally indemnify and hold the Member harmless against and from claims from which he is relieved from liability under the preceding paragraph.
Whenever the Employer or the Contractor refers a dispute to the DB under GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, which will require the Member to make a site visit and attend a hearing, the Employer or the Contractor shall provide appropriate security for a sum equivalent to the reasonable expenses to be incurred by the Member. No account shall be taken of any other payments due or paid to the Member.
6. Payment
The Member shall be paid as follows, in the currency named in the Dispute Board Agreement:
(a) a retainer fee per calendar month, which shall be considered as payment in full for:
(i) being available on 28 days’ notice for all site visits and hearings;
(ii) becoming and remaining conversant with all project developments and maintaining relevant files;
(iii) all office and overhead expenses including secretarial services, photocopying and office supplies incurred in connection with his duties; and
(iv) all services performed hereunder except those referred to in sub-paragraphs (b) and (c) of this Clause.
The retainer fee shall be paid with effect from the last day of the calendar month in which the Dispute Board Agreement becomes effective; until the last day of the calendar month in which the Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities.
With effect from the first day of the calendar month following the month in which Taking-Over Certificate is issued for the whole of the Facilities, the retainer fee shall be reduced by one third This reduced fee shall be paid until the first day of the calendar month in which the Member resigns or the Dispute Board Agreement is otherwise terminated.
(b) a daily fee which shall be considered as payment in full for:
(i) each day or part of a day up to a maximum of two days’ travel time in each direction for the journey between the Member’s home and the site, or another location of a meeting with the Other Members (if any);
(ii) each working day on site visits, hearings or preparing decisions; and
(iii) each day spent reading submissions in preparation for a hearing.
(c) all reasonable expenses including necessary travel expenses (air fare in less than first class, hotel and subsistence and other direct travel expenses) incurred in connection with the Member’s duties, as well as the cost of telephone calls, courier charges, faxes and telexes: a receipt shall be required for each item in excess of five percent of the daily fee referred to in sub-paragraph (b) of this Clause;
(d) any taxes properly levied in the Country on payments made to the Member (unless a national or permanent resident of the Country) under this Clause 6.
The retainer and daily fees shall be as specified in the Dispute Board Agreement. Unless it specifies otherwise, these fees shall remain fixed for the first 24 calendar months and shall thereafter be adjusted by agreement between the Employer, the Contractor and the Member, at each anniversary of the date on which the Dispute Board Agreement became effective.
If the Parties fail to agree on the retainer fee or the daily fee the appointing entity or official named in the PCC shall determine the amount of the fees to be used.
The Member shall submit invoices for payment of the monthly retainer and air fares quarterly in advance. Invoices for other expenses and for daily fees shall be submitted following the conclusion of a site visit or hearing. All invoices shall be accompanied by a brief description of activities performed during the relevant period and shall be addressed to the Contractor.
The Contractor shall pay each of the Member’s invoices in full within 56 calendar days after receiving each invoice and shall apply to the Employer (in the Statements under the Contract) for reimbursement of one-half of the amounts of these invoices. The Employer shall then pay the Contractor in accordance with the Contract.
If the Contractor fails to pay to the Member the amount to which he/she is entitled under the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer shall pay the amount due to the Member and any other amount which may be required to maintain the operation of the DB; and without prejudice to the Employer’s rights or remedies. In addition to all other rights arising from this default, the Employer shall be entitled to reimbursement of all sums paid in excess of one-half of these payments, plus all costs of recovering these sums and financing charges calculated at the rate specified in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 12.3.
If the Member does not receive payment of the amount due within 70 days after submitting a valid invoice, the Member may (i) suspend his/her services (without notice) until the payment is received, and/or (ii) resign his/her appointment by giving notice under Clause 7.
7. Termination
At any time: (i) the Employer and the Contractor may jointly terminate the Dispute Board Agreement by giving 42 days’ notice to the Member; or (ii) the Member may resign as provided for in Clause 2.
If the Member fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Employer and the Contractor may, without prejudice to their other rights, terminate it by notice to the Member. The notice shall take effect when received by the Member.
If the Employer or the Contractor fails to comply with the Dispute Board Agreement, the Member may, without prejudice to his other rights, terminate it by notice to the Employer and the Contractor. The notice shall take effect when received by them both.
Any such notice, resignation and termination shall be final and binding on the Employer, the Contractor and the Member. However, a notice by the Employer or the Contractor, but not by both, shall be of no effect.
8. Default of the Member
If the Member fails to comply with any of his obligations under Clause 4 concerning his impartiality or independence in relation to the Employer or the Contractor, he/she shall not be entitled to any fees or expenses hereunder and shall, without prejudice to their other rights, reimburse each of the Employer and the Contractor for any fees and expenses received by the Member and the Other Members (if any), for proceedings or decisions (if any) of the DB which are rendered void or ineffective by the said failure to comply.
9. Disputes
Any dispute or claim arising out of or in connection with this Dispute Board Agreement, or the breach, termination or invalidity thereof, shall be finally settled by institutional arbitration. If no other arbitration institute is agreed, the arbitration shall be conducted under the Rules of Arbitration of the International Chamber of Commerce by one arbitrator appointed in accordance with these Rules of Arbitration.
Appendix A
DISPUTE BOARD GUIDELINES
1. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall visit the site at intervals of not more than 140 days, including times of critical construction events, at the request of either the Employer or the Contractor. Unless otherwise agreed by the Employer, the Contractor and the DB, the period between consecutive visits shall not be less than 70 days, except as required to convene a hearing as described below.
2. The timing of and agenda for each site visit shall be as agreed jointly by the DB, the Employer and the Contractor, or in the absence of agreement, shall be decided by the DB. The purpose of site visits is to enable the DB to become and remain acquainted with the progress of the execution of the Contract and of any actual or potential problems or claims, and, as far as reasonable, to prevent potential problems or claims from becoming disputes.
3. Site visits shall be attended by the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager and shall be coordinated by the Employer in co-operation with the Contractor. The Employer shall ensure the provision of appropriate conference facilities and secretarial and copying services. At the conclusion of each site visit and before leaving the site, the DB shall prepare a report on its activities during the visit and shall send copies to the Employer and the Contractor.
4. The Employer and the Contractor shall furnish to the DB one copy of all documents which the DB may request, including Contract documents, progress reports, variation instructions, certificates and other documents pertinent to the performance of the Contract. All communications between the DB and the Employer or the Contractor shall be copied to the other Party. If the DB comprises three persons, the Employer and the Contractor shall send copies of these requested documents and these communications to each of these persons.
5. If any dispute is referred to the DB in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, the DB shall proceed in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3 and these Guidelines. Subject to the time allowed to give notice of a decision and other relevant factors, the DB shall:
(a) act fairly and impartially as between the Employer and the Contractor, giving each of them a reasonable opportunity of putting his case and responding to the other’s case, and
(b) adopt procedures suitable to the dispute, avoiding unnecessary delay or expense.
6. The DB may conduct a hearing on the dispute, in which event it will decide on the date and place for the hearing and may request that written documentation and arguments from the Employer and the Contractor be presented to it prior to or at the hearing.
7. Except as otherwise agreed in writing by the Employer and the Contractor, the DB shall have power to adopt an inquisitorial procedure, to refuse admission to hearings or audience at hearings to any persons other than representatives of the Employer, the Contractor and the Project Manager, and to proceed in the absence of any Party who the DB is satisfied received notice of the hearing; but shall have discretion to decide whether and to what extent this power may be exercised.
8. The Employer and the Contractor empower the DB, among other things, to:
(a) establish the procedure to be applied in deciding a dispute,
(b) decide upon the DB’s own jurisdiction, and as to the scope of any dispute referred to it,
(c) conduct any hearing as it thinks fit, not being bound by any rules or procedures other than those contained in the Contract and these Guidelines,
(d) take the initiative in ascertaining the facts and matters required for a decision,
(e) make use of its own specialist knowledge, if any,
(f) decide upon the payment of financing charges in accordance with the Contract,
(g) decide upon any provisional relief such as interim or conservatory measures,
(h) open up, review and revise any certificate, decision, determination, instruction, opinion or valuation of the Project Manager, relevant to the dispute, and
(i) appoint, should the DB so consider necessary and the Parties agree, a suitable expert/s (including legal and technical expert(s)) at the cost of the Parties to give advice on a specific matter/s relevant to the dispute.
9. The DB shall not express any opinions during any hearing concerning the merits of any arguments advanced by the Parties. Thereafter, the DB shall make and give its decision in accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 46.3, or as otherwise agreed by the Employer and the Contractor in writing. If the DB comprises three persons:
(a) it shall convene in private after a hearing, in order to have discussions and prepare its decision;
(b) it shall endeavor to reach a unanimous decision: if this proves impossible the applicable decision shall be made by a majority of the Members, who may require the minority Member to prepare a written report for submission to the Employer and the Contractor; and
(c) if a Member fails to attend a meeting or hearing, or to fulfil any required function, the other two Members may nevertheless proceed to make a decision, unless:
(i) either the Employer or the Contractor does not agree that they do so, or
(ii) the absent Member is the chairman and he/she instructs the other Members to not make a decision.
APPENDIX B
Fraud and Corruption
(Text in this Appendix shall not be modified)
APPENDIX C
Metrics for Progress Reports- Environmental and Social (ES)
Metrics for regular reporting:
APPENDIX D
Sexual Exploitation and Abuse (SEA) and/or Sexual Harassment (SH) Performance Declaration for Subcontractors
[The following table shall be filled in by each subcontractor proposed by the Contractor, that was not named in the Contract]
Subcontractor’s Name: [insert full name]
Date: [insert day, month, year]
Contract reference [insert contract reference]
Page [insert page number] of [insert total number] pages
SEA and/or SH Declaration
|
We: ¨ (a) have not been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. ¨ (b) are subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. ¨ (c) had been subject to disqualification by the Bank for non-compliance with SEA/ SH obligations. An arbitral award on the disqualification case has been made in our favor.
|
[If (c) above is applicable, attach evidence of an arbitral award reversing the findings on the issues underlying the disqualification.] |
Name of the Subcontractor
Name of the person duly authorized to sign on behalf of the Subcontractor _______
Title of the person signing on behalf of the Subcontractor ______________________
Signature of the person named above ______________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
Countersignature of authorized representative of the Contractor:
Signature: ________________________________________________________
Date signed ________________________________ day of ___________________, _____
Section IX - Particular Conditions of Contract
The following Particular Conditions of Contract shall supplement the General Conditions of Contract in Section VIII. Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the General Conditions. |
Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
The following Particular Conditions (PCC) shall supplement the General Conditions (GCC). Whenever there is a conflict, the provisions herein shall prevail over those in the GCC. The clause number of the PCC is the corresponding clause number of the GCC.
PCC 1. Definitions | The Employer is: Eswatini Electricity Company The Project Manager is: Mr. Senzo Shongwe The Bank is: World Bank Country of Origin: all countries and territories as indicated in Section V of the bidding document, Eligible Countries. |
PCC 5. Law and Language | PCC 5.1 The Contract shall be interpreted in accordance with the laws of: Kingdom of Eswatini PCC 5.2 The ruling language is: English PCC 5.3 The language for communications is: English |
PCC 7. Scope of Facilities [Spare Parts] (GCC Clause 7) | PCC 7.3 The Contractor agrees to supply spare parts for a period of years: five (5) years Addition to PCC 7.3 The Contractor shall carry sufficient inventories to ensure an ex-stock supply of consumable spares for the Plant. Other spare parts and components shall be supplied as promptly as possible, but at the most within six (6) months of placing the order and opening the letter of credit. In addition, in the event of termination of the production of spare parts, advance notification will be made to the Employer of the pending termination, with sufficient time to permit the Employer to procure the needed requirement. Following such termination, the Contractor will furnish to the extent possible and at no cost to the Employer the blueprints, drawings and specifications of the spare parts, if requested. |
PCC 8. Time for Commencement and Completion | PCC 8.1 The Contractor shall commence work on the Facilities within 15 (fifteen) calendar days from the Effective Date for determining Time for Completion as specified in the Contract Agreement. PCC 8.2 The Time for Completion of the whole of the Facilities shall be Six (6) months from the Effective Date as described in the Contract Agreement. |
PCC 9. Contractor’s Responsibilities | PCC 9.8 The following sustainable procurement contractual provisions apply:
|
PCC 11. Contract Price | PCC 11.2 The Contract Price shall be a firm lump sum. |
PCC 12. Terms of Payment | PCC 12.5 An amount equivalent to 2% of the Contract price. |
PCC 13. Securities | PCC 13.3.1 The amount of Performance Security, as a percentage of the Contract Price for the Facility or for the part of the Facility for which a separate Time for Completion is provided, shall be: Ten (10%) of the Total Contract Price. PCC 13.3.2 The Performance Security shall be in the form of the Bank Guarantee attached hereto in Section X, Contract Forms. The Performance Security shall be issued by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini, or a Foreign Bank. If Performance Security will be issued by a Foreign Bank, it shall be counter guaranteed by any registered "A" class commercial Bank in Kingdom of Eswatini. The performance security as required by the clause 13.3.1 above shall be valid for period covering entire contract execution period and any extension thereof plus defect liability period plus three months. PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall not be reduced on the date of the Operational Acceptance. PCC 13.3.3 The Performance Security shall be reduced to ten percent (10%) of the value of the component covered by the extended defect liability to cover the Contractor’s extended defect liability in accordance with the provision in the PCC, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 27.10. |
PCC 15. License/Use of Technical Information | PCC 15.2 Add the following as second paragraph: The Employer shall have the right to reproduce any or all drawings, documents and other materials furnished to the Employer for the purpose of the Contract and in addition, if required, for operation and maintenance. |
PCC 18. Progress Report | PCC 18.3 Progress reports shall include status of compliance to cyber security risks management, and any foreseeable cyber security risk and mitigation. Potential and occurred cyber security incidents are to be immediately reported |
PCC 21. Procurement | PCC 21.3.2 Add the following to the clause: The Employer shall in no way be responsible for the condition of road and access. |
PCC 22 Installation | PCC22.2.5 Working Hours Normal working hours are: 0800hrs to 1700hrs (Monday to Friday) PCC 22.2.8 Funeral Arrangements: as specified in the GCC. |
PCC 23. Tests and Inspection | PCC 23.2 Supplement GCC 23.2 with the following: For tests / inspections and training, the Contractor will arrange and pay for the visa fee, accommodation in the international and local travel of two (02) representatives of the employer i.e. - air tickets; local transport; accommodation. PCC 23.3 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following: The Contractor shall furnish the Project Manager with the details of the program of the tests and/or inspection and of the place and time thereof at least two (2) weeks in advance in case of domestic supplies & six (6) weeks in advance in case of foreign supplies. PCC 23.4 Supplement GCC 23.3 with the following: The Contractor shall provide the Project Manager with a certified report of the results of any such test and/or inspection within fifteen (15) days after completion of tests. PCC 23.6 Add the following at the end of GCC 23.6: All costs incurred by the Employer including all travelling and board and lodging expenses by the repetition of the tests or false call for tests shall be borne by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 23.2. Any delay in delivery due to retest or false call shall not constitute a release of the Contractor from his responsibilities for delay. |
PCC 25. Commissioning and Operational Acceptance | PCC 25.2.2 The Guarantee Test of the Facilities shall be successfully completed within one (1) month from the date of Completion. PCC 25.3.1(e) Add the following new sub-clause: Three (3) sets of as built drawings, operating and maintenance manuals and USB drives etc. |
PCC 26. Completion Time Guarantee | PCC 26.2 Applicable rate for liquidated damages: 1% per week The above rate applies to the price of the part of the Facilities, as quoted in the Price Schedule, for that part for which the Contractor fails to achieve Completion within the particular Time for Completion. Maximum deduction for liquidated damages: 10% of the Contract Price PCC 26.3 Applicable (amount or rate) for the bonus for early Completion: Maximum bonus: N/A PCC 26.3 No bonus will be given for earlier Completion of the Facilities or part thereof. |
PCC 27. Defect Liability | PCC 27.10 The critical components covered under the extended defect liability are None. |
PCC 30. Limitation of Liability | PCC 30.1 (b) The multiplier of the Contract Price is: one (1) |
PCC 39. Value Engineering | PCC 39.1.2 If the value engineering proposal is approved by the Employer the amount to be paid to the Contractor shall be 50 % of the reduction in the Contract Price |
PCC 39.2.1 | (f) A “Change Proposal,” which shall include the following:
The Contractor shall implement and maintain appropriate administrative, technical, and physical safeguards to protect the Telecoms network, SCADA system, associated networks, software, hardware, and operational technology assets from unauthorized access, misuse, alteration, disruption, destruction, or disclosure. |
PCC46. Disputes and Arbitration | PCC 46.1 The DB shall be appointed within 30 days after a dispute has been declared by either party of the Contract Agreement PCC 46.1 The DB shall be: comprised of one (1) person, who is fluent in the English language and shall be a professional experienced in the type of activities involved in the performance of the Contract and with the interpretation of contractual documents. The potential member is an independent and neutral with no interest in the Contract.
PCC 46.1 List of potential DB members: List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing). Proposed by Contractor [Attach CVs to the Contract] List of arbitrators of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) (to be defined at contract signing).
PCC 46.2 Appointment (if not agreed) to be made by: Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) PCC 46.5 Procedure to settle disputes in respect of which DB’s decision (if any) has not become final and binding shall be finally settled by arbitration: Rules of arbitration GCC Sub-Clause 46.5(a): For a Foreign Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa); by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be the neutral location agreed by both parties.
GCC Sub-Clause 46.5 (b): For a local Contractor, the dispute shall be finally settled under the Rules of the Rules of the Conduct of Arbitrations (5th Edition 2005) of the Association of Arbitrators (Southern Africa) within the context of the Law of Eswatini; by one or three arbitrators appointed in accordance with these Rules. The place of arbitration shall be in Eswatini. |
PCC 47. | PCC 47.1- The Contractor shall comply with the following Cyber security requirements: 1. Comply with IEC 62443 (Industrial Automation and Control Systems cybersecurity). 2. Support IEC 62351 security measures for power system communications, including secure DNP3 communications where applicable. 3. Meet the cybersecurity capability requirements of IEEE 1686 for Intelligent Electronic Devices (IEDs). |
Section X - Contract Forms |
Table of Forms
Notification of Intention to Award. 298
Letter of Acceptance. 305
Contract Agreement 306
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment 310
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment 313
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements. 315
Appendix 4. Time Schedule. 318
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors. 319
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer 320
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review.. 321
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees. 322
Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee. 324
Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee. 327
Advance Payment Security. 329
Notification of Intention to Award
[This Notification of Intention to Award shall be sent to each Bidder that submitted a Bid, unless the Bidder has previously received notice of exclusion from the process at an interim stage of the procurement process]
[Send this Notification to the Bidder’s Authorized Representative named in the Bidder Information Form]
For the attention of Bidder’s Authorized Representative
Name: [insert Authorized Representative’s name]
Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s Address]
Telephone/Fax numbers: [insert Authorized Representative’s telephone/fax numbers]
Email Address: [insert Authorized Representative’s email address]
[IMPORTANT: insert the date that this Notification is transmitted to all participating Bidders. The Notification must be sent to all Bidders simultaneously. This means on the same date and as close to the same time as possible.]
DATE OF TRANSMISSION: This Notification is sent by: [email/fax] on [date] (local time)
Notification of Intention to Award
Employer: [insert the name of the Employer]
Project: [insert name of project]
Contract title: [insert the name of the contract]
Country: [insert country where RFB is issued]
Loan No. /Credit No. / Grant No.: [insert reference number for loan/credit/grant]
RFB No: [insert RFB reference number from Procurement Plan]
This Notification of Intention to Award (Notification) notifies you of our decision to award the above contract. The transmission of this Notification begins the Standstill Period. During the Standstill Period, you may:
Name: | [insert name of successful Bidder] |
Address: | [insert address of the successful Bidder] |
Contract price: | [insert contract price of the successful Bid] |
Total combined score: | [insert the total combined score of the successful Bidder] |
Name of Bidder | Technical Score | Bid Price | Evaluated Bid Cost | Combined Score |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[insert name] | [insert Technical score] | [insert Bid price] | [insert evaluated cost] | [insert combined score] |
[INSTRUCTIONS: State the reason/s why this Bidder’s Bid was unsuccessful. Do NOT include: (a) a point by point comparison with another Bidder’s Bid or (b) information that is marked confidential by the Bidder in its Bid.] |
DEADLINE: The deadline to request a debriefing expires at midnight on [insert date] (local time). You may request a debriefing in relation to the results of the evaluation of your Bid. If you decide to request a debriefing, your written request must be made within three (3) Business Days of receipt of this Notification of Intention to Award. Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the request for debriefing as follows: Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable] Title/position: [insert title/position] Agency: [insert name of Employer] Email address: [insert email address] Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used If your request for a debriefing is received within the 3 Business Days deadline, we will provide the debriefing within five (5) Business Days of receipt of your request. If we are unable to provide the debriefing within this period, the Standstill Period shall be extended by five (5) Business Days after the date that the debriefing is provided. If this happens, we will notify you and confirm the date that the extended Standstill Period will end. The debriefing may be in writing, by phone, video conference call or in person. We shall promptly advise you in writing how the debriefing will take place and confirm the date and time. If the deadline to request a debriefing has expired, you may still request a debriefing. In this case, we will provide the debriefing as soon as practicable, and normally no later than fifteen (15) Business Days from the date of publication of the Contract Award Notice. |
DEADLINE:: The deadline for submitting a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract expires on midnight, [insert date] (local time). Provide the contract name, reference number, name of the Bidder, contact details; and address the Procurement-related Complaint as follows: Attention: [insert full name of person, if applicable] Title/position: [insert title/position] Agency: [insert name of Employer] Email address: [insert email address] Fax number: [insert fax number] delete if not used At this point in the procurement process, you may submit a Procurement-related Complaint challenging the decision to award the contract. You do not need to have requested, or received, a debriefing before making this complaint. Your complaint must be submitted within the Standstill Period and received by us before the Standstill Period ends. Further information: For more information see the Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Procurement Regulations) (Annex III). You should read these provisions before preparing and submitting your complaint. In addition, the World Bank’s Guidance “How to make a Procurement-related Complaint” provides a useful explanation of the process, as well as a sample letter of complaint. In summary, there are four essential requirements:
|
DEADLINE: The Standstill Period is due to end at midnight on [insert date] (local time). The Standstill Period lasts ten (10) Business Days after the date of transmission of this Notification of Intention to Award. The Standstill Period may be extended. This may happen where we are unable to provide a debriefing within the five (5) Business Day deadline. If this happens we will notify you of the extension |
If you have any questions regarding this Notification please do not hesitate to contact us.
On behalf of the Employer:
Signature: ______________________________________________
Name: ______________________________________________
Title/position: ______________________________________________
Telephone: ______________________________________________
Email: ______________________________________________
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS: DELETE THIS BOX ONCE YOU HAVE COMPLETED THE FORM
This Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (“Form”) is to be completed by the successful Bidder. In case of joint venture, the Bidder must submit a separate Form for each member. The beneficial ownership information to be submitted in this Form shall be current as of the date of its submission.
For the purposes of this Form, a Beneficial Owner of a Bidder is any natural person who ultimately owns or controls the Bidder by meeting one or more of the following conditions:
|
Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form
RFB No.: [insert number of RFB process]
Request for Bid No.: [insert identification]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
In response to your request in the Letter of Acceptance dated [insert date of letter of Acceptance] to furnish additional information on beneficial ownership: [select one option as applicable and delete the options that are not applicable]
(i) we hereby provide the following beneficial ownership information.
Details of beneficial ownership
Identity of Beneficial Owner
| Directly or indirectly holding 25% or more of the shares (Yes / No)
| Directly or indirectly holding 25 % or more of the Voting Rights (Yes / No)
| Directly or indirectly having the right to appoint a majority of the board of the directors or an equivalent governing body of the Bidder (Yes / No) |
[include full name (last, middle, first), nationality, country of residence] |
|
|
|
OR
(ii) We declare that there is no Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions:
OR
(iii) We declare that we are unable to identify any Beneficial Owner meeting one or more of the following conditions. [If this option is selected, the Bidder shall provide explanation on why it is unable to identify any Beneficial Owner]
Name of the Bidder: *[insert complete name of the Bidder]_________
Name of the person duly authorized to sign the Bid on behalf of the Bidder: **[insert complete name of person duly authorized to sign the Bid]___________
Title of the person signing the Bid: [insert complete title of the person signing the Bid]______
Signature of the person named above: [insert signature of person whose name and capacity are shown above]_____
Date signed [insert date of signing] day of [insert month], [insert year]_____
* In the case of the Bid submitted by a Joint Venture specify the name of the Joint Venture as Bidder. In the event that the Bidder is a joint venture, each reference to “Bidder” in the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form (including this Introduction thereto) shall be read to refer to the joint venture member.
** Person signing the Bid shall have the power of attorney given by the Bidder. The power of attorney shall be attached with the Bid Schedules.
Letter of Acceptance
______________________
To: ____________________________
This is to notify you that your Bid dated ____________ for execution of the _________________ for the Contract Price in the aggregate of _____________________ ________________, as corrected and modified in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by our Agency.
You are requested to furnish (i) the Performance Security within 28 days in accordance with the Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms and (ii) the additional information on beneficial ownership in accordance with ITB 46.1, within eight (8) Business days using the Beneficial Ownership Disclosure Form, included in Section X, - Contract Forms, of the bidding document.
Authorized Signature:
Name and Title of Signatory:
Name of Agency:
Attachment: Contract Agreement
Contract Agreement |
THIS AGREEMENT is made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,
BETWEEN
(1)Eswatini Electricity Company a corporation incorporated under the laws of the kingdom of Eswatini and having its principal place of business at Eluvatsini house, Mhlambanyatsi Road Mbabane, Eswatini (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) ______________________, a corporation incorporated under the laws of ________________________ and having its principal place of business at ________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).
WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to design, manufacture, test, deliver, install, complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. Design Supply and Installation of 11kV auto reclosers under the Accelerating Sustainable and Clean Energy Access Transformation (ASCENT) Project (“the Facilities”), and the Contractor has agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter appearing.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
Article 1. Contract Documents | 1.1 Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2) The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as an integral part of the Contract: (a) This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto (b) Letter of Bid and Price Schedules submitted by the Contractor (c) Particular Conditions (d) General Conditions (e) Specification (f) Drawings (g) Other completed Bidding forms submitted with the Bid (h) Any other documents forming part of the Employer’s Requirements (i) Any other documents forming part of the contract, including, but not limited to:
1.2 Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2) In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract Documents) above. 1.3 Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1) Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions. |
Article 2. Contract Price and Terms of Payment | 2.1 Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11) The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its obligations hereunder. The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of: __________________, _______________ as specified in Price Schedule No. 5 (Grand Summary), and_______________, _________________, or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the terms and conditions of the Contract. 2.2 Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12) The terms and procedures of payment according to which the Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix (Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto. The Employer will not instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable confirmed documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of $0.00 and shall be subject to the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 2007 Revision, ICC Publication No. 600. In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to be amended accordingly.
|
Article 3. Effective Date | 3.1 Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1) The Effective Date from which the Time for Completion of the Facilities shall be counted is the date when all of the following conditions have been fulfilled: (a) This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on behalf of the Employer and the Contractor; (b) The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the Performance Security and the advance payment guarantee; (c) The Employer has paid the Contractor the advance payment; (f) Individual Letters from key personnel confirming availability Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfill the above conditions for which it is responsible as soon as practicable. 3.2 If the conditions listed under 3.1 are not fulfilled within two (2) months from the date of this Contract notification because of reasons not attributable to the Contractor, the Parties shall discuss and agree on an equitable adjustment to the Contract Price and the Time for Completion and/or other relevant conditions of the Contract. |
Article 4. Communications | 4.1 The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.1 is: ______________________.
|
Article 5. Appendices | 5.1 The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer
[Signature]
[Title]
in the presence of
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor
[Signature]
[Title]
in the presence of
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Terms and Procedures of Payment
Appendix 2 Price Adjustment
Appendix 3 Insurance Requirements
Appendix 4 Time Schedule
Appendix 5 List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors
Appendix 6 Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
Appendix 7 List of Documents for Approval or Review
Appendix 8 Functional Guarantees
Appendix 1. Terms and Procedures of Payment
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given in the section on Price Schedules. Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder unless otherwise agreed between the Parties. Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.
TERMS OF PAYMENT
Schedule No. 1. Plant and Equipment Supplied from Abroad
In respect of plant and equipment supplied from abroad, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total CIP amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.
Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon Incoterm “CIP”, upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of documents.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata CIP amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 2. Plant and Equipment Supplied from within the Employer’s Country
In respect of plant and equipment supplied from within the Employer’s Country, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total EXW amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of the plant and equipment delivered to the site, as evidenced by shipping and delivery documents.
Eighty percent (80%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon Incoterm “Ex-Works,” upon delivery to the site within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice and documents.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata EXW amount upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 3. Design Services
In respect of design services for both the foreign currency and the local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total design services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer.
Ninety percent (90%) of the total or pro rata design services amount upon acceptance of design in accordance with GCC Clause 20 by the Project Manager within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Schedule No. 4. Installation Services
In respect of installation services for both the foreign and local currency portions, the following payments shall be made:
Ten percent (10%) of the total installation services amount as an advance payment against receipt of invoice, and an irrevocable advance payment security for the equivalent amount made out in favor of the Employer. The advance payment security may be reduced in proportion to the value of work performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the invoices for installation services.
Eighty percent (80%) of the measured value of work performed by the Contractor, as identified in the said Program of Performance, during the preceding month, as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s application, will be made monthly within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Completion Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
Five percent (5%) of the total or pro rata value of installation services performed by the Contractor as evidenced by the Employer’s authorization of the Contractor’s monthly applications, upon issue of the Operational Acceptance Certificate, within forty-five (45) days after receipt of invoice.
In the event that the Employer fails to make any payment on its respective due date, the Employer shall pay to the Contractor interest on the amount of such delayed payment at the rate of for local currency/CMA (lending Rate at Central Bank of Eswatini plus 1%) ÷12 and “for USD, the (Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) plus 1%) ÷12 ; for Euro,( EURIBOR plus 1%) ÷12; per month for period of delay until payment has been made in full.
PAYMENT PROCEDURES
The procedures to be followed in applying for certification and making payments shall be as follows:
The Contractor should submit invoice outlining the pay items covering the pro rata value of Supply/Work Done along with the submission of the following documents to the Project Manager:
Appendix 2. Price Adjustment (Not Applicable)
The prices are to remain firm and fixed for the duration of the Contract.
Appendix 3. Insurance Requirements
Insurances to be Taken Out by the Contractor
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
(a) Cargo Insurance
Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefor) and to the construction equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
110% of the Contract Price | NIL | Employer, Contractor | Manufacturer’s Works | Site |
(b) Installation All Risks Insurance
Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the Facilities, with an extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
110% of the Contract Price | NIL | Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Receipt of site | Up to Defect Liability Period |
(c) Third Party Liability Insurance
Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities.
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
USD 100,000 per person per occasion | NIL | Employer, Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
USD 10,000 | NIL | Third party personnel | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
USD 50,000 | NIL | Employer’s Property | Commencement of work | Up to Defect Liability Period |
(d) Automobile Liability Insurance
Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. Comprehensive insurance in accordance with statutory requirements.
(e) Workers’ Compensation
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.
(f) Employer’s Liability
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any part thereof is executed.
(g) Other Insurances
The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:
Amount | Deductible limits | Parties Insured | From | To |
To be indicated by the Contractor | NIL | Contractor, and Subcontractor (if any) | Receipt of site | Up to Defect Liability Period |
The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances, and the Contractor’s Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, Workers’ Compensation and Employer’s Liability Insurances. All insurer’s rights of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the Contract shall be waived under such policies.
Insurances To Be Taken Out By The Employer
The Employer shall at its expense take out and maintain in effect during the performance of the Contract the following insurances.
Details:
NIL
Appendix 4. Time Schedule
4.1 Description of Facilities:
Name of Facilities | Completion Time required by the Employer from the Effective Date | Completion date guaranteed by the Bidder from the effective date |
Design, Supply and installation of 11kV auto-reclosers
|
Six (6) Months |
|
4.2 The activities under the Contractor’s program for Project Completion shall be in the form of a master network (MNW) and shall identify the various activities like design, engineering, manufacturing, supply, installation, factory testing, transportation to site, site testing and commissioning, trial operation and taking over etc. of the facilities or specific part thereof (where specific parts are specified in PCC). The network shall conform to the above Project Completion Schedule. This master network will be discussed and agreed before Kick-off meeting in line with the above. The detailed network(s) and project implementation plans & programs shall preferably be prepared in Primavera or in MS Project or in the latest Project Management tool as convenient to the Employer and shall form part of the contract.
4.3 The Employer reserves the right to request minor changes in the work schedule at the time of Award of Contract to the successful Bidder.
Appendix 5. List of Major Items of Plant and Installation Services and List of Approved Subcontractors
A list of major items of Plant and Installation Services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the items of the Facilities indicated below. Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any selected Subcontractor. In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time. No Subcontracts shall be placed with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.
Major Items of Plant and Installation Services | Approved Subcontractors/Manufacturers | Nationality |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Appendix 6. Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate. All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.
Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge to the Contractor.
Personnel | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Facilities | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
None | None |
Works | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Supplies | Charge to Contractor (if any) |
| None |
Appendix 7. List of Documents for Approval or Review
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC Sub-Clause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for
A. Approval
B. Review
Appendix 8. Functional Guarantees
1. General
This Appendix sets out
(a) the functional guarantees referred to in GCC Clause 28 (Functional Guarantees)
(b) the preconditions to the validity of the functional guarantees, either in production and/or consumption, set forth below
(c) the minimum level of the functional guarantees
(d) the formula for calculation of liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees.
2. Preconditions
The Contractor gives the functional guarantees (specified herein) for the facilities, subject to the following preconditions being fully satisfied:
____________________________________________________________________________________
3. Functional Guarantees
Subject to compliance with the foregoing preconditions, the Contractor guarantees as follows:
3.1 Production Capacity
_____________________________________________________________________________
and/or
3.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption
____________________________________________________________________________
4. Failure in Guarantees and Liquidated Damages
4.1 Failure to Attain Guaranteed Production Capacity
If the production capacity of the facilities attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is less than the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.1 above, but the actual production capacity attained in the guarantee test is not less than the minimum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of ___________________ for every complete one percent (1%) of the deficiency in the production capacity of the Facilities, or at a proportionately reduced rate for any deficiency, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).
4.2 Raw Materials and Utilities Consumption in Excess of Guaranteed Level
__________________________________________________________________
If the actual measured figure of specified raw materials and utilities consumed per unit (or their average total cost of consumption) exceeds the guaranteed figure specified in para. 3.2 above (or their specified average total cost of consumption), but the actual consumption attained in the guarantee test, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 25.2, is not more than the maximum level specified in para. 4.3 below, and the Contractor elects to pay liquidated damages to the Employer in lieu of making changes, modifications and/or additions to the Facilities pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.3, then the Contractor shall pay liquidated damages at the rate of [amount in the contract currency] for every complete one percent (1%) of the excess consumption of the Facilities, or part thereof, of less than a complete one percent (1%).
4.3 Minimum Levels
Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph, if as a result of the guarantee test(s), the following minimum levels of performance guarantees (and consumption guarantees) are not attained by the Contractor, the Contractor shall at its own cost make good any deficiencies until the Facilities reach any of such minimum performance levels, pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 28.2:
(a) production capacity of the Facilities attained in the guarantee test: ninety-five percent (95%) of the guaranteed production capacity (the values offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).
and/or
(b) average total cost of consumption of all the raw materials and utilities of the Facilities: one hundred and five percent (105%) of the guaranteed figures (the figures offered by the Contractor in its Bid for functional guarantees represents 100%).
4.4 Limitation of Liability
Subject to para. 4.3 above, the Contractor’s aggregate liability to pay liquidated damages for failure to attain the functional guarantees shall not exceed ______ percent ( ___ %) of the Contract price.
Performance Security Form– Bank Guarantee[18]
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: [insert name and Address of Employer]
Date: _ [Insert date of issue]
PERFORMANCE GUARANTEE No.: ____[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
We have been informed that ____________________ (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. ________________dated ____________ with the Beneficiary, for the execution of ____________________________ (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the conditions of the Contract, a performance guarantee is required.
At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of _________________(___)[19],such sum being payable in the types and proportions of currencies in which the Contract Price is payable, upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement, whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating that the Applicant is in breach of its obligation(s) under the Contract, without the Beneficiary needing to prove or to show grounds for your demand or the sum specified therein.
This guarantee shall be reduced by half upon our receipt of:
(a) a copy of the Operational Acceptance Certificate; or
(b) a registered letter from the Applicant (i) attaching a copy of its notice requesting issuance of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and (ii) stating that the Project Manager has failed to issue such Certificate within the time required or provide in writing justifiable reasons why such Certificate has not been issued, so that Operational Acceptance is deemed to have occurred.
This guarantee shall expire no later than the earlier of:[20]
(a) twelve months after our receipt of either (a) or (b) above; or
(b) eighteen months after our receipt of:
(i) a copy of the Completion Certificate; or
(ii) a registered letter from the Applicant, attaching a copy of the notice to the Project Manager that the Facilities are ready for commissioning, and stating that fourteen days have elapsed from receipt of such notice (or seven days have elapsed if the notice was a repeated notice) and the Project Manager has failed to issue a Completion Certificate or inform the Applicant in writing of any defects or deficiencies; or
(iii) a registered letter from the Applicant stating that no Completion Certificate has been issued but the Employer is making use of the Facilities; or
(c) the ____ day of _____, 2___.[21]
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
_____________________
[signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
Performance Security Form- Conditional Bank Guarantee
Date:
Loan/Credit No:
RFB No:
To: ___________________________________
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
We refer to the Contract Agreement (“the Contract”) signed on [date] between you and ____________________________ (“the Contractor”) concerning design, execution and completion of ____________________________.
By this letter we, the undersigned, [name of Bank], a Bank (or company) organized under the laws of _________________ and having its registered/principal office at _________________, do hereby jointly and severally with the Contractor irrevocably guarantee payment owed to you by the Contractor, pursuant to the Contract, up to the sum of ___________, equivalent to _______________ percent (%) of the Contract Price until the date of the Operational Acceptance Certificate and thereafter up to a sum of ____________, equivalent to__________ percent (%) of the Contract Price, until twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance, or eighteen (18) months after Completion of the Facilities, whichever comes first.
Where it is agreed between you and the Contractor that the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, and thus where there are separate Completion and Operational Acceptance Certificates for each part, this Letter of Guarantee shall be apportioned to the value of each such part and shall reduce or expire as provided above on or following Completion or Operational Acceptance of each part.
We shall only undertake to make payment under this Letter of Guarantee upon our receipt of a written demand signed by your duly authorized officer for a specified sum, where such demand sets out the reasons for your claim under this Letter of Guarantee and is accompanied by
(a) a copy of the written notice sent by you to the Contractor before making the claim under this Guarantee, specifying the Contractor’s breach of contract and requesting the Contractor to remedy it
(b) a letter signed by your duly authorized officer certifying that the Contractor has failed to remedy the default within the period allowed for remedial action
(c) a copy of your written notice to the Contractor stating your intent to claim under this Letter of Guarantee because of the Contractor’s failure to remedy the default in accordance with the request referred to in para. (a) above.
Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall be to pay to you whichever is the lesser of the sum so requested or the amount then guaranteed hereunder in respect of any demand duly made hereunder prior to expiry of this Letter of Guarantee, without being entitled to inquire whether or not this payment is lawfully demanded.
This Letter of Guarantee shall be valid from the date of issue until the earlier of twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the Facilities or, where the Facilities are to be accepted in parts, twelve (12) months after the date of Operational Acceptance or eighteen (18) months after the date of Completion of the last part or [date], whichever comes first.
Except for the documents herein specified, no other documents or other action shall be required, notwithstanding any applicable law or regulation.
If the Defect Liability Period is extended with respect to any part of the Facilities in accordance with the Contract, you shall notify us, and the validity of this Letter of Guarantee shall be extended with respect to the percentage of the Contract Price stipulated in the notification until expiry of such extended Defect Liability Period.
Our liability under this Letter of Guarantee shall become null and void immediately upon its expiry, whether it is returned or not, and no claim may be made hereunder after such expiry or after the aggregate of the sums paid by us to you shall equal the sums guaranteed hereunder, whichever is the earlier.
All notices to be given hereunder shall be given by registered (airmail) post to the addressee at the address herein set out or as otherwise advised by and between the parties hereto.
We hereby agree that any part of the Contract may be amended, renewed, extended, modified, compromised, released or discharged by mutual agreement between you and the Contractor, and this security may be exchanged or surrendered without in any way impairing or affecting our liabilities hereunder without notice to us and without the necessity for any additional endorsement, consent or guarantee by us, provided, however, that the sum guaranteed shall not be increased or decreased.
No action, event or condition which by any applicable law should operate to discharge us from liability hereunder shall have any effect and we hereby waive any right we may have to apply such law, so that in all respects our liability hereunder shall be irrevocable and, except as stated herein, unconditional in all respects.
Yours truly,
Authorized Signature
Advance Payment Security
Demand Guarantee
[Guarantor letterhead or SWIFT identifier code]
Beneficiary: ........................................................ Name and Address of Employer .....................................................
Date:[Insert date of issue].....................................................................................................................................................
Advance Payment Guarantee No.:[Insert guarantee reference number]
Guarantor: [Insert name and address of place of issue, unless indicated in the letterhead]
............................................................................................................................................................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Applicant”) has entered into Contract No. . . . . .. . . . . dated . . . . . . ..with the Beneficiary, for the execution of, . . . . . .. . . . . (hereinafter called “the Contract”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment in the sum . . . . .. . . . . . (. . . . .. . . . . ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.
At the request of the Applicant, we as Guarantor, hereby irrevocably undertake to pay the Beneficiary any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of .
(. . . . .. . . . . ) [22] upon receipt by us of the Beneficiary’s complying demand supported by the Beneficiary’s statement whether in the demand itself or in a separate signed document accompanying or identifying the demand, stating either that the applicant:
A demand under this guarantee may be presented as from the presentation to the Guarantor of a certificate from the Beneficiary’s bank stating that the advance payment referred to above has been credited to the Applicant on its account number ___________ at _________________..
The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance payment repaid by the Applicant as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of documentation indicating full repayment by the Applicant of the amount of the advance payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . . , . . . . .[23], whichever is earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at this office on or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees (URDG) 2010 Revision, ICC Publication No. 758, except that the supporting statement under Article 15(a) is hereby excluded.
____________________ [signature(s)]
Note: All italicized text (including footnotes) is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final product.
[1] Nonperformance, as decided by the Employer, shall include all contracts where (a) nonperformance was not challenged by the contractor, including through referral to the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract, and (b) contracts that were so challenged but fully settled against the contractor. Nonperformance shall not include contracts where Employers decision was overruled by the dispute resolution mechanism. Nonperformance must be based on all information on fully settled disputes or litigation, i.e., dispute or litigation that has been resolved in accordance with the dispute resolution mechanism under the respective contract and where all appeal instances available to the Bidder have been exhausted.
[2] This requirement also applies to contracts executed by the Bidder as JV member.
[3] The Bidder shall provide accurate information on the related Letter of Bid about any litigation or arbitration resulting from contracts completed or ongoing under its execution over the last five years. A consistent history of awards against the Bidder or any member of a joint venture may result in failure of the Bid.
[4] The Employer may use this information to seek further information or clarifications in carrying out its due diligence.
[5] For contracts under which the Bidder participated as a joint venture member or sub-contractor, only the Bidder’s share, by value, shall be considered to meet this requirement
[6] Substantial completion shall be based on 80% or more Plant and installation completed under the contract.
[7] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.
[8] In the case of JV, the value of contracts completed by its members shall not be aggregated to determine whether the requirement of the minimum value of a single contract has been met. Instead, each contract performed by each member shall satisfy the minimum value of a single contract as required for single entity. In determining whether the JV meets the requirement of total number of contracts, only the number of contracts completed by all members each of value equal or more than the minimum value required shall be aggregated.
[9] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
[10] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
[11] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
[13] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.
[14] Costs shall be in the currencies of the Contract.
2 Specify where necessary.
[15] For the avoidance of doubt, a sanctioned party’s ineligibility to be awarded a contract shall include, without limitation, (i) applying for pre-qualification, expressing interest in a consultancy, and bidding, either directly or as a nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider, in respect of such contract, and (ii) entering into an addendum or amendment introducing a material modification to any existing contract.
[16] A nominated sub-contractor, nominated consultant, nominated manufacturer or supplier, or nominated service provider (different names are used depending on the particular bidding document) is one which has been: (i) included by the bidder in its pre-qualification application or bid because it brings specific and critical experience and know-how that allow the bidder to meet the qualification requirements for the particular bid; or (ii) appointed by the Borrower.
[17] Inspections in this context usually are investigative (i.e., forensic) in nature. They involve fact-finding activities undertaken by the Bank or persons appointed by the Bank to address specific matters related to investigations/audits, such as evaluating the veracity of an allegation of possible Fraud and Corruption, through the appropriate mechanisms. Such activity includes but is not limited to: accessing and examining a firm's or individual's financial records and information, and making copies thereof as relevant; accessing and examining any other documents, data and information (whether in hard copy or electronic format) deemed relevant for the investigation/audit, and making copies thereof as relevant; interviewing staff and other relevant individuals; performing physical inspections and site visits; and obtaining third party verification of information.
[18] The Employer should insert either the Bank Guarantee or the Conditional Guarantee.
[19] The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the percentage of the Contract Price specified in the Contract and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the Contract or a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
[20] This text shall be revised as and where necessary to take into account (i) partial acceptance of the Facilities in accordance with Sub-Clause 25.4 of the GCC; and (ii) extension of the Performance Security when the Contractor is liable for an extended warranty obligation pursuant to Sub-Clause 27.10 of the GCC (although in this latter case the Employer might want to consider an extended warranty security in lieu of the extension of the Performance Security).
[21] Insert the date twenty-eight days after the expected expiration date of the Defect Liability Period. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
[22]The Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the advance payment and denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.
[23]Insert the expected expiration date of the Time for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six months][one year], in response to the Beneficiary’s written request for such extension, such request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee.”
"},{"id":"OP00463322","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-19T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"20:00","project_ctry_name":"Central Asia","project_id":"P181459","project_name":"One Health for Pandemic Prevention, Food Systems Resilience, and Ecosystem Health in Central Asia","bid_reference_no":"EH-2026-C-001","bid_description":"Project Financial Statements Audit for 2025,2026 and 2027","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"LCS","procurement_method_name":"Least Cost Selection","contact_address":"40, Orbita-1, A15D5B3, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan","contact_ctry_name":"Kazakhstan","contact_email":"SMustafin@carececo.org","contact_name":"sanzhar Mustafin","contact_organization":"The Regional Environmental Centre for Central Asia","contact_phone_no":"87272654342","contact_web_url":"www.carececo.org","submission_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Introduction
On June 22, 2025, the World Bank Board of Executive Directors approved an allocation of US$3.45 million from the International Development Association (IDA) to finance the first phase of the ONE HEALTH FOR PANDEMIC PREVENTION, FOOD SYSTEMS RESILIENCE, AND ECOSYSTEM HEALTH IN CENTRAL ASIA PROJECT. This approved financing to be implemented by the Regional Environmental Center for Central Asia (CAREC) for day-to-day regional coordination and implementation.
Project Description
The objective of the Project is to establish the capacity of the Regional One Health Coordination Structure in managing priority zoonotic diseases, antimicrobial resistance, and food safety issues in Central Asia through a regional One Health approach.
The Project constitutes a phase of the MPA Program, and consists of the following parts:
Part 1. Establishing One Health Governance.
Technical assistance and the provision of goods for:
establishing and maintaining the Regional One Health Coordination Structure;
developing Regional One Health Action Plan(s);
establishing the Central Asia One Health Portal;
developing and implementing a regional One Health communication and stakeholder engagement strategy;
organizing regular consultations and meetings with key stakeholders;
developing a regional laboratory network strategy; and
conducting regulatory assessments and reviews relevant to regional One Health issues to suggest areas for policy improvement.
Part 2. Enhancing One Health Knowledge and Workforce Capacity.
Technical assistance and the provision of goods for establishing an institutional mechanism for knowledge development and exchange, as well as technical capacity development at the regional level. Activities will include:
conducting regional risk assessments on priority regional threats from zoonoses, antimicrobial resistance and food risks;
conducting regional or cross-border outbreak response exercises;
establishing a regional training platform as part of the Central Asia One Health Portal; and
organizing targeted training and capacity building activities for key professions in the veterinary, human health and environment sectors in participating countries.
Part 3. Project Management, Monitoring and Evaluation, and Learning.
Technical assistance and the provision of goods for project management activities, including:
the creation of a monitoring and evaluation framework; and
communications and supporting systems to enhance learning and tracking of effectiveness of Recipient-managed One Health activities.
In accordance with the Financing and Operating Agreements and the WB requirements, the project is subject to independent external audit to be conducted after the end of each financial year (or another period agreed with the WB) throughout the project period. The main objective of the external audit is to check whether the donor funds are used as designated and express an independent opinion on the project financial reports for the reporting financial year.
Objective
The objective of the audit of the Project Financial Statements (PFS) is to enable the auditor to express a professional opinion on the financial position of the Project as of the end of each fiscal year and on the Project’s sources and uses of funds for the respective reporting period, in accordance with the applicable financial reporting framework.
The audit shall cover the period from June 24, 2025 to July 31, 2027, and shall continue annually until the Disbursement Deadline Date of November 30, 2027, as applicable.
The Project’s books of account shall be maintained in accordance with sound accounting practices and shall provide the basis for the preparation of the Project Financial Statements. The accounting records shall reflect all financial transactions related to the Project.
Audit Periods
Responsibility for preparation of financial statements
The project’s management is responsible for the preparation of financial statements, including the maintenance of adequate accounting records and internal controls, the selection and application of accounting policies, the safeguarding of the assets of the project, and adequate disclosure. As part of the audit process, the auditor will request from management written confirmation concerning representations made to us in connection with the audit.
Scope
The audit will be conducted in accordance with International Standards on Auditing. Those Standards require that the auditor plans and performs the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
In complying with International Standards on Auditing, the auditor is expected to pay particular attention to the following matters, including special considerations for public sector entities:
In evidencing compliance with agreed project financing arrangements, the auditor is expected to carry out tests to confirm that:
Project financial statements
The auditor should verify that the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Public Sector Accounting Standards (IPSAS)”Financial Reporting Under the Cash Basis of Accounting “cash-basis method. The financial statements should include:
) A statement of sources and uses of funds;
b) Accounting policies and explanatory notes[3] (including additional accounting policies and disclosures), which will include:
- Statement of Financial position;
- Statements of Expenditure used as the basis for submission of withdrawal applications in the notes;
- A statement on the Designated account in the notes; and
- When the entity makes publicly available its approved budget, a comparison of budget and actual amounts either as a separate additional financial statement or as a budget column in the financial statements
Review of Statements of Expenditure The auditor is required to audit all SOE submitted to the World Bank in support of requests for periodic replenishment of the project designated account(s). Expenditures should be examined for eligibility based on criteria defined in the terms of the financing agreement and detailed in the Project Appraisal Document. The auditor should report any ineligible expenditures identified as having been included in withdrawal applications and reimbursed. The auditor should pay particular attention to whether:
Review of designated accounts
During the audit of the project financial statements, the auditor is required to review the activities of the project’s designated account(s). Activities to be examined will include deposits received, payments made, interest earned, and reconciliation of period-end balances.
Audit Reports
Audit opinion
The auditor will issue an audit opinion on project financial statements. The auditor’s opinion shall be based on an evaluation of the conclusions drawn from the audit evidence obtained and shall be expressed clearly through a written report that also describes the basis for that opinion. The audit report shall be prepared in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 700: Forming an Opinion and Reporting on Financial Statements.
A modified audit opinion shall be rendered in the financial statements when the auditor concludes, on the basis of the audit evidence obtained, that the financial statements as a whole are not free from material misstatement; or the auditor is unable to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence to conclude that the financial statements as a whole are free from material misstatement. Modified audit opinions shall be in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 705: Modifications to the Opinion in the Independent Auditor’s Report.
The auditor will include emphasis of matter paragraphs or other matter paragraphs in the audit opinion where the auditor, having formed an opinion on the financial statements, seeks to draw users’ attention, when in the auditor’s judgment it is necessary to do so, by way of clear additional communication in the auditor’s report. The paragraphs will refer to either a matter that, although appropriately presented or disclosed in the financial statements, is of such importance that it is fundamental to users’ understanding of the financial statements; or as appropriate, any other matter that is relevant to users’ understanding of the audit, the auditor’s responsibilities, or the auditor’s report. This form of opinion will be presented in accordance with International Standard on Auditing 706: Emphasis of Matter Paragraphs or Other Matter Paragraphs in the Independent Auditor’s Report.
Other audit reports
In addition to the audit opinion(s), the auditor will also, either in the audit report or in the report to management:
If, during the audit nothing has come to the attention that the auditor considers pertinent to be brought to the attention of the borrower, and a management letter is therefore not prepared, the auditor will issue a letter stating this.
The auditor’s opinion on the financial statements and management letter should be received by the Bank no later than of 30 June 2026.
Public Disclosure
In accordance with "The World Bank (the Bank) Policy on Access to Information", the Bank requires that the recipient makes project audited financial statements publicly available in a timely fashion and manner acceptable to the Bank. In addition, following the Bank’s formal receipt of these financial statements from the borrower, the Bank makes them available to the public in accordance with this policy.
Management Letters and unaudited financial statements (e.g. Interim Financial Reports) are not considered to be a part of the definition of the audited financial statements for the purposes of disclosure.
Only in exceptional cases the Bank may agree — i.e., when the audited financial statements contain proprietary or commercially sensitive information — that the borrower or designated project entity may be exempted from disclosing the full set of audited financial statements, but is still required to disclose an abridged version of them in a form acceptable to the Bank. Exceptions are approved by World Bank management.
General
The auditor is entitled to unlimited access to all information and explanations considered necessary to facilitate the audit, including legal documents, project preparation and supervision reports, reports of reviews and investigations, correspondences, and credit account information. The auditor may also seek written confirmation of amounts disbursed and outstanding in the Bank records.
The auditor is encouraged to meet and discuss audit-related matters, including input to the audit plan, with the World Bank project task team.
It is highly desirable that the auditor reviews the Bank's financial reporting and auditing requirements contained in Operational Policies OP 10.00 Investment Project Financing;. The auditor should also be familiar with the 2017 Bank’s Disbursement Guidelines for Investment Project Financing and the Loan Handbook for World Bank Borrowers (the Loan Handbook) and Financial Monitoring Reports for World Bank-Financed Projects: Guidelines for Borrowers, November 30, 2001; and World Bank Procurement Guidelines.
This term of engagement will remain effective for future fiscal years unless it is terminated, amended or superseded.
[1] Depending on the complexity of procurement activities, the auditor may consider involving technical experts during the audit engagement. When such experts are involved, the auditor is expected to comply with provisions of International Standard on Auditing 620: Using the Work of an Expert. Consideration of using of the work of experts should be brought to the early attention of the borrower and the World Bank for mutual agreement and appropriate guidance.
[2] See Guidelines: Procurement Under IBRD Loans and IDA Credits, Revised July 2014 and Guidelines: Selection and Employment of Consultants by World Bank Borrowers, Revised July 2014.
[3] The explanations should include a reconciliation between the amounts shown by the project received from the World Bank and those paid by the World Bank, as well as the Funds Flow Statement of the Designated Account.
Expected date and address for contract negotiations:
Date: May 05, 2026
Address: #04 office, 40, Orbita-1, A15D5B3, Almaty, Republic of Kazakhstan
smustafin@carececo.org
"},{"id":"OP00462443","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"18-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-31T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Pacific 1","project_id":"P506422","project_name":"FSM and RMI: Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT)","bid_reference_no":"FM-DOFA-567189-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Procurement Specialist 1","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"FSM National Government PO Box PS 158 Palikir Pohnpei 96941","contact_ctry_name":"Micronesia, Federated States of","contact_email":"senny.phillip@gov.fm","contact_name":"Senny Phillip","contact_organization":"Department of Finance and Administration","contact_phone_no":"3202639","contact_web_url":"https://dofa.gov.fm/opportunity/","submission_date":"2026-08-18T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
|
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES)
Country: FEDERATED STATES OF MICRONESIA
NAME OF PROJECT: FSM and RMI: Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT) (P506422)
GRANT NO.: IDA-E4570
ASSIGNMENT TITLE: Procurement Specialist
REFERENCE NO.: FM-DOFA-567189-CS-INDV
The Government of The Federated States of Micronesia (FSM) has received financing from the World Bank towards the cost of the Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT), and intends to apply parts of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the services”) include the Procurement Specialist Assignment. The consultancy duration is for eighteen (18) months starting from the contract commencement date. The objective of the assignment requires the Procurement Specialist to proactively work with all relevant Implementing Agencies (IAs), Project Implementing Agencies (PIUs), and all relevant Implementing Agencies (IAs), provide sound advice, facilitate procurement arrangements that successfully deliver procurements in a timely manner to achieve the Project Development Objectives. This will be undertaken in compliance with the appliable World Bank Procurement Regulations, the provisions of the project Financing Agreements, and the FSM National Government laws and Financial Management Regulations 2021.
The role includes capacity building of relevant staff within the CIU and PIUs. The PS will also be required to become familiar with portfolio related documents, including and not limited to the Procurement Plan, Financing Agreement, Project Appraisal Document, Project Procurement Strategy for Development (PPSD), and Project Operations Manuals.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for this assignment can be found at the following website: https://dofa.gov.fm, on this REOI, and can be obtained at the address given below.
The Department of Finance and Administration now invite eligible individuals (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (attach a curriculum vitae and cover letter with description of experience in similar assignments, similar conditions. etc.).
The criteria for selecting the Consultant are:
Mandatory:
Desirable Requirements:
Desirable
The attention of interested Consultants (including firms) is drawn to paragraph 3.14, 3.16 and 3.17 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers Seventh Edition, September 2025 (“the Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office house 0800 to 1700s.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail or by e-mail) by 5pm Pohnpei Time, August 31, 2026.
Secretary, FSM Department of Finance and Administration
Attn: Program Manager
P.O. BOX PS-158
Palikir, Pohnpei, FM 96941
Tel: (691)- 320-2639
E-mail: kwame.shiroya@dofa.gov.fm
And CC: ciu.dofa@gov.fm
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Procurement Specialist
Project | Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT) |
Hiring Agency | Department of Finance and Administration (DOFA) |
Location | Palikir, Pohnpei |
Duration | 18 months |
Expected Start Date | October 1, 2026 |
BACKGROUND
The Government of the Federated States Micronesia (FSM) is receiving World Bank support to finance activities under the Implementation Capacity for Transformative Results (IMPACT) project. The objective of the project is to strengthen institutional capacity and enhance technical skills in project management of development financed projects.
A core feature of the implementation of existing World Bank projects in FSM is the role of the Central Implementation Unit (CIU). Based in DOFA, the CIU provides support in the following areas: procurement, financial management, environmental and social risk, and monitoring and evaluation (M&E). The CIU works with Project Implementing Units (PIUs) in each of the Implementing Agencies (IAs) involved in execution of World Bank projects.
The World Bank portfolio in the FSM has nine (9) active projects. The Procurement Specialist (PS) will support the nine (9) active projects below and any other additional projects that may be added during the duration of this contract.
ASSIGNMENT OBJECTIVE
As a member of the CIU, the PS is required to proactively work with all relevant IAs, and associated PIUs, providing sound advice, facilitating procurement arrangements that successfully deliver procurements in a timely manner to achieve the Project Development Objectives.
The PS is also expected to build the capacity of relevant staff within the CIU and PIUs on World Bank procurement guidelines/regulations, sourcing and contracting for more effective delivery of procurement activities.
SCOPE OF WORK
The PS, working together with procurement staff in the CIU (currently a national Procurement Officer), will be responsible for providing on demand procurement support and technical assistance to PIUs in their respective procurement implementation. This includes support to the IMPACT PIU in DOFA. This will be undertaken in compliance with the applicable World Bank Procurement Regulations, the provisions of the project Financing Agreements, and the FSM National Government laws and Financial Management Regulations 2021.
The PS will be required to become familiar with the portfolio related procurement documents, including and not limited to the Procurement Plan, Financing Agreement, Project Appraisal Document, Project Procurement Strategy for Development (PPSD) and Project Operations Manuals.
The PS will also assist the IAs in procurement-related training and provide day-to-day support to all IAs and PIUs in handling procurement tasks and issues. The position and contract require the individual to be fluent in spoken English and proficient in written English.
Under the overall coordination and supervision of the CIU Program Manager, the PS will be expected to carry out the following activities but not limited to:
Specific duties:
Qualification, Skills and Experience Requirements
Mandatory
Desirable
Evaluation Criteria
CVs of all applicants will be evaluated as follows:
Scoring Criteria
Criteria | Score |
Master’s degree or equivalent in Procurement, alternatively in Engineering, Law, Business Administration or Finance. | 15 |
Professional qualification/certification in Procurement. | 5 |
Minimum ten (10) years of experience in carrying out procurement duties in public sector organization or Donor financed projects. Including experience in reviewing procurement bidding documents and evaluation reports. | 30 |
Minimum of five (5) years of experience the use of procurement systems and practices in at least two (2) different countries, with at least one being a developing country. | 10 |
Knowledge and experience of World Bank/MDBs procurement guidelines and/or regulations. | 10 |
Experience in large civil works procurement, infrastructure projects including drafting of bidding documentation, preparation and administering of FIDIC contracts. | 10 |
Experience with World Bank Systematic Tracking of Exchanges in Procurement (STEP). | 10 |
Experience working in the pacific island countries and and/or similar remotely located Small Island Developing States (SIDS). | 10 |
INSTITUTIONAL AND ORGANIZATION ARRANGEMENTS
The PS will be hired by the DOFA and will be posted to CIU, where office space, supplies equipment and facilities will be provided. The PS is required to follow DOFA’s working hours, but depending on the business needs the PS may be requested to work extended hours.
The duration will be for 18 months with the opportunity to extend based on performance and the availability of financing. The position is a full-time position to be located in Palikir, Pohnpei, Federated States of Micronesia and may require local travel to the other three states.
The PS will report to the Program Manager CIU, DOFA. The PS will be required to regularly attend PIU Offices in order to meet with Project Teams and the World Bank. The remuneration for the selected individual consultant will be based on the Renumeration Framework approved by DOFA for consultants working with Donor Funded Projects in FSM.
All CIU full-time personnel are not allowed to accept additional paid employment or otherwise provide services for any another organization. The Consultant must declare and provide a conflict-of-interest statement. The Consultant agrees to work on a full-time basis and not to undertake any other employment, consulting, or business activities that may conflict with its obligations to the Client or that may adversely affect their ability to perform the services.
KEY PERFORMANCE INDICATORS
Performance Indicator | Audience | Frequency | Data Source |
Annual Procurement Plans: Ensure each project has a current (updated) and approved procurement plan in place before the start of each financial year | Project Managers and Project Implement Unit staff | Once a year (by August 15). | WB no objections to PP in STEP |
Procurement Management: Submit monthly procurement status reports, including delays with individual consultancy procurements, to the Assistant Secretary and Program Manager. | Assistant Secretary / Program Manager | Monthly | Submitted report |
Contracts management: Ensure the contracts’ register is up to date with the status of all contracts.
| Assistant Secretary / Program Manager | Monthly | Submitted report |
Capacity building: Onboard all new project managers and other PIU personnel with a general overview of the procurement regulations for World Bank funded projects. | New Project Managers and Project Implement Unit staff | As new hires join | Signed attendance sheet and onboarding presentation submitted to Assistant Secretary |
"},{"id":"OP00461047","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"06-Aug-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"18:00","project_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","project_id":"P515715","project_name":"Advancing Preparation of Uzbekistan Health Sector Reform Program","bid_reference_no":"UZ-MEF-HEALTH-IC-02-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Procurement System Capacity Building","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"1., Niyozbek yo'li street, 100017, Tashkent, Uzbekistan","contact_ctry_name":"Uzbekistan","contact_email":"healthgfpp2@gmail.com","contact_name":"Farhod Allamuradov","contact_organization":"Ministry of Economy and Finance of the Republic of Uzbekistan","contact_phone_no":"+99897 447-86-11","contact_web_url":"info@imv.uz","submission_date":"2026-08-06T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Request for Expression of Interest
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Individual Consultant – Procurement Specialist
GFPP Preparation Grant No. E6710
Project Name: Preparation Grant for the Health Sector Reform Program
Bid Reference: UZ-MEF-HEALTH-IC-02-CS-INDV
1. Background
The Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF) of the Republic of Uzbekistan is implementing the Grant Facility for Program Preparation (GFPP) IDA Grant No. E6710 financed by the World Bank to support preparation of the proposed Health Sector Reform Program.
The Grant is intended to finance analytical studies, technical assistance, institutional strengthening, and capacity-building activities required to prepare the follow-on World Bank-financed operation. The activities are expected to support the Government in strengthening primary health care services, improving sector governance and institutional arrangements, and enhancing implementation readiness for the future Program.
The Project Implementation Unit (PIU) established under the Ministry of Economy and Finance is responsible for overall implementation of the Grant, including procurement, financial management, contract administration, monitoring and evaluation, reporting, environmental and social risk management, and coordination with the World Bank and relevant government institutions.
Procurement activities under the Grant will primarily consist of the selection and management of consulting firms and individual consultants for technical studies, advisory services, institutional assessments, capacity-building activities, training programs, study visits, and other preparatory activities. A limited number of non-consulting services and operating expenditures will also be procured to support implementation of the Grant.
Considering the complexity of procurement activities, the number of consulting assignments, and the need to ensure full compliance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations, the PIU intends to engage an experienced Individual Procurement Specialist to support implementation of the Grant.
2. Description of GFPP Grant Activities
The Grant finances technical assistance and project preparation activities required for the design and preparation of the proposed Health Sector Reform Program.
The indicative activities include, but are not limited to, the following:
Component 1 – Technical Studies and Health Sector Reform Preparation
Component 2 – Institutional Strengthening and Project Readiness
Component 3 – Capacity Building and Knowledge Exchange
Implementation of these activities will require procurement of consulting firms, individual consultants, training services, non-consulting services, and other activities in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025) and the approved Procurement Plan.
3. Implementation Arrangements
The Grant will be implemented by the Ministry of Economy and Finance (MEF) through the existing Project Implementation Unit (PIU), which serves as the fiduciary implementing entity responsible for procurement, financial management, contract administration, monitoring and evaluation, reporting, and coordination with the World Bank.
The PIU shall be responsible for:
The Ministry of Health (MOH) will provide technical leadership for a number of activities financed under the Grant. Close coordination between the PIU and the MOH will therefore be essential to ensure timely preparation of technical documentation, procurement decisions, evaluation processes, and implementation of consulting assignments. This coordination arrangement reflects the procurement risks and mitigation measures identified during preparation of the Project Procurement Strategy for Development (PPSD).
All procurement financed under the Grant shall be carried out in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025), the Grant Agreement, the applicable Procurement Plan, and the Disbursement and Financial Information Letter (DFIL).
4. Objective of the Assignment
The objective of the assignment is to provide professional procurement support to the Project Implementation Unit under the Ministry of Economy and Finance to ensure that all procurement activities financed under the GFPP Grant are planned, implemented, and administered in a timely, efficient, transparent, and fully compliant manner in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations, the Grant Agreement, the Procurement Plan, the DFIL, and applicable national legislation where appropriate.
The Procurement Specialist shall contribute to timely implementation of procurement activities, effective contract management, mitigation of procurement risks, and achievement of the Grant objectives.
In addition to supporting implementation of the GFPP Grant, the Procurement Specialist may, upon request of the PIU Manager, provide procurement support to other projects implemented by the same PIU, provided that such support does not adversely affect implementation of the Grant.
5. Scope of Services
The Procurement Specialist shall be responsible for planning, coordinating, implementing, and monitoring procurement activities under the Grant throughout the procurement cycle in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025), the approved Procurement Plan, the Grant Agreement, and other applicable World Bank requirements.
The Consultant shall perform, but not necessarily be limited to, the following tasks:
A. Procurement Planning
The Consultant shall:
B. Procurement Risk Management
The Consultant shall:
C. Preparation and Administration of Procurement Processes
The Consultant shall:
D. Evaluation and Contract Award
The Consultant shall:
E. Contract Administration
The Consultant shall:
F. Compliance and Fiduciary Support
The Consultant shall ensure that procurement activities are carried out in full compliance with:
The Consultant shall also:
G. STEP Administration
The Consultant shall:
H. Coordination and Reporting
The Consultant shall:
I. Other Responsibilities
The Consultant shall:
6. Deliverables
The Procurement Specialist shall provide, at a minimum, the following deliverables throughout the implementation of the Grant:
All deliverables shall be prepared in a form and substance satisfactory to the PIU Manager and, where applicable, acceptable to the World Bank.
7. Qualifications
Education
The Consultant shall possess:
Professional Experience
The Consultant shall have:
Competencies
The Consultant shall demonstrate:
Languages
8. Duration of the Assignment
The assignment is expected to commence upon contract signature and shall continue throughout the implementation period of the Grant Facility for Program Preparation (GFPP) GFPP IDA Grant No. E6710, currently expected through 30 June 2027.
The Consultant shall be engaged as an Individual Consultant in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (September 2025).
9. Reporting and Supervision
The Procurement Specialist shall report directly to the PIU Manager of the Project Implementation Unit under the Ministry of Economy and Finance.
The Consultant shall work in close coordination with:
The Procurement Specialist shall perform the assignment under the overall supervision of the PIU Manager and in accordance with the provisions of the Grant Agreement, the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, the approved Procurement Plan, and other applicable World Bank policies and procedures.
The Consultant shall maintain regular communication with the PIU Manager regarding implementation progress, procurement risks, procurement planning, and contract administration issues, and shall promptly bring to the attention of the PIU Manager any matter that may affect timely implementation of the Grant or compliance with the applicable procurement requirements.
10. Confidentiality and Conflict of Interest
The Consultant shall perform the assignment with the highest standards of professional and ethical competence and integrity.
The Consultant shall maintain the confidentiality of all information obtained during the assignment and shall not disclose such information to any third party without prior written authorization from the PIU Manager, except where disclosure is required by applicable laws or the World Bank.
The Consultant shall avoid any actual, potential, or perceived conflict of interest throughout the duration of the assignment and shall immediately disclose to the PIU Manager any circumstances that may give rise to such conflict.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form in English or Russian languages to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by August 17, 2026, at 18:00 hours Tashkent time.
Uzbekistan, 100017, Tashkent, Niyozbek yo'li, 1
Tel:(+99897) 447-86-11
E-mail: healthgfpp2@gmail.com
Web site: https://www.imv.uz/
Abdurashid Abdurakhmanov
"},{"id":"OP00459857","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"30-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-17T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"11:45","project_ctry_name":"Caribbean","project_id":"P182034","project_name":"Caribbean Regional Connectivity and Logistics MPA","bid_reference_no":"DM-CSU-564635-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Programme for the Commonwealth of Dominica","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"5th Floor\nFinancial Centre\nKennedy Avenue\nRoseau, Dominica","contact_ctry_name":"Dominica","contact_email":"crlcprocurement@gmail.com","contact_name":"Tamika Lafond","contact_organization":"Central Services Unit","contact_phone_no":"767-266-3158","contact_web_url":"https://www.finance.gov.dm/en/","submission_date":"2026-07-30T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"COMMONWEALTH OF DOMINICA
MINISTRY OF TOURISM
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – INDIVIDUAL CONSULTANT SELECTION)
Country: Commonwealth of Dominica
Project: Preparation Grant for Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach (MPA)
Grant No.: E5950-001
Assignment Title: Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica
Reference No.: DM-CSU-564635-CS-INDV
The Government of the Commonwealth of Dominica has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Preparation Grant for Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach and intends to apply part of the proceeds toward payments under the contract for “Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica”.
The Ministry of Tourism now invites eligible Individual Consultants ("Consultants") to indicate their interest in providing the services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
Scope of the Assignment
The Individual Consultant will be responsible for, but not limited to, the following:
A detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.
Minimum Qualifications and Experience
The selected consultant should possess the following:
Selection Method
The selection will be conducted in accordance with the Open International Market Approach for Individual Consultants as set out in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers: Procurement in Investment Project Financing, Goods, Works, Non-Consulting Services and Consulting Services (February 2025), and is open to all eligible consultants as defined in the Procurement Regulations.
Interested consultants should note the provisions on Conflict of Interest as set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations.
Submission of Expressions of Interest
Interested Individual Consultants should submit an Expression of Interest comprising:
Expressions of Interest must be submitted by Monday, August 17, 2026, at 11:59 p.m. (local time) by email or in hard copy to the address below.
Attention:
Ms. Carolla Belle
Deputy General Manager
Dominica Air & Sea Ports Authority
Woodbridge Bay, Fond Cole, P.O. Box 243,
Roseau, Commonwealth of Dominica
Telephone: 767-255-9110 | 767-266-3158
Email: deputygm@daspa.dm with a copy to crlcprocurement@gmail.com
Website: https://www.domports.daspa.dm
Late submissions may not be considered. Only shortlisted consultants will be contacted.
GOVERNMENT OF THE COMMONWEALTH OF DOMINICA
MINISTRY OF TOURISM
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Project ID: | P182034 |
Project Name: | Caribbean Connectivity and Logistics Regional Program – Multiphase Programmatic Approach (MPA) |
Procurement Category: | Consultancy Services |
Selection Type: | Individual Consultant (IC) |
Assignment Title: | Analytical Study to Support the Preparation of the Connectivity and Logistics Program for the Commonwealth of Dominica. |
Duration of Assignment: | Six (6) Months |
Estimated Start Date: | September 01, 2026 |
1. Background and Context
The Commonwealth of Dominica is a small island developing state (SIDS) in the Eastern Caribbean, with a population of approximately 72,000 and an economy heavily dependent on tourism, agriculture, and remittances. Like many OECS member states, Dominica faces structural connectivity challenges that constrain trade competitiveness, private sector growth, and economic resilience. Its main trade gateway — the Port of Roseau — suffers from infrastructure limitations, including a cargo pier design that restricts operational efficiency due to warehouses occupying a significant portion of the terminal, and the absence of ship-to-shore equipment. The Port of Portsmouth serves as a dedicated cargo terminal but is also constrained in capacity. Road connectivity, particularly to rural and agricultural areas, remains inadequate and highly vulnerable to natural disasters.
Dominica is also highly exposed to climate-related shocks. Hurricane Maria (2017) caused damages estimated at over 220 percent of GDP, severely disrupting transport infrastructure, supply chains, and livelihoods. This experience has underscored the urgent need to build not only more efficient but fundamentally more resilient connectivity infrastructure and logistics systems.
The Caribbean Reconnect Multi-Phase Programmatic Approach (MPA) is a joint World Bank Group initiative — involving the World Bank, IFC, and MIGA — designed to strengthen connectivity, logistics, and infrastructure across the Caribbean. The program is structured around the following three components:
Phase 1 of the program is expected by FY2028, with the Eastern Caribbean Corridor as the first movers.
This Terms of Reference (ToR) concerns the preparation of the Dominica country program under the Caribbean Reconnect MPA. The Consultant's primary task is to produce the analytical and strategic foundation needed to design a coherent Dominica program across all three MPA components, calibrated to Dominica's market status and grounded in the government's own priorities.
A critical and distinctive feature of this assignment is that the Government of Dominica, through DASPA, has already developed a substantive project concept — the DASPA Digitalization Project Conceptualization Proposal — covering a structured six-component digital transformation roadmap for DASPA's port operations. The Government-owned concept represents a significant investment of institutional knowledge and strategic thinking, and must be treated as the primary analytical foundation for the digitalization and infrastructure dimensions of the program. The technical review and validation of this concept will be carried out in parallel by World Bank STCs with specialized port technology expertise. The Consultant under this ToR will ensure that the findings of that review are fully integrated into the Dominica program design.
2. Objectives of the Assignment
The consultancy has two (2) overarching objectives:
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Component 1: Focused Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic
To complement the government's digitalization concept with the broader analytical framing required by the Caribbean Reconnect Program, the Consultant will conduct a targeted — not exhaustive — diagnostic of Dominica's connectivity and logistics landscape. Given the budget and duration of this assignment, the diagnostic should be focused and evidence-based, drawing heavily on existing data and studies rather than generating new primary research from scratch. The diagnostic will cover the following dimensions:
Beyond the above dimensions, the diagnostic must also address two cross-cutting themes that are central to the Reconnect MPA:
The diagnostic should yield a concise, structured synthesis of findings organized around the three MPA components — Reforms, Enabling Infrastructure, and Mobilization — clearly identifying what the Dominica program should address under each component.
3.2 Component 2: Dominica MPA Country Program Document
Drawing on the Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic (Component 1) and the World Bank STC technical review of the DASPA Digitalization Concept, the Consultant will produce a Dominica MPA Country Program Document. This is the primary output of the assignment. It must be structured explicitly around the three components of the Caribbean Reconnect MPA, and must be sufficiently detailed to serve as the basis for a World Bank lending operation targeting FY2028.
The document will cover:
Cross-cutting Elements: In addition to the three component-specific sections, the document will:
Validation Workshop: Before finalizing the Country Program Document, the Consultant will organize and facilitate a validation workshop with relevant government decision-makers and key stakeholders. The workshop will present the proposed program scope, investment priorities, reform agenda, and implementation roadmap across all three MPA components, and will seek formal endorsement of the program direction from senior government counterparts. The workshop should be held in Dominica and timed to take place after the submission of the Draft Country Program Document (D3) and before the final version (D4), so that validation feedback can be incorporated into the final document. A brief workshop report summarizing discussions, decisions, and any agreed amendments to the program scope should be submitted alongside D4. The World Bank Task Team will co-facilitate the workshop alongside the Consultant.
4. Key Deliverables and Timeline
The total duration of the consultancy is six (6) months from the date of contract signing. The following deliverables are expected:
# | Deliverable | Due | Payment Milestone |
D1 | Inception Report Acceptance: Refined methodology, stakeholder engagement plan, work plan, and inventory of existing documents and data (including DASPA Digitalization Proposal, As-Is Analysis outputs, and World Bank STC review schedule) | Week 3 | 10% |
D2 | Connectivity and Logistics Diagnostic Note Acceptance: Focused diagnostic covering Component 1 findings, organized around the three MPA components (Reforms, Enabling Infrastructure, Mobilization), including PSP readiness assessment and green logistics baseline. | Month 3 | 30% |
D3 | Draft Dominica MPA Country Program Document Acceptance: Full three-component program design integrating the DASPA digitalization agenda (with STC review findings), connectivity and logistics investments, reform agenda, PSP and WBG joint engagement strategy, results framework, financing strategy, and project preparation roadmap | Month 5 | 40% |
D4 | Final Dominica MPA Country Program Document Acceptance: Incorporating all consolidated feedback from the World Bank and Government of Dominica. | Month 6 | 20% |
5. Methodology and Approach
Given the budget and duration of this assignment, the Consultant is expected to adopt a focused, evidence-based methodology that maximizes the use of existing analytical work — particularly the DASPA Digitalization Conceptualization Proposal and the As-Is Business Process Analysis — rather than duplicating prior efforts. Key methodological requirements include:
6. Required Qualifications and Experience
The assignment will be undertaken by an Individual Consultant with demonstrated expertise in transport economics, logistics, and connectivity planning. The Consultant should possess the following qualifications and experience:
Senior Transport and Logistics Economist / Connectivity Specialist
Minimum Qualifications and Experience
7.0 Level of Effort
The estimated level of effort of the assignment is approximately 90–100 working days over a six-month period.
The Consultant may propose to engage a local Dominica-based facilitator for in-country stakeholder consultations, within the overall budget envelope.
8.0 Reporting and Governance
The Consultant will report to the Permanent Secretary of the Ministry of Tourism, who will serve as the primary government counterpart. The Consultant will work in close collaboration with the Dominica Air and Sea Ports Authority (DASPA). The World Bank Task Team will provide technical oversight and review all deliverables.
9.0 Budget, Timing, Duration, and Logistics
The estimated budget available for this assignment is up to USD 110,000, inclusive of all professional fees, travel, accommodation, subsistence, withholding tax in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Dominica, and any other costs required to complete the assignment. The contract will be negotiated with the selected Individual Consultant and will be implemented on a lump sum basis, with payments made against the satisfactory completion and acceptance of the agreed deliverables.
The consultancy is expected to commence in September 2026 and will be completed over a period of six (6) months. The estimated level of effort required from the Individual Consultant is approximately 90–100 working days. This estimate is provided for planning purposes only and does not constitute a basis for payment, which will be made against accepted deliverables.
The Consultant will be responsible for arranging and financing all travel, accommodation, and logistics required for in-country missions within the agreed lump sum amount. The Government of Dominica, through DASPA, the Ministry responsible for Ports, the Ministry responsible for Infrastructure, and the Ministry of Finance, will facilitate access to relevant government counterparts, available data and studies (including the DASPA Digitalization Conceptualization Proposal), and relevant stakeholder networks required for successful completion of the assignment.
9.0 Confidentiality and Ownership of Information
All data, analysis, and reports produced under this assignment are the property of the Government of Dominica. The Consultant shall treat all information obtained during the assignment as strictly confidential and shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. The Consultant shall declare any conflict of interest prior to commencement and throughout the assignment.
10. Confidentiality and Ownership of Information
All data, analysis, and reports produced under this assignment are the property of the Government of Dominica. The Consultant shall treat all information obtained during the assignment as strictly confidential and shall not disclose it to any third party without the prior written consent of the Government. The Consultant shall declare any conflict of interest prior to commencement and throughout the assignment.
"},{"id":"OP00459488","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"29-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-13T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Eastern and Southern Africa","project_id":"P180117","project_name":"Building Institutions And Systems to Harness And Realize Agenda 2063 Project","bid_reference_no":"ET-AUC-555560-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consulting Services to conduct a Continental Study on the State of Performance of Public Service delivery in Africa","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Africa Union HeadquartersP.O.BOX 3243Tel: 251-11-5-517700webmaster: webmaster@africa-union.orgAddis","contact_ctry_name":"Ethiopia","contact_email":"Chenga-Bwalyak@AfricanUnion.org","contact_name":"Kaputo Chenga -Bwalya","contact_organization":"Africa Union Commission","contact_phone_no":"+251982168552","submission_date":"2026-07-29T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES – FIRM SELECTION)
Country: Ethiopia
Name of Project: The Building Institutions and Systems to Harness and Realize Agenda (BIASHARA) 2063 Project
Grant No: P180117
Assignment Title: Consulting Services to Conduct a Continental Study on the State of Performance of Public Service Delivery in Africa
Reference No. ET-AUC-555560-CS-QCBS
The African Union Commission has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of The Building Institutions and Systems to Harness and Realize Agenda (BIASHARA) 2063 Project and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include undertaking a continental diagnostic study on the state of public service delivery in Africa to generate evidence-based knowledge that supports public administration reforms and strengthens governance systems across AU Member States.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.
The African Union Commission now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are:
Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” July 2016, revised November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Consultants’ Quality and Cost-based Selection method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 0900 to 1700 hours.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by 13 August 2026.
African Union Commission,
Head of Supply Chain Management Division
Building C, 3rd Floor,
P.O Box 3243, Roosevelt Street
Addis Ababa, Ethiopia
Tel: +251 (0) 11 551 7700 – Ext 4305
Fax: +251 (0) 11 551 0442; +251 11-551-0430
E-mail: Tender@africanunion.org
TERMS OF REFERENCE
CONSULTING SERVICES TO CONDUCT A CONTINENTAL STUDY ON THE STATE OF PERFORMANCE OF PUBLIC SERVICE DELIVERY IN AFRICA
REF: ET-AUC-555560-CS-QCBS
Strong public administration systems are fundamental to state capacity, democratic governance, and the effective delivery of development outcomes. Public service institutions constitute the operational backbone of government and play a central role in translating public policies into tangible services that affect the daily lives of citizens. Across the African continent, the ability of governments to deliver inclusive development, maintain public trust, and respond to emerging crises depends significantly on the professionalism, efficiency, accountability, and performance of public service institutions.
The African Union’s long-term development blueprint, Agenda 2063: The Africa We Want, recognizes the central role of capable public institutions in advancing sustainable development. Aspiration 3 of Agenda 2063 calls for an Africa characterized by good governance, democracy, respect for human rights, justice and the rule of law. This also aligns with Moonshot 3 of the Decade of acceleration of Agenda 2063 which states ‘public institutions should be strengthened’. Achieving this aspiration requires professional public administrations capable of implementing policies effectively, managing public resources responsibly, and delivering quality services to citizens.
To strengthen public administration systems across the continent, African Union Member States adopted the African Charter on the Values and Principles of Public Service and Administration (2011). The Charter provides a continental normative framework aimed at ensuring an efficient public sector in Africa.
The Charter further commits Member States to modernizing public administration systems, strengthening institutional capacity, and enhancing service delivery to citizens.
Despite these commitments, numerous governance assessments conducted on the continent have highlighted persistent challenges affecting the effectiveness of public service institutions in Africa. These include limited institutional capacity, fragmented administrative systems, weak performance management frameworks, insufficient monitoring mechanisms, and varying levels of transparency and accountability.
Several major continental and international studies have sought to measure governance performance across Africa. These include:
While these initiatives provide valuable insights into governance trends, they do not offer a dedicated, systematic continental assessment focused specifically on public service performance in Africa and on the implementation of the African Charter on the Values and Principles of Public Service and Administration since its entry into force.
This gap was formally recognized during the Second Conference of State Parties (COSPII) to the African Charter on the Values and Principles of Public Service and Administration held in April 2021, where Member States highlighted the absence of reliable data on public service performance across the continent. The Conference therefore requested the African Union Commission to undertake a continental study on the State of Public Service Delivery in Africa.
The COSP sits under the auspices of the Specialized Technical Committee (STC) No. 8 on Public Service, Local Government, Urban Development and Decentralization whose aim is to strengthen governance systems and enhance the effectiveness of public administration across African Union Member States. The STC 8 receives financial support from the World Bank through the Building Institutions and Systems to Harness and Realize Agenda 2063 (BIASHARA) project which aims to promote regional integration and trade broadly. Improving governance mechanisms on the continent to enable regional trade and continental integration is also one of the key objectives of the BIASHARA Project.
This study is therefore intended to provide a comprehensive evidence-based assessment of public administration/services delivery and performance across AU Member States, including comparative analysis, benchmarking of governance practices, and identification of policy reforms necessary to strengthen public sector institutions.
The study will support the work of the Specialized Technical Committee (STC) No. 8 on Public Service, Local Government, Urban Development and Decentralization, as well as the broader governance agenda of the African Union as well as in implementation of the goals of the BIASHARA project which aims at improving good governance and regional integration on the continent.
The overall objective of the assignment is to undertake a continental diagnostic study on the state of public service delivery in Africa to generate evidence-based knowledge that supports public administration reforms and strengthens governance systems across AU Member States.
The specific objectives of the assignment are to:
The consulting firm shall undertake a comprehensive continental study on the state of public service delivery covering African Union Member States. The assignment will involve the collection of primary and secondary data, analysis, synthesis, and dissemination of evidence on the functioning, effectiveness, and performance of public service institutions across the continent.
The purpose of the assignment is to generate a robust evidence base on public administration systems in Africa, identify key structural and institutional challenges affecting public service delivery, document innovative reform initiatives and best practices, and produce policy-relevant recommendations that can support public administration reforms across AU Member States.
The assignment is expected to commence upon signature of the consultancy contract and is anticipated to be completed within a six (6) month period from the contract start date. The consulting firm shall deliver the outputs outlined below in accordance with the agreed work plan and schedule.
The deliverables shall reflect the successful completion of the key tasks described in the Scope of Work and shall be submitted to the African Union Commission for review and approval.
The assignment is expected to commence within Two weeks following contract signature and after the official kick-off meeting with the African Union Commission.
The consulting firm will be required to produce the 3 deliverables within the duration of the assignment, and the payment will be deliverables based: -
Deliverable 1: Draft Continental Study - Report including all primary and secondary data collection following the approved methodology
Deliverable 2: Final Report after review of the Committee of Experts established by the African Union and World Bank
Deliverable 3: Compendium of Best Practices in good governance/public sector practices
All deliverables shall be subject to review and approval by the African Union Commission. The consulting firm shall incorporate comments and feedback provided by the Commission within an agreed timeframe before the deliverables are considered final.
Approval of each deliverable will constitute the basis for progressing to subsequent stages of the assignment and for the release of milestone payments under the consultancy contract which will be deliverable.
To facilitate the effective implementation of the assignment, the African Union Commission (AUC) will provide the consulting firm with relevant information, documentation, and institutional support where available and applicable. The consulting firm will remain responsible for undertaking all analytical work required to complete the assignment.
The African Union Commission will provide the following support:
The AUC will provide access to relevant policy frameworks, reports, and documentation that may inform the study, including but not limited to:
The AUC will facilitate communication and coordination with relevant stakeholders where necessary, including:
The assignment will be coordinated through the Directorate for Governance and Conflict Prevention - Secretariat of the Specialized Technical Committee on Public Service, Local Government, Urban Development and Decentralization (AU-STC No. 8) within the Department of Political Affairs, Peace and Security (PAPS).
The consulting firm will be expected to work closely with the STC 8 Secretariat to ensure alignment with AU policy priorities and institutional processes.
The consulting firm will be required to submit periodic progress reports and final outputs to the African Union Commission throughout the duration of the assignment. The African Union will have these reports evaluated by the Committee of Experts. All reports shall be submitted in English, in electronic format (Microsoft Word). Deliverables must be submitted in editable format suitable for further publication and dissemination by the African Union Commission.
A. Firm Qualifications and Experience
The consulting firm (or consortium) must demonstrate strong institutional capacity and experience relevant to the assignment. The firm should meet the following minimum requirements: -
B. Team Composition and Key Experts
The consulting firm shall propose a multidisciplinary team composed of qualified experts with demonstrated experience in governance research and public administration reform. The proposed team should collectively cover the following areas of expertise:
The consulting firm shall clearly indicate the roles and responsibilities of each team member and provide evidence of relevant experience in similar assignments.
The assignment will be managed by the Governance and Conflict Prevention Directorate (GCPD) within the Department of Political Affairs, Peace and Security (PAPS) of the African Union Commission.
The consulting firm will work in close collaboration with the Governance Expert of the Governance and Human Rights Division and report to:
The African Union Commission will review and approve all deliverables submitted by the consulting firm. The review process will involve:
Contract Type
The assignment will be implemented under a deliverables-based Consultancy Contract, covering all professional fees and associated costs required for the completion of the assignment.
Contract Duration
The expected duration of the assignment is six (6) months from the date of contract signature.
Assignment Location
The assignment will be implemented through a combination of home-based field work (for data collection) and stakeholder consultations, which may include engagement with AU Member States and regional institutions.
[1] https://iiag.online
[2] https://elibrary.acbfpact.org/acbf/collect/acbf/index/assoc/HASH01f9/ffd736c8/eb6f0eb8/8963.dir/file%200103.pdf
[3] https://aprm.au.int/en/documents/reports
[4] https://archive.uneca.org/publications/african-governance-report-v
[5] https://databank.worldbank.org/source/worldwide-governance-indicators
[6] https://www.oecd.org/en/publications/2025/06/government-at-a-glance-2025_70e14c6c.html
[7] https://chandlergovernance.com/cggi
"},{"id":"OP00445200","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"27-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-06-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Kosovo","project_id":"P179831","project_name":"KOMPAS - Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening","bid_reference_no":"XK-MOH-A1.03-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consulting firm to provide technical assistance for the initial implementation of the Integrated Health Information System (IHIS)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"Zagreb Street, Pristina 10000","contact_ctry_name":"Kosovo","contact_email":"fanol.duli@rks-gov.net","contact_name":"Fanol Duli","contact_organization":"Ministry of Health","contact_phone_no":"+38344505750","submission_date":"2026-07-27T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"Amendment – Request for Expressions of Interest (REOI)
The deadline for submission of Expressions of Interest for the assignment “Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory” (XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS) has been extended by seven (7) working days.
The new submission deadline is 16 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time).
All other terms and conditions of the REOI remain unchanged.
Request for Expression of Interest
Country: Kosovo
Project ID: P179831
World Bank Credit Name: Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project
Contract Identification No.: XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS
Issued on: 15 May 2026
Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory
Background
The Government of Kosovo (GoK), through the Ministry of Health (MoH), has received financing from the World Bank in the amount of EUR 20 million to support the Kosovo Comprehensive Approach to Health System Strengthening Project (KOMPAS). This project aims to strengthen governance, quality of care, and efficiency in the healthcare system of Kosovo, positioning digital health as a core pillar of reform. The Integrated Health Information System (IHIS) will play a central role in this transformation.
The Department for Health Information Systems (DSISH), under the Ministry of Health (MoH), is responsible for the implementation of IHIS. To ensure successful implementation and oversight of this large-scale transformation, a Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) will be engaged. The SDHP will provide technical advisory, implementation oversight, quality assurance, and support in the development of technical documents and specifications for the systems required under the KOMPAS project.
For clarity, the SDHP is defined strictly as a technical advisory and oversight partner. The SDHP is NOT an implementation vendor and does NOT have decision-making authority for procurement processes.
Objective of the Assignment:
The primary objective of this engagement is to ensure the successful implementation of the IHIS and its components, including the establishment of core systems such as national registries, shared health records, interoperability layers, and advanced clinical applications. The SDHP will support the Ministry of Health and DSISH in ensuring that all components comply with international standards and that all deliverables are aligned with the Kosovo Digital Health Blueprint.
Key Tasks and Responsibilities
The SDHP will perform the following tasks:
Other specific tasks, scope of services, expected outputs/deliverables, time frames, and professional staff requirements are indicated under the full Terms of Reference (ToR) for this assignment.
The detailed Terms of Reference (ToR) for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expressions of Interest.
Qualification of the Consulting Firm
The selected consulting firm must demonstrate:
Selection Process
The consulting firm will be selected in accordance with the Quality- and Cost-Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, as amended from time to time.
Expressions of Interest will be evaluated based on the following criteria:
Detailed evaluation criteria and procedures will be provided in the Request for Proposals (RFP) to shortlisted firms.
Submission Details
Interested firms are invited to submit their Expression of Interest, including:
Key Experts’ CVs and detailed methodology are not required at the shortlisting stage.
Expression of Interest must be delivered electronically (by e-mail) to the address below no later than 5 June 2026 at 16:00 (local time). Late submissions will not be considered.
Kosovo Ministry of Health
KOMPAS Project Implementation Unit (PIU)
Attn.: Procurement Specialist, KOMPAS
Address: Ministry of Health (MoH)
10 000, Pristine, Republic of Kosovo
Email: blerim.cerkini@rks-gov.net
Cc: fanol.duli@rks-gov.net
TERMS OF REFERENCE
for Consultancy Services to
Strategic Digital Health Partner (SDHP) for IHIS Implementation Oversight and Technical Advisory
RFP No.: XK-MoH-A1.03-CS-QCBS
1. EXECUTIVE SUMMARY & BACKGROUND
1.1 Executive Summary
1.2 Background and Context
2. OBJECTIVES, ALIGNMENT WITH BLUEPRINT & TECHNICAL RATIONALE
2.1 Objectives of the Assignment
11. The overall objective is to support MoH/DSISH/MDPA in the development, oversight and quality assurance of all IHIS components, in line with:
2.2 Alignment with Kosovo IHIS Digital Health Blueprint (2024–2030)
2.3 Technical Rationale
3. SCOPE OF WORK
(20 sub-sections)
3.1 Comprehensive Assessment of Existing Systems
3.2 IHIS Architecture Validation
3.3 Development of Technical Specifications and ToRs
3.4 Oversight of Vendor Implementations
3.5 SLA Monitoring and Enforcement
3.6 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework
3.7 Quality Control (QC) of Deliverables
3.8 Interoperability Testing
3.9 Establishment of National Conformance Certification Mechanism
3.10 Data Governance and Standards Alignment
with international standards and national legislation (e.g. Law No. 06/L-082) and GoK data governance strategy and policy.
3.11 Cybersecurity Strengthening
3.12 Support to PIU for World Bank Processes
3.13 Integration Strategy for Legacy Systems
3.14 Development of Change Management Strategy
3.16 Documentation Management
3.17 Deployment Oversight
3.18 Risk Identification and Mitigation
3.19 Performance Monitoring Framework
3.20 Continuous Improvement Recommendations
4. OVERSIGHT, QA/QC, SLA MONITORING, CHANGE REQUESTS, ACCEPTANCE
4.1 Technical Oversight Model
4.2 Quality Assurance (QA) Framework
4.3 Quality Control (QC) of Vendor Deliverables
4.4 SLA Monitoring
4.5 Change Request (CR) Management Process
4.6 Acceptance Procedures and Templates
5. TEAM COMPOSITION, QUALIFICATIONS, WB COMPLIANCE
5.1 Required Team Composition
5.2 Role Descriptions and Minimum Qualifications
Support smooth implementation and integration of IHIS components at local level. 5.3 Compliance with World Bank Procurement Regulations
5.4 Conflict of Interest Safeguards
5.5 Replacement of Key Experts
6. DELIVERABLES, REPORTING, GOVERNANCE MODEL, PAYMENT SCHEDULE
6.1 Deliverables
6.2 Reporting Requirements
6.3 Governance Model
6.4 Payment Schedule (Deliverable-Based)
A. General Provisions
(“Hire consulting company to guide initial implementation”) of the Project Appraisal Document (PAD).
6.5 Workplan & Timeline (34 months)
B. Deliverables and Milestones
All deliverables under this Contract shall be measurable, clearly defined, and subject to formal written acceptance by the Client
Milestone 1 – Mobilization and Strategic Inception
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• Report must include a complete 34-month workplan aligned with PAD;
• Must include sequenced ToRs and Technical Specifications;
• Must define stakeholder coordination and governance structure;
• Must be formally accepted in writing by the Client.
Milestone 2 – Digital Health and Institutional Needs Assessment
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• Assessment Report is submitted in written form;
• Includes comprehensive analysis of the national digital health landscape;
• Includes review of existing health information systems and interoperability arrangements;
• Includes institutional and implementation readiness assessment;
• Includes a prioritized and actionable roadmap aligned with A1.03;
• Formally accepted in writing by the Client.
Milestone 3 – Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• A minimum of three (3) Draft Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are submitted;
• Each document clearly covers:
- Core IHIS/HIMS components;
- Interoperability and data-exchange mechanisms;
- Master data and registry-related components;
• Documents are prepared in accordance with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;
• Each document includes defined scope, technical requirements, and implementation approach;
• Documents are reviewed and receive technical acceptance by the Client in writing.
Milestone 4 – Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 1)
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• Final Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications are fully updated and finalized;
• All Client and World Bank comments are properly incorporated and addressed;
• Documents are procurement-ready and fully aligned with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;
• Submission for World Bank No-Objection is completed where required;
• Final approval is confirmed in writing by the Client and/or World Bank (as applicable).
Milestone 5 – Terms of Reference and Technical Specifications (Batch 2)
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• A minimum of two (2) ToRs and Technical Specifications are submitted for Batch 2;
• Documents clearly address additional IHIS-related systems and enabling components;
• Specifications are aligned with governance, quality-of-care, analytics, and reporting requirements;
• All documents are procurement-ready and compliant with World Bank Standard Procurement Documents;
• Documents are formally accepted in writing by the Client.
Milestone 6 – Capacity Building and Structured Training Program
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• Training needs assessment report is submitted and approved by the Client;
• At least three (3) training modules/curricula are developed;
• At least four (4) training sessions are delivered to designated stakeholders;
• Attendance lists for all training sessions are provided;
• Training materials (manuals, presentations, guides) are submitted;
• Training completion and evaluation report is submitted and approved by the Client.
Milestone 7 – Ongoing Strategic Advisory, Quality Assurance, and Procurement Support
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
• Minimum six (6) periodic advisory reports are submitted during the implementation period;
• Written technical inputs/comments are provided for procurement documentation as requested by the Client;
• Participation in up to ten (10) coordination meetings is completed and documented (virtual or in-person);
• All quality assurance inputs are provided in written form (e.g. tracked changes, memos, or formal comments);
• Each advisory output is acknowledged in writing by the Client.
Milestone 8 – Final Advisory, Knowledge Transfer, and Contract Closure
PAD Reference:
Deliverables:
Payment:
Acceptance Criteria:
C. Summary of Payments
Milestone | Percentage |
Milestone 1 – Inception | 8% |
Milestone 2 – Assessment | 12% |
Milestone 3 – Draft ToRs (Batch 1) | 18% |
Milestone 4 – Final ToRs (Batch 1) | 15% |
Milestone 5 – ToRs (Batch 2) | 15% |
Milestone 6 – Training | 15% |
Milestone 7 – Strategic Advisory & QA | 12% |
Milestone 8 – Closure & Knowledge Transfer | 5% |
Total | 100% |
7. ANNEXES
Rationale: Full Annex documents are not attached because they are already defined in the feasibility study, the 2024–2030 Blueprint, and other source materials. Bullet points summarize the key content for SDHP’s reference. All Annexes (A–E) are intended as reference/input documents for SDHP’s work and do not require separate deliverables.
7.1 Annex A – IHIS Architecture Overview
7.2 Annex B – Roles & Responsibilities Matrix
7.3 Annex C – QA & QC Framework
7.4 Annex D – Risk Matrix
7.5 Annex E – Deliverables Matrix / Acceptance Criteria
7.6 Annex F – Glossary
"},{"id":"OP00458975","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"26-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-16T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"23:45","project_ctry_name":"Pacific 1","project_id":"P168122","project_name":"Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands","bid_reference_no":"FJ-SPC-559648-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Administrative data for official statistics operational enhancement","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Pacific Community \nPO BOX D5\n98848 Noumea, New Caledonia","contact_ctry_name":"New Caledonia","contact_email":"procurement@spc.int","contact_name":"Procurement Team","contact_organization":"Pacific Community","contact_phone_no":"262000","contact_web_url":"https://www.spc.int/","submission_date":"2026-07-26T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Noumea, New Caledonia, 27/07/2026
Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands (PACSTAT)
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES)
GRANT NUMBER E633-P3, P168122
Assignment Title: Administrative data for official statistics operational enhancement
Reference No.: FJ-SPC-559648-CS-INDV / REOI26-10388
The Pacific Community (www.spc.int) has received financing in the amount of USD 6.0 million equivalent from the World Bank toward the cost of the Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands Project, and it intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
SPC now invites eligible Individual Consultants to express their interest in providing consultancy services for the assignment entitled “Administrative data for official statistics operational enhancement”. The overall objective of the assignment is to enhance the operational readiness of national statistical offices (NSOs) and administrative data holding agencies in the Pacific region.
The assignment is expected to start in September 2026 for an anticipated duration of 5 months. The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) are available with this Request for Expressions of Interest. Interested consultants should submit information demonstrating their qualifications and relevant experience.
The selection and evaluation criteria are set out in clause 8.0 and clause 9.0 of the Terms of Reference.
The attention of interested consultants is drawn to paragraphs 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16 of the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Seventh Edition, September 2025) (“the Regulations”), which set out the World Bank’s policy on Conflict of Interest applicable to consulting services:
The World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers – Seventh Edition, September 2025
Further information can be obtained at the address below by e-mail.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below by e-mail no later than 16/08/2026 by 23:45 Noumea Time (GMT+11).
Attn: SPC Procurement
email: procurement@spc.int
Reference: FJ-SPC-559648-CS-INDV / REOI26-10388
Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands (PacStat) Project
TERMS OF REFERENCE
INDIVIDUAL CONSULTING SERVICES
Assignment Title: | Administrative data for official statistics operational enhancement |
Location | SPC Noumea |
Duration | 5 months |
Expected Starting Date | September 2026 |
Reference No | FJ-SPC-559648-CS-INDV |
1.0 Background:
The Pacific Community (www.spc.int) has received financing in the amount of USD 6.0 million equivalent from the World Bank toward the cost of the Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands Project, and it intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The Statistics for Development Division
The SPC Statistics for Development Division leads the implementation of the Strategic Framework for Pacific Statistics, endorsed by PICT leaders in 2023. The framework promotes a regional approach to strengthening the quality, scope, and coordination of official statistics across the Pacific.
SPC supports national statistical offices by building capacity to produce reliable demographic, economic, and social data for evidence-based policy and decision making. As a regional technical provider operating across 22 PICTs, SPC plays a key role in adapting international statistical standards to Pacific contexts, particularly for small island developing states with limited resources.
Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific (PacStat) Project
The PacStat project is an International Development Association (IDA; https://ida.worldbank.org/) funded project that is to be implemented over the period of June 2020 to February 2027 including an additional financing phase. The overall development objective of PACSTAT is to improve the quality of welfare data collection and accessibility to comparable welfare data in the Pacific Island Countries.
The context for this project is summarized as:
The additional financing under the Statistical Innovation and Capacity Building in the Pacific Islands project directly supports regional efforts to advance statistical innovation and capacity building, with a particular focus on operational enhancement of administrative data for official statistics. Through commissioned works endorsed by the Pacific Statistics Methods Board (PSMB), the project will assess and strengthen national administrative data systems, enabling their systematic integration into statistical production processes across Pacific Island countries.
This initiative addresses critical operational challenges including data governance, quality assurance, interoperability, and confidentiality by building institutional, legal, and technical capacity within National Statistics Offices and priority government agencies. The additional financing sustains and expands high-priority activities, such as regional workshops, technical assistance, and the development of standard operating procedures and metadata templates, ensuring readiness for regionally standardised data reporting and evidence use. By promoting the practical use of administrative data alongside traditional survey and census programmes, the project enhances the quality, timeliness, and comparability of welfare statistics, directly contributing to the achievement of project development objectives and laying the groundwork for the next phase of regional statistical innovation
2.0 Objective of the assignment:
The overall objective of the assignment is to enhance the operational readiness of national statistical offices (NSOs) and administrative data holding agencies in the Pacific region to use administrative data for the production of official statistics, building on the findings of a preliminary administrative data readiness assessment which is currently being completed by a separate assignment.
The objective will be achieved by supporting practical, implementation-oriented activities that address priority gaps identified during the readiness assessment, including:
The assignment is intended to move beyond diagnostic assessment and to demonstrate, through a limited number of pilots in selected Pacific countries, practical approaches and good practices for the effective use of administrative data in official statistics. It will support learning, documentation, and regional knowledge exchange, and inform the potential scalingup of successful approaches in subsequent phases.
3.0 Scope of Services:
The Scope of the assignment includes the following tasks:
Task 1 – Selection of pilot countries and agencies: Identify and select three pilot countries, with one country selected if possible from each Pacific subregion (IDA countries) based on national contexts and involvement in the PacStat 2 project and identify relevant use cases for the production of official statistics using administrative data. Selection will be informed by previous readiness assessments, national statistical priorities, and the willingness and capacity of institutions to engage in pilot activities, and feasibility within the contract timeframe from a legal point of view. The selection process will be informed and validated by SPC, which will also be involved in initial consultations with participating countries to confirm scope, expectations, and roles.
Task 2 – Development of agency level operational work plans: Develop agency level operational work plans for the use of administrative data in official statistics in each pilot country, in collaboration with national statistical offices (NSOs) and selected administrative agencies. Based on at least two meetings with NSOs and administrative agencies for each pilot country and building on the admin data readiness assessment project recently carried out by the World Bank, the work plans will define the intended statistical uses of administrative data, describe institutional roles and responsibilities, identify required legal, technical, and organisational arrangements, and outline a sequencing of activities and milestones.
Task 3 – Design and documentation of administrative data flows: Design and document administrative data flows from source systems to statistical production processes for the selected pilot use cases. This will include documenting data extraction mechanisms and calendar, data structures and variables, metadata availability, data transformation and validation steps, and quality assurance procedures. The documentation will focus on clarity, consistency, and reproducibility, supporting both pilot implementation and potential future institutionalisation, with key design decisions validated by SPC.
Task 4 – Development of data sharing protocols and arrangements: Support the development or refinement of data sharing protocols and related governance arrangements required for the regular use of administrative data for official statistics. This will include clarifying access conditions, data transfer modalities, update frequency, confidentiality and security requirements, revision policies, and roles related to data stewardship. Existing legal frameworks and institutional practices will be considered.
Task 5 – Pilot implementation of administrative data pipelines: Support the pilot implementation of administrative data pipelines in each selected country, focusing on the operational use of administrative data for selected statistical outputs. This will include supporting the use of appropriate IT infrastructure, data ingestion, application of agreed data processing and quality checks, and the production of pilot or experimental statistical outputs. Statistical processing will be implemented using the R scripting language, with computer code hosted on a GitHub repository owned by the respective countries. The purpose of this task is to assess operational feasibility, identify practical challenges, and document lessons learned, rather than to establish full production systems.
Task 6 – Regional workshop on administrative data for official statistics: Design and deliver a regional workshop on the use of administrative data for official statistics in the Pacific. The workshop will provide a platform for pilot countries to share experiences, challenges, and lessons learned, and to facilitate peer to peer learning and experience exchange among participating NSOs and agencies. The workshop agenda and content will be validated by SPC.
4.0 Expected Outcomes, Deliverables, and Timeline:
The Project Development Objective is to improve the quality of welfare data collection and accessibility to comparable welfare data in the Pacific Island Countries.
The deliverables and timelines are presented in the table below:
Activity | Deliverable | Due date |
Task 1 – Selection of pilot countries and agencies | Inception and pilot selection report | End of Sept 2026 |
Task 2 – Development of agency-level operational work plans | Agency level operational work plans (one report per pilot country) | End of Oct 2026 |
Task 3 – Design and documentation of administrative data flows | Administrative data flow and technical documentation (one report per pilot country) | End of Nov 2026 |
Task 4 – Development of data sharing protocols and arrangements | Data sharing agreements and data exchange protocols (for each pilot country) | End of Dec 2026 |
Task 5 – Pilot implementation of administrative data pipelines | Source code, pilot statistical outputs, implementation notes (for each pilot country) | End of Jan 2027 |
Task 6 – Regional workshop on administrative data for official statistics | Workshop presentation/materials; final completion report | End of Jan 2027 |
5.0 Duration of the Assignment and Estimated Expert-Time Input:
The Individual Consultant will be engaged for up to 5 months. The envisaged start date for the Individual Consultant is at the earliest opportunity and no later than September 2026, and the engagement will be full time with flexible remote work and up to 3-4 country visits as needed and approved by SPC. All travelrelated costs associated with these missions shall be included in the contract price.
6.0 Reporting Requirements:
The consultant will report the PacStat Project Manager for overall assignment of coordination and project alignment, and to the SPC Data Services & Dissemination Manager or SPC Statistics Adviser (Process Modernisation) within this team for technical and methodological guidance. Reporting responsibilities include:
The consultant will submit the following deliverables to SPC, which will form the basis for milestone payments as agreed in the Contract:
The Finance and Administration Officer in SPC’s Statistics for Development division will be the focal point for all finance and administrative aspects of the Project.
All reports and deliverables should be submitted in English. Deliverables should be presented in a format suitable for SPC internal use and for sharing with relevant national and regional stakeholders. The consultant may be required to present key outputs in workshops or virtual meetings with SPC and national statistical office teams. The consultant may be asked to participate in additional briefings or ad hoc meetings as requested by SPC or the PacStat Project Manager.
7.0 Working Arrangements:
The consultant will work closely with SPC and relevant stakeholders. SPC will provide access to relevant data, resources, and personnel necessary for the successful completion of the assignment.
Throughout the assignment, the consultant is expected to operate in accordance with the mutually agreed-upon number of workdays and associated deliverables as determined in consultation with the SPC. The consultant shall demonstrate diligence and effectiveness in executing assigned duties to the highest acceptable standards.
In assessing the consultant invoices for payment, the Project Manager will review these timesheets based on guidance from SPC Statistics Adviser (Process Modernisation)
The Project’s Labour Management Procedure is to be implemented throughout the assignment. Grievances can be lodged, as follows:
Address/post: Pacific Community (SPC), 95 Promenade Roger Laroque, BP D5 98848 Noumea, New Caledonia | Phone: +687 262000 | Fax: +687 263818 | Email: complaints@spc.int | Web: www.spc.int. https://spc.int/accountability
8.0 Selection Criteria – Qualifications, Experience, and Skills:
The consultant should meet the following minimum requirements:
Academic qualifications
Professional experience
Technical expertise
Analytical and reporting skills
Stakeholder engagement and communication
Language and availability
9.0 Evaluation Criteria:
CVs of eligible candidates that meet the minimum qualification requirements will be evaluated in accordance with the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, using the following criteria and scoring system. Only candidates achieving a minimum technical score, will be considered for further evaluation.
Evaluation scoring criteria | Weighted score (%) |
Qualifications | 20% |
Adequacy for the assignment / relevant experience | 50% |
Competencies and skills | 30% |
TOTAL | 100% |
The attention of interested consultants is drawn toparagraphs 3.13, 3.15, and 3.16of the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (Seventh Edition, September 2025) (“the Regulations”), which set out the World Bank’s policy on Conflict of Interest applicable to consulting services.
As part of the selection process and prior to contract award, consultants are required to declare the existence or absence of any conflict of interest by completing the Conflict-of-Interest Declaration Form available at the following link: Conflict of Interest Declaration.
"},{"id":"OP00454957","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"22-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-07T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"04:30","project_ctry_name":"Caribbean","project_id":"P179210","project_name":"OECS- Skills and Innovation Project","bid_reference_no":"LC-OECS COMMISSION-558060-CS-QCBS","bid_description":"Consultancy Services: Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"QCBS","procurement_method_name":"Quality And Cost-Based Selection","contact_address":"P.O. Box 179 \nMorne Fortune \nCastries \nSaint Lucia","contact_ctry_name":"St. Lucia","contact_email":"francillia.solomon@oecs.int","contact_name":"Francilia Solomon","contact_organization":"Organization of Eastern Caribbean States Commission","contact_phone_no":"758-455-6300","submission_date":"2026-07-22T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"ORGANISATION OF EASTERN CARIBBEAN STATES
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
NAME OF PROJECT - OECS SKILLS AND INNOVATION PROJECT (SKIP)
GRANT NO.: E286
Assignment Title: Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)
Reference No. LC-OECS COMMISSION-558060-CS-QCBS
The Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP) and intends to apply part of the proceeds to Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA).
The objectives of the consulting services (“the Services) are to provide independent, evidencebased technical validation of the existing builds (KTIP and Virtual Campus) and of the sourced EMIS DPG and its adaptation, and to provide feedback to the SDT on how to bring each platform to a regionallydeployable standard through an iterative cycle of review, recommendations, remediation, and signoff.
The OECS now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The minimum required qualifications and experience are listed in section 8.0 of the TOR below. The Qualifications and Experience of Key Experts shall not be included in the shortlisting criteria. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2023 and (‘Procurement Regulations’), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
To obtain the maximum degree of comparison among Expressions of Interest (EOIs) and facilitate the evaluation process, the EOI should be a maximum of 20 pages (including annexes) with the following information included below. Any pages exceeding this limit will not be considered for evaluation or shortlisting.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications, but should clearly indicate whether the association is a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all partners shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Quality and Cost Based Selection (QCBS) method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours 08:30 a.m. – 4:30 p.m. (0830 to 1630 hours).
Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States
OECS Skills and Innovation Projects
P.O. Box 179
Morne Fortune
Castries
Saint Lucia
TEL: +1 758-455-6349/68
E-mail: procurement@oecs.int
An electronic copy of the Expressions of Interest must be sent by August 7, 2026, at 4:30 p.m. to:
Yasmine Anatole, Procurement Officer
At the following email address:
procurementbids@oecs.int
copied to: skip@oecs.int
The email submissions should include the Firm's name and address and shall be clearly marked in the subject line as “Expression of Interest – Consultancy Services for an Independent Technical Assurance (ITA).”
The Terms of Reference for the Submission of Expressions of Interest for this consultancy are provided below.
|
|
TERMS OF REFERENCE
CONSULTANCY SERVICES FOR AN INDEPENDENT TECHNICAL ASSURANCE (ITA) FOR THE OECS SKILLS AND INNOVATION PROJECT (SKIP)
Terms of Reference
Independent Technical Assurance (ITA)
Consultancy
Technical Assurance and Iterative Validation of the KTIP, OECS Virtual Campus, and Regionally-Interoperable Post-Secondary EMIS Architecture under the OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP)
Revised draft v 6— 22 June 2026
1. Background and Project Context
The OECS Skills and Innovation Project (SKIP) is a World Bank–financed regional operation implemented by the Organisation of Eastern Caribbean States (OECS) Commission and the participating OECS Member States of Grenada and Saint Lucia. The Project’s Development Objective (PDO) is to enhance youth transversal and advanced technical skills, strengthen regional collaboration in post-secondary education, and foster collaborative innovation across the OECS Member States.
The OECS SKIP is structured around four components:
Component 1 is designed to generate regional platforms, standards, and systems that benefit all nine OECS Member States and create economies of scale that individual countries cannot efficiently achieve on their own. Key activities under Component 1 include: (i) development of a regional strategic framework for postsecondary education; (ii) common learning standards and assessment tools for priority skills; (iii) harmonised standards for postsecondary faculty and institutional leadership; (iv) the OECS Virtual Campus; (v) the Knowledge, Technology and Innovation Platform (KTIP); and (vi) a regionally interoperable postsecondary Education Management Information System (EMIS) architecture.
1.1 Current state of the three Component 1 platforms
The three platforms that fall within the scope of this assignment are at materially different stages and follow materially different delivery models. The Independent Technical Assurance (ITA) Consultancy’s engagement is calibrated to those differences.
Across all three platforms, a prior technical assessment confirmed the viability of the chosen delivery approach but identified material risks related to scalability and performance at the regional level; integration across heterogeneous systems; production readiness; data governance and crosscountry compliance; and capacity constraints and longterm sustainability.
To mitigate these risks, the OECS Commission will engage a suitably qualified firm to serve as an Independent Technical Assurance Consultancy (ITA), providing independent technical assurance and certification across the lifecycle stages relevant to each platform, operating under the iterative reviewandvalidation model set out in Section 4.
Independence is a foundational requirement. The credibility of the ITA’s findings depends on a firm distinction between the ITA’s assurance role and the SDT’s development role. The ITA reviews and validates; the SDT implements. The ITA’s recommendations should specify what must be remediated and to what standard, with the implementation approach reserved for the SDT. This distinction, set out in detail in Section 4.1, Section 7, and Section 10, is foundational to the assignment and is nonnegotiable.
2. Objective and Role of the ITA
The objective of this assignment is to provide independent, evidencebased technical validation of the existing builds (KTIP and Virtual Campus) and of the sourced EMIS DPG and its adaptation, and to provide feedback to the SDT on how to bring each platform to a regionallydeployable standard through an iterative cycle of review, recommendations, remediation, and signoff.
2.1 Consolidated role description
The ITA shall act as a technical assurance and function across the full lifecycle of the three Component 1 platforms. The role comprises six discrete functions, all of which are exercised iteratively across the validation gates set out in Section 4.2:
This role description is the single, limited-scope document detailing the ITA’s functions. Subsequent sections elaborate the operational mechanics (Section 4), the phased activities (Section 5), and the institutional arrangements that support the role (Section 7).
3. Scope of Work
3.1 Platforms covered
The ITA shall provide technical assurance across the three SKIP Component 1 platforms and their integrations:
3.2 Differentiated assurance pathway by platform
Given the different starting positions of the three platforms, the ITA shall apply a differentiated assurance pathway, agreed in the Inception Report (D1). The pathways are articulated below; while KTIP and the Virtual Campus follow the same gate sequence, the substantive content of the review at each gate differs due to their distinct architectures and codebases.
Platform | Starting Position | ITA Pathway |
KTIP | Existing SDT build, ~80% complete. | Baseline audit of existing KTIP build → Recommendations → SDT remediation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review. |
Virtual Campus (LearnBoard) | Existing SDT build, ~80% complete. | Baseline audit of existing Virtual Campus build against the approved Mobile Specification and target architecture → Recommendations → SDT remediation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review. |
Regional EMIS | To be sourced as a Digital Public Good (DPG); adaptation by SDT and partners. | DPG suitability & compliance validation → Recommendations on adaptation scope → SDT adaptation → ITA revalidation & signoff → Predeployment certification → GoLive → Postdeployment review. |
The ITA’s role is to validate existing or sourced builds and to certify that successive remediation cycles have brought the three platforms to the required standard.
3.3 Integration scope- to ensure proper scope integration across the platforms, the ITA will seek to:
3.4 Assessment Dimensions: The ITA will undertake relevant assessments as follows:
A. Platform-Level
B. Documentation
The ITA shall assess the completeness, accuracy, and usability of technical and operational documentation associated with each platform, including:
Documentation completeness is assessed at the G2 Build Completion gate (Section 4.2), not at predeployment, so that any gaps identified can be remediated alongside other build issues.
C. DPG-Specific (EMIS only)
For the regional interoperable EMIS, the ITA shall review and assess:
D. Ecosystem-Level (System-of-Systems)
4. Technical Assurance Framework
4.1 Iterative ReviewandValidation Cycle
The ITA shall operate under an iterative reviewandvalidation cycle, applied on a per-platform basis. Each cycle consists of four steps and is the unit on which RBF approval for expenditures for the next tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU is structured:
Step 1 — Review. The ITA reviews the existing build (KTIP, Virtual Campus) or the sourced DPG and its adaptation (EMIS) against the agreed criteria for the cycle.
Step 2 — Recommendations. The ITA issues written recommendations to the SDT. Recommendations shall be scoped at the level of what must be remediated and to what standard, with clear acceptance criteria.
Step 3 — SDT implementation and testing. The SDT implements the recommendations and conducts its own internal testing. The SDT shall submit to the ITA a remediation evidence pack documenting the changes made, the testing performed, and the results obtained.
Step 4 — Revalidation and signoff. The ITA revalidates the platform against the acceptance criteria stated in its recommendations. Where the criteria are met, the ITA issues a written signoff for the build phase, thereby triggering approval of expenditures for the corresponding RBF tranche of RPIU activities. Where criteria are not met, the cycle returns to Step 2 with revised or supplementary recommendations.
Cycles are platformspecific. KTIP, the Virtual Campus, and the EMIS may proceed through their cycles in parallel or in different sequences, as agreed in the Inception Report.
Decoupling ITA fees from SDT performance. The ITA’s entitlement to its own contractual fees is determined by the delivery of each ITA deliverable (Section 6), not by whether the SDT achieves a positive signoff in any given cycle. A Remediation Required determination represents a completed and payable piece of ITA work as much as a Validated determination does. This separation is critical to the integrity of the assignment: the ITA’s fees must not depend on the speed or quality of the SDT’s remediation, since such dependence would create a structural incentive to issue premature positive signoffs. RBF approval of expenditures for the tranche of activities is to the RPIU, on the strength of ITA signoff; the ITA itself is paid on the OECS Commission’s acceptance of its determinations and reports per Section 6.
4.2 Validation Gates
Each platform progresses through a sequence of validation gates. The gates are eventbased: a gate is triggered when the SDT submits the corresponding deliverable package, not on a fixed calendar date. A mapping of the milestones and key dates will be presented during the inception meeting. The gates and their applicability per platform are as follows:
Gate | Trigger | Deliverable from SDT | ITA Role | Outcome on Sign-off |
G1 — Baseline / DPG Validation
| SDT presents the current build status pack (KTIP, VC) or DPG suitability assessment and adaptation plan (EMIS) at the point of ITA engagement. | Build status pack documenting work completed to date (KTIP, VC); DPG suitability assessment and adaptation plan (EMIS). | Review and acknowledge the baseline; confirm that the scope, architecture, and DPG positioning are consistent with the SKIP requirements, as documented in the project documents; record any observations to inform subsequent gates. | Baseline of record established. Expenditures for Tranche 1 of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved. |
G2 — Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation | SDT submits an integrated build with pilot deployment in selected institutions across lead Member States, supported by load-testing evidence and pilot monitoring data. | Integrated build with technical and operational documentation; architecture specification proposed for lock-in; security, performance and load-testing results against agreed thresholds; pilot deployment in selected institutions with monitoring data over an agreed observation window; user acceptance testing outcomes from pilot sites. | Review, recommend, re-validate. Confirm architecture is fit for regional deployment and may be locked in; verify load and performance behaviour under realistic institutional conditions; certify pilot outcomes against acceptance criteria. | Architecture locked in. Expenditures for Tranche 2 of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved. |
G3 — Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment | SDT submits the regional innovations deployment plan and proceeds with rollout across Member States. | Regional deployment evidence across the nine Member States; post-deployment monitoring data; operational handover documentation; sustainability and support arrangements. | Validate regional innovation deployment, conduct a final audit, and issue sustainability recommendations. | Regional go-live certified. Expenditures for the final tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU are approved. |
Within each gate, the fourstep iterative cycle (Section 4.1) may be repeated as many times as is necessary for the platform to meet the acceptance criteria. The ITA shall not artificially compress the cycle, but recommendations and revalidations shall be issued within the timeliness windows set out in Section 4.3.
ITA mobilisation timing. Given that KTIP and the Virtual Campus are at approximately 80% completion, ITA mobilisation must take place as soon as practicable following procurement, and shall not be deferred to align with the EMIS DPG sourcing timeline. The OECS Commission RPIU shall ensure that the procurement schedule supports mobilisation in time for the first G1 baseline audit of KTIP and the Virtual Campus. Where ITA mobilisation cannot be completed in time for an applicable gate, the OECS Commission RPIU shall document the gap and either (a) defer the affected gate or (b) authorise SDT continuation under a documented risk acceptance, with ITA retrospective review at the next gate.
4.3 Decision Authority and Timeliness
At each validation point within a gate, the ITA shall issue one of the following determinations:
Review turnaround. The ITA shall issue its determination within 10 working days of receipt of the complete deliverable package or remediation evidence pack from the SDT. Where the ITA requires further information, the 10workingday clock pauses upon issuance of a written information request and resumes upon receipt. The SDT shall respond to ITA information requests within 5 working days. The OECS Commission recognises that the SDT operates as a volunteer regional network, and prolonged review periods materially affect the SDT’s ability to maintain delivery momentum.
Recommendations specificity. Each recommendation issued by the ITA shall include: (i) a clear statement of the issue identified; (ii) the standard or criterion that is not met; (iii) the acceptance criteria that the SDT’s remediation must satisfy; and (iv) the evidence required from the SDT to support revalidation. The ITA shall not issue findings that are nonspecific, that prescribe a particular implementation approach, or that require openended further review.
Dispute resolution. Where the OECS Commission RPIU or the SDT documents a goodfaith technical disagreement with a Remediation Required or Critical Issues determination, the RPIU may, with World Bank concurrence, refer the matter to an independent technical panel for a binding second opinion. The panel shall comprise three subjectmatter experts who have not previously been engaged on the Project, jointly nominated by the OECS Commission and the World Bank. The cost of the panel shall be borne by the Project. This mechanism does not extend to findings issued under the Escalation Protocol (Sec. 7.5).
5. Phased Activities
5.1 Inception, Baseline Audits, and DPG Validation
On mobilisation, and applied per platform, the ITA shall:
5.2 Iterative Review and Remediation Oversight
During the buildcompletion and integration stages, the ITA shall, per platform:
5.3 Testing, Validation, and Quality Assurance
Minimum benchmarks (to be refined at inception):
5.4 Data Governance and DPI Readiness
5.5 PreDeployment Certification and GoLive
No deployment shall proceed without ITA certification.
5.6 PostDeployment and Scale Readiness
6. Deliverables and Payment Structure
Each substantive deliverable is delivered per platform: KTIP, OECS Virtual Campus, and Regional Post-Secondary EMIS. The payment share for D2 through D6 is split across the three platforms, so that the ITA’s entitlement under any deliverable is contingent on completion of that deliverable for each platform to which it applies. D1 (Inception) and D5 (Final Audit) are single combined deliverables across all three platforms.
The ITA is paid for delivering its own determinations and reports. The ITA is not paid contingent on the SDT achieving a Validated outcome: a properlyissued Remediation Required or Critical Issues determination is a delivered piece of ITA work and is payable on the same basis as a Validated (or Validated with Recommendations) determination. Conversely, approval of expenditures for the RBF tranche of activities proposed by the RPIU is contingent on the ITA’s Validated or Validated with Recommendations signoff for the corresponding gate.
Ref | Deliverable | Description | Per Platform Share | Total Share |
D1 | Inception Report and Workplan | Single combined report covering KTIP, Virtual Campus, and EMIS: audit framework, scope confirmation, per-platform pathway, pilot scope and load-testing thresholds for G2, risk register, review schedule. | — | 10% |
D2a | G1 Baseline Validation Report — KTIP | Baseline audit of the existing KTIP build with determination per Sec. 4.3 and recommendations register. | 5% | — |
D2b | G1 Baseline Validation Report — Virtual Campus | Baseline audit of the existing Virtual Campus build with determination per Sec. 4.3 and recommendations register. | 5% | — |
D2c | G1 DPG & Adaptation Validation Report — EMIS | Validation of the DPG suitability assessment and the proposed adaptation scope with determination and recommendations register. | 5% | D2 sub-total: 15% |
D3a | G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — KTIP | Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT KTIP expenditures for tranche 2 activities. | 13.33% | — |
D3b | G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — Virtual Campus | Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT Virtual Campus expenditures for tranche 2 activities.
| 13.33% | — |
D3c | G2 Architecture Lock-in & Pilot Validation Report — EMIS | Per-cycle audit reports across the G2 review-and-validation cycle: architecture review, load and performance testing review, security and UAT outcomes, pilot deployment validation across selected institutions, recommendations register, SDT remediation responses, re-validation outcome, sign-off determination, and architecture lock-in certification. This triggers the approval of SDT EMIS expenditures for tranche 2 activities. | 13.34% | D3 sub-total: 40% |
D4a | G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — KTIP | Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for KTIP. This triggers the approval of SDT KTIP expenditures for the final tranche.
| 8.33% | — |
D4b | G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — Virtual Campus | Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for Virtual Campus. This triggers the approval of SDT Virtual Campus expenditure for the final tranche.
| 8.33% | — |
D4c | G3 Regional Go-Live & Post-Deployment Report — EMIS | Go / Conditional Go / No-Go certification for regional rollout; post-deployment stability and adoption findings; sustainability recommendations for EMIS. This triggers the approval of SDT EMIS expenditures for the final tranche.
| 8.34% | D4 sub-total: 25% |
D5 | Final Audit Report | Single combined report across KTIP, Virtual Campus, and EMIS: scale readiness and sustainability recommendations across the regional deployment. | — | 10% |
Total contract value: 100%, comprising D1 (10%) + D2 (15%) + D3 (40%) + D4 (25%) + D5 (10%). The per-platform structure ensures that the ITA's payments are tied to completion of work on each named platform, rather than to a single global completion event that could be dominated by the slowest platform.
All deliverables shall be submitted in English using both Word and PDF formats.
7. Reporting and Institutional Arrangements
7.1 Reporting Line: The ITA shall report to the OECS Commission through the reporting line confirmed by the OECS Commission prior to contract effectiveness. The reporting arrangement shall preserve the ITA’s independence from the SDT and from any other unit of the OECS Commission whose work is subject to audit. For daytoday coordination, the ITA shall liaise with the RPIU Project Manager and/or the relevant Technical Specialists. The ITA reports to the Director General or his designee, who shall be confirmed in writing by the OECS Commission prior to the issuance of the request for proposals.
7.2 Independence and NonInterference: The ITA operates as an independent function. OECS Commission leadership commits to ensuring the ITA’s independence is protected and that no impediment is placed on the ITA’s access or on the integrity of its findings.
7.3 Constructive Engagement with the SDT: The iterative reviewandvalidation model requires the ITA to engage constructively with the SDT throughout each cycle. The ITA shall: (i) issue recommendations that are clear, specific, and actionable; (ii) make itself available for technical clarification discussions on the meaning and scope of its recommendations, without prescribing implementation; (iii) share draft determinations with the SDT before finalising, to allow opportunity to respond to or clarify factual matters; and (iv) maintain a working relationship oriented toward bringing each platform to the required standard. This constructive engagement does not affect independence; final conclusions, recommendations, and signoff determinations remain the ITA’s sole determination.
7.4 World Bank Interface: The ITA’s deliverables shall be submitted simultaneously to the OECS Commission and to the World Bank task team. The ITA may be requested to participate in project implementation support missions, midterm reviews, or technical briefings organised by the World Bank. Coordination on such requests shall be managed through the RPIU.
7.5 Escalation Protocol: If the ITA identifies a finding that poses a significant risk to the Project, including serious technical failure, system instability, security breaches or vulnerability, material deviation from approved design, data integrity breaches or risks, or misuse of project resources, the ITA shall notify the senior officer to whom it reports (Sec. 7.1) in writing within 5 working days. The OECS Commission shall acknowledge and advise on next steps within 5 working days. The SDT lead shall be notified at the same time as the senior officer to enable a timely operational response. The World Bank shall be informed within the same 5workingday window, accompanied by a brief contextual note from the OECS Commission RPIU where the RPIU determines such context is necessary for accurate interpretation of the finding. The provision of an RPIU contextual note shall not delay World Bank notification beyond 5 working days.
7.6 Access and Cooperation: OECS Commission staff and consultants, including members of the inhouse development team (i.e. SDT), are required to cooperate fully with the ITA and to provide timely access to all documentation, source code, test environments, development records, and personnel reasonably requested. As far as practicable, the OECS Commission shall invite the ITA to relevant technical meetings specific to design reviews, sprint reviews, testing sessions, and demonstrations. The ITA shall be granted readonly access to the inhouse team’s source code repositories, architecture documentation, test environments and logs, deployment pipelines, project management tools, and documentation repositories. The Project Manager in the RPIU shall respond to ITA information requests within 5 working days.
8. Qualifications and Staffing
The assignment shall be delivered by a firm. Individual consultancy arrangements are not permitted, in line with World Bank requirements for the assignment. The firm shall mobilise the key expert team set out in Section 8.2 and shall meet the firmlevel experience requirements set out in Section 8.1.
8.1 Firm-level qualifications and experience
The firm or consortium shall demonstrate the following at the proposal stage:
8.2 Key experts required
The firm shall propose the following five key expert positions. Each position must be filled by a separate qualified individual. The Team Leader shall be clearly identified throughout the proposal as the firm’s single named accountable individual for the assignment.
Team Leader / Senior Technical Auditor
The Team Leader is the firm’s single named accountable individual for the assignment, the primary author of the Inception Report (D1), the Final Audit Report (D7), and all gate signoff determinations, and the principal interlocutor with the OECS Commission and the World Bank.
Systems Architect / Integration Specialist
Cybersecurity and Data Protection Specialist
Testing and Quality Assurance Specialist
Digital Public Goods and EMIS Specialist
9. Duration and Level of Effort
The assignment is expected to commence in Q3 2026, subject to confirmation of the procurement schedule prior to the issuance of the request for proposals. Given that KTIP and the Virtual Campus are at approximately 80% completion, the procurement and mobilisation schedule shall be designed to support ITA mobilisation in time for the first G1 baseline audit, and a target mobilisation date shall be confirmed by the OECS Commission RPIU when issuing the request for proposals.
Total assignment duration is estimated at approximately 18 months from contract effectiveness, covering the iterative cycles, predeployment certification, and postdeployment stabilisation across all three platforms. Engagement on KTIP and the Virtual Campus shall conclude as each completes its postdeployment stabilisation gate; engagement on EMIS shall continue through its DPG adaptation, pilot, and stabilisation gates.
Total estimated level of effort (LOE) is approximately 110 to 130 working days. “Level of effort” refers to the total number of professional working days, aggregated across the firm’s key experts, that the firm is expected to expend in delivering the assignment. The LOE is not continuous: engagement is concentrated around platformspecific gates, iterative review cycles, testing phases, and reporting dates. The indicative LOE distribution is as follows:
Component | Indicative LOE (days) | Basis |
Inception, baseline audits (KTIP, VC), DPG validation (EMIS) | 20–25 | Three platforms: two baseline audits of existing builds and one DPG suitability validation |
Iterative reviewandvalidation cycles | 35–40 | Multiple cycles per platform; expected 2 cycles per platform between G1 and G3 |
Testing, validation, and security clearance | 20–25 | All three platforms |
Predeployment certification and golive | 15–20 | Perplatform Go / NoGo decisions |
Postdeployment monitoring and final audit | 20–20 | Stabilisation review and scaling recommendations |
A detailed work plan, with the Level of Effort broken down by platform, by gate, and by expected number of cycles, shall be finalised in the Inception Report (D1) within 10 working days of contract effectiveness.
10. Ethical Standards, Independence, and Confidentiality
The ITA shall at all times:
Conflict of Interest Declaration. All members of the ITA team must submit a signed conflictofinterest declaration before the contract takes effect. Any new conflict arising during the assignment must be disclosed within five (5) working days.
11. Intellectual Property
All reports, audit plans, assessment notes, tools, checklists, and other materials produced under this assignment shall be the exclusive property of the OECS Commission. The ITA shall deliver copies of all working documentation upon request and upon contract completion. The ITA shall not retain, publish, or use these materials without prior written consent from the OECS Commission.
"},{"id":"OP00457346","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"17-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-27T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"17:00","project_ctry_name":"Moldova","project_id":"P177895","project_name":"MSME Competitiveness Project","bid_reference_no":"MD-CEP-560558-CS-CQS","bid_description":"Assisting Invest Moldova Agency (MIA) in selecting and preparing Moldovan SMEs for B2B Export Missions","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"CQS","procurement_method_name":"Consultant Qualification Selection","contact_address":"180, Stefan cel Mare, office 815, Chisinau","contact_ctry_name":"Moldova","contact_email":"piu@mded.gov.md","contact_name":"Aureliu Casian","contact_organization":"Project Implementation Unit of the Competitiveness Enhancement Project","contact_phone_no":"+373296723","contact_web_url":"www.uipac.md","submission_date":"2026-07-17T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
CONSULTING SERVICES: Assisting MIA in selecting and preparing Moldovan SMEs for B2B Export Missions
REPUBLIC OF MOLDOVA
MICRO, SMALL AND MEDIUM-SIZED ENTERPRISES COMPETITIVENESS PROJECT
Sector: General industry and trade sector
IDA Credit No. 71740
IBRD Loan No. 94230
Project ID No. P177895
Reference No. MD-CEP-560558-CS-CQS
The Republic of Moldova has received financing from the World Bank toward the cost of the Micro, Small and Medium-Sized Enterprise Competitiveness Project (MSME) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) include providing support to the Government of the Republic of Moldova and the Invest Moldova Agency to carry out activities related to the evaluation/selection and preparation of app. 140 Moldovan SMEs for the B2B export missions.
The assignment will be performed in the period August 2026 – June 2027 and shall be aligned with the export missions calendar provided in Tabel 1 of these ToRs.
The Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment is attached to this request for expressions of interest.
The Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project now invites eligible local consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services (required qualifications and experience of the firm, but not individual experts’ bio data).
This assignment requires a local Consultant, which may be a consulting firm or a consortium of consulting firms, with proven knowledge of the local SME sector and export /trade promotion, that meets the following requirements:
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” November 2020 (“Procurement Regulations”), setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest. A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the „Consultant’s Qualification-based Selection” method set out in the Procurement Regulations.
Consultants may associate with other firms to enhance their qualifications; but should indicate clearly whether the association is in the form of a joint venture and/or a sub-consultancy. In the case of a joint venture, all the partners in the joint venture shall be jointly and severally liable for the entire contract, if selected.
The Expression of Interest shall clearly state the name of the Consultant (individual Firm, Joint Venture or sub-consultancy). The Consultant shall provide relevant references (assignment name, Client, time frame, the role of the firm (main Consultant/Partner in JV/sub-consultant, contract amount, tasks performed etc.) to confirm its experience and qualifications.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours.
Expressions of interest must be delivered in a written form to the address below (in person, or by mail, or by e-mail) by July 27, 2026, COB. Only the letter of Intention must be sent to the email piu@mded.gov.md
Project Implementation Unit of the MSME Competitiveness Project
180, Stefan cel Mare Ave., office 815, MD-2004, Chisinau, Republic of Moldova
Tel: + 373 22 296-723
e-mail: procurementmgf@gmail.com
web: www.uipac.md
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Assisting MIA in selecting and preparing Moldovan SMEs for B2B Export Missions
(Support to Invest Moldova Agency under World Bank MSME Competitiveness Project)
A. Background
The Government of the Republic of Moldova (GoM) is pursuing a policy agenda focused on sustainable, exportled economic growth and strengthened enterprise competitiveness. Moldova continues to face the challenge of stimulating privatesector activity, expanding export performance, and attracting higher levels of investment. Exportled growth is recognized as a key driver of productivity, job creation, and improved macroeconomic stability, and the GoM aims to orient the economy toward exportoriented production while leveraging the country’s strategic geographic position.
The MSME Competitiveness Project supports these national priorities by addressing constraints faced by micro, small, and mediumsized enterprises (MSMEs), including regulatory burdens, limited access to finance, insufficient export readiness, and gaps in quality infrastructure. The Project builds on the World Bank’s long-standing support to Moldova’s competitiveness agenda, particularly through the Competitiveness Enhancement Projects (CEP I and CEP II). These operations delivered substantial results, including modernization of the national quality infrastructure, expansion of accredited laboratory services, and significant improvements in the business environment. Under CEP II, interventions generated approximately USD 215 million in new exports, created over 1,000 jobs, and resulted in USD 15 million in privatesector savings. The Matching Grant Facility (MGF) proved highly effective, with 270 beneficiary firms—more than half exporting for the first time—achieving USD 41 million in new export sales and creating over 800 jobs. Impact evaluations confirmed a strong leverage effect, with each USD 1 invested generating approximately USD 12.4 in new export sales.
Building on these achievements, the MSME Competitiveness Project adopts a comprehensive approach to enterprise development and export competitiveness. Its objectives are to: (i) reduce the regulatory burden on enterprises; (ii) increase MSME access to finance; and (iii) enhance the export competitiveness of Moldovan firms, while enabling rapid response in the event of an Eligible Crisis or Emergency. The Project comprises three components:
Component 1 – Regulatory Reform and Digitization. Supports simplification of the regulatory environment and reduction of compliance costs through digitization of governmenttobusiness (G2B) services, improved interoperability, modernization of inspection systems, and strengthening of the National Quality Infrastructure (NQI).
Component 2 – Access to Finance. Strengthens the Credit Guarantee Facility under the Organization for Entrepreneurial Development (ODA), enabling MSMEs to obtain financing for business expansion, market entry, export initiation, and adoption of productivityenhancing technologies.
Component 3 – MSME Development and Export Competitiveness. Provides targeted support through matching grants, export readiness programs, supplier development initiatives, and export promotion activities. Building on CEP II results, the Project supports a new export readiness and internationalization program under ODA to help Moldovan enterprises meet international market requirements and integrate into global value chains.
Under Component 3, the Invest Moldova Agency (MIA) seeks to engage a local consulting firm with demonstrated experience in SME development, export promotion, market analysis, and export readiness assessments. The selected firm will support the implementation of export facilitation activities and contribute to strengthening the competitiveness and internationalization of Moldovan enterprises
Invest Moldova Agency has a number of 15 export missions planned for 2026 and 2027 with a tentative calendar as per Table 1. Target markets, sectors and tentative calendar of the B2B export missions (see below).
Tabel 1. Target markets, sectors and tentative calendar of the B2B export missions
Target Market | Sector | Tentative timeline / period[1] | Number of participants |
Romania (4 missions) | Food products | October, 2026 | 35 (number of participants per sector should be not less than 5) |
Fruits | |||
Furniture / Wood Processing (TAFL) | |||
Industrial products | |||
Italy (4 missions) | Furniture | November, 2026 | 35 (number of participants per sector should be not less than 5) |
Medical Tourism | |||
Light Industry | |||
Agri-food Products | |||
Poland (2 missions) | Food Products | October, 2026 | 20 (number of participants per sector should be not less than 5) |
Fruits | |||
Germany (2 missions) | Fruits | November, 2026 | 20 (number of participants per sector should be not less than 5) |
Agri-food products | |||
United Kingdom (3 missions) | Light industry | November 2026 or March 2027 | 20 (number of participants per sector should be not less than 5) |
Wines | |||
Agri-food products |
C. Objective of the Assignment
The objective of the assignment is to support the Government of the Republic of Moldova and the Invest Moldova Agency to carry out activities related to the evaluation/selection and preparation of app. 140 Moldovan SMEs for the B2B export missions.
D. Tasks to be performed by the Consultant (Scope of Work)
To achieve the objectives of the assignment, the Consultant shall perform the tasks described below.
NOTE: Organization of the B2Bs in the destination country. Activities related to identifying foreign partners, planning and scheduling the missions abroad, logistical arrangements in the destination country, organizing B2B meetings and visits abroad, will be implemented under a separate contract(s) with selected consulting firm(s) from the country(es) of destination, where the B2Bs missions will take place.
F. Deliverables / Outcomes
During the implementation of the contract, the Consultant is expected to develop and submit the following deliverables:
G. Inputs from key players
The Invest Moldova Agency, in coordination with the Organization for Entrepreneurial Development (ODA), shall provide the following support to the Consultant:
The Beneficiary companies participating in the B2B export missions shall be responsible for covering the following costs (as applicable under the overall program design):
The Consultant (local consulting firm in the Republic of Moldova) shall be responsible for covering the costs and activities as described above, including preparation of analytical notes, workshops’ technical organization (if required, including space rent, coffee breaks), documentation, company profiling, and reporting.
H. Reports and Reporting Arrangements
The results of the assignment will be presented in a series of reports, containing a detailed description of the fulfillment of the tasks foreseen under Clause D (Scope of Work). The Reports shall be developed & submitted being aligned with the proposed missions calendar provided in Tabel 1 of these ToRs. At the stage of the technical and financial proposal, the Consultant shall prepare and submit a schedule for the submission of reports, aligned with the mission calendar.
The Consultant shall produce the following progress reports:
1st Progress Report. This report shall present the Consultant’s progress, findings, and deliverables related to the initial assessment and preparatory activities, including the results of the conducted analysis and preliminary confirmation of the selected sector focus.
2nd Progress Report. This report shall present the Consultant’s progress, findings, and deliverables related to market intelligence development and support provided during the evaluation and selection of participating SMEs.
Final Report. This report shall consolidate the final results, including, inter alia, the final list of selected SMEs and reserve list, and the individualized company profiles in English for each selected SME.
All deliverables shall be provided in electronic format, and in hard copy upon request. The working languages for all reports shall be Romanian and English.
The Consultant will act under the supervision of and shall coordinate the progress status with the Invest Moldova Agency and the PIU. The Consultant shall coordinate the reports/deliverables with the Invest Moldova Agency, the PIU, and other stakeholders as applicable.
I. Period and Terms of the Assignment
The assignment will be implemented in the period August 2026 – June 2027 and shall be aligned with the export missions calendar provided in Tabel 1 of these ToRs. The Consultant shall develop and submit, at the technical and financial proposal stage, a detailed work plan to ensure the accomplishment of the proposed missions calendar.
The beneficiaries’ selection results and individualized company profiles shall be ready at least six (6) weeks prior to each mission start date to enable partner outreach and matchmaking.
J. Requirements for the assignment
This assignment requires a local Consultant, which shall be a consulting firm or a consortium of consulting firms, with proven knowledge of the local SME sector and export /trade promotion, that meets the following requirements:
K. Terms of payment
The Contract will be a lump-sum contract for small assignments in accordance with the World Bank procedures. The tentative payment schedule is as follows:
The payments under the contract will be made by the PIU upon approval of the reports by the Invest Moldova Agency.
[1] Dates and periods could be modified subject of SMEs’ selection and preparedness for the missions
"},{"id":"OP00457095","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"16-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-10T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"12:00","project_ctry_name":"Lebanon","project_id":"P180501","project_name":"Lebanon Renewable Energy and System Reinforcement Project","bid_reference_no":"LB-EDL-553964-CS-LCS","bid_description":"External Financial Auditor \"EDL\"","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"LCS","procurement_method_name":"Least Cost Selection","contact_address":"Al Nahr, Beirut, Lebanon","contact_ctry_name":"Lebanon","contact_email":"saadabdallah@hotmail.com","contact_name":"saadabdallah","contact_organization":"Electricite du Liban","contact_phone_no":"009613928204","submission_date":"2026-07-16T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(CONSULTING SERVICES -FIRMS SELECTION)
REPUBLIC OF LEBANON
Lebanon Renewable Energy and System Reinforcement Project (P180501)
Loan No.: IBRD-97310
Assignment Title: Project External Audit
Reference No. (as per Procurement Plan): LB-EDL-553964-CS-LCS
The Government of Lebanon has received financing from the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) toward the cost of the Lebanon Renewable Energy and System Reinforcement Project (P180501) and intends to apply part of the proceeds for consulting services.
The consulting services (“the Services”) includes the carrying out of Financial Audit of LRESRP over the period starting October 2025 till December 31, 2028.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment can be found attached to this procurement notice below.
Electricite du Liban now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services. The shortlisting criteria are: (a) core business and years in business, (b) relevant experience, (c) technical and managerial capability of the firm. Key Experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
The detailed Terms of Reference (TOR) for the assignment are attached to this request for expressions of interest and can be found below.
The EDL now invites eligible consulting firms (“Consultants”) to indicate their interest in providing the Services. Interested Consultants should provide information demonstrating that they have the required qualifications and relevant experience to perform the Services.
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs 3.13, 3.15 and 3.16 of the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (February 2025), which set forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
A Consultant will be selected in accordance with the Least Cost Selection method (LCS) set out in the World Bank’s Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, dated February 2025.
Further information can be obtained at the address below during office hours from 10:00 to 14:00 (Beirut local time).
Interested firms should submit an Expression of Interest including:
Key experts will not be evaluated at the shortlisting stage.
Expressions of Interest must be delivered in written form to the address below (in person) or e-mail to LRESRP-PROC@edl.gov.lb by Monday, August 10, 2026 at 12:00 PM (noon) Beirut Time.
Electricité Du Liban
Prefabricated Cell No. 38
Newly Installed on the West Side of the EDL Central Building
Within its Headquarters in Beirut
Attn: Mrs. Rachel Chebl – Secretary of Purchase Committee
RUE DU FLEUVE
P.O. BOX 131, BEIRUT
LEBANON
Tel: +961-1-442720 / 442729
Fax: +961-1-583084
E-mail: lresrp-proc@edl.gov.lb
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Project External Audit
Consolidated EDL and LRA Project Components (IBRD Loan)
EDL Project Components (Grant)
1. Project Background
The International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD) has agreed to provide a loan in the amount of two hundred and fifty million United States Dollars (US$250,000,000) to the Lebanese Republic to assist in financing the Lebanon Renewable Energy and System Reinforcement Project (LRESRP), Project No. P180501. In addition, an Energy Sector Management Assistance Program (ESMAP) Grant in the amount of one million five hundred thousand United States Dollars (US$1,500,000), Grant No. IFOC8460, has been made available to support EDL-related activities under the Project. The objective of the Project is to enable cleaner, more reliable and efficient grid electricity services in Lebanon.
The Project is the first operation of a proposed Series of Projects supporting electricity sector recovery and development. It contributes to restoring basic functionality of the electricity network through transmission network rehabilitation and reinforcement, operational and commercial system modernization at EDL, rehabilitation of hydropower assets implemented by LRA, and an increased share of utility-scale solar photovoltaic generation. The Project also integrates environmental, social, disaster risk, and climate resilience measures in its design and implementation.
This Terms of Reference (TOR) applies to the external audit of the Project financial statements and financial management arrangements for the parts of the LRESRP implemented by Electricité du Liban (EDL), including the EDL components financed under IBRD Loan No. 9731-LB and the EDL activities financed under ESMAP Grant No. IFOC8460. The TOR is prepared in line with the Loan Agreement, the ESMAP Grant Agreement, the Project Operations Manual (POM), the EDL Subsidiary Agreement under the Loan, the Subsidiary Agreement under the Grant, the applicable World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, the applicable World Bank disbursement and financial management requirements, and International Standards on Auditing (ISA).
For the purposes of this TOR, the term “Financing Agreements” means, as applicable, the Loan Agreement for IBRD Loan No. 9731-LB and the ESMAP Grant Agreement, Grant No. IFOC8460, including any related subsidiary agreements, supplemental letters, disbursement arrangements, and applicable World Bank requirements.
2. EDL Project Scope Under the Financing Agreements
Under Article III of the Loan Agreement, the Borrower shall cause Parts 1, 2.1, 2.3 and 3.1 of the Project to be carried out by EDL. In addition, under the ESMAP Grant Agreement, the Recipient, through MoEW, shall cause EDL to carry out the Grant-financed Project activities. Accordingly, this TOR covers the audit of EDL Project components, Grant-financed activities, funds, expenditures, contracts, assets, and related financial management and procurement records. Parts 2.2 and 3.2 of the Loan-financed Project are implemented by LRA and are outside the direct audit scope of this TOR, except where coordination or consolidation is required under the Financing Agreements, the POM, or the World Bank requirements.
For clarity, the Loan-financed EDL part of the LRESRP consists of the following:
EDL Part | Description of Activities to be Considered by the Auditor |
Component 1: Strengthening of EDL Operational and Commercial Systems | EDL operational systems and commercial systems, including the National Control Center (NCC), SCADA, energy management system, telecommunications, AMI center, billing system, consumer portal, ERP platform, related IT infrastructure, training, deployment, and operation and maintenance arrangements. |
Component 2.1: Development of a Grid-connected Solar PV Plant | Supply and installation of a utility-scale solar PV power plant at the Selected Site in the Hermel, Ras Baalbek and Qaa area, with an installed capacity estimated at around 150 MWp, including design, PV modules, inverters, balance of plant, control and monitoring systems, auxiliary systems, civil works, grid connection interface, and an operation and maintenance contract with on-the-job training. |
Component 2.2: Rehabilitation of LRA HPPs and Strengthening of Dam Safety | Implemented by LRA and are outside the direct audit scope of this TOR. |
Component 2.3: Strengthening of EDL Transmission Network | Rehabilitation of Ashrafieh 220 kV substation; rehabilitation of the 220 kV Deir Nbouh - Baalbek overhead transmission line; upgrade of Baalbek substation; construction of a new 220 kV point-of-connection substation; connection of the solar PV plant to the grid; and connection of the point of connection to the EDL grid through the existing Deir Nbouh - Baalbek double-circuit 220 kV line. |
Component 3.1: Project Implementation Support and Technical Studies for EDL | EDL Owner's Engineer, consultancy services for EDL business process review and ERP leverage, consultancy support to EDL-PMT and Project Steering Committee, project management and coordination, monitoring and evaluation, environmental and social compliance, gender sensitization, fiduciary administration, internal controls, audits, third-party monitoring, communication and outreach, grievance mechanism and citizen engagement mechanism, and capacity building for EDL. |
Sub-component 3.2: Project Implementation Support, Technical Studies for LRA, and Dam Safety Panel of Experts | Implemented by LRA and are outside the direct audit scope of this TOR. |
2.1 Detailed EDL Activities
Component 1.1: Strengthening of EDL Operational Systems
Component 1.2: Strengthening of EDL Commercial Systems
Component 2.1: Development of a Grid-connected Solar PV Plant
Component 2.3: Strengthening of EDL Transmission Network
Component 3.1: Project Implementation Support and Technical Studies for EDL
2.2 Grant-Financed EDL Activities
In addition to the EDL activities financed under the IBRD Loan, this TOR also covers the activities financed under the ESMAP Grant, Grant No. IFOC8460, to the extent implemented by EDL and recorded under the Project financial management arrangements.
The Grant-financed Project consists of the following activities:
Part 1: Feasibility studies for solar PV generation
Supporting preliminary studies and feasibility assessments for a solar photovoltaic generation facility with battery energy storage system, including detailed geospatial analysis of the site based on earlier studies and criteria agreed with EDL; analysis and selection of system technologies, including specifications for PV panels and inverters; high-resolution modeling to estimate energy outputs based on PV module, inverter and equipment characteristics; and review of site preparation, equipment costs, control systems, meteorological hardware, electrical networks and decommissioning requirements.
Part 2: Site-specific environmental and social studies as per the Environmental and Social Framework
Supporting EDL in preparing site-specific environmental and social instruments to identify potential environmental, social, health and safety risks related to the construction and operation of the solar PV plant, including preparation of a site-specific Environmental and Social Impact Assessment; consultations with stakeholders and integration of their feedback into the designs and the ESIA; and preparation of terms of reference for the engineering, procurement and construction contractor to prepare a construction environmental and social management plan and an occupational health and safety risk assessment.
3. Financing of the Project Components and Grant Activities (EDL & LRA)
The auditor will reconcile EDL expenditures directly and consolidate the final statements after receiving the separate independently audited report from the LRA.
The Loan Agreement allocates the following financing categories to EDL. The Auditor shall reconcile audited Loan expenditures, withdrawals, replenishments, direct payments, special commitments, statements of expenditure, contract commitments, and unpaid balances to these EDL categories and to the approved Annual Work Plans and Budgets, as applicable.
Category | Description | Amount Allocated (USD) | Percentage of Expenditures to be Financed |
1 | Goods, works, non-consulting services, consulting services, Operating Costs and Training for Parts 1, 2.3 and 3.1 of the Project implemented by EDL. | 128,678,000 | 100% |
2 | Goods, works, non-consulting services, consulting services, Operating Costs and Training for Part 2.1 of the Project implemented by EDL. | 90,772,000 | 100% |
3 | Goods, works, non-consulting services, consulting services, Operating Costs and Training for Part 2.2 of the Project implemented by LRA. | 24,937,000 | 100% |
4 | Goods, works, non-consulting services, consulting services, Operating Costs and Training for Part 3.2 of the Project implemented by LRA. | 4,988,000 | 100% |
5 | Emergency Expenditures under Part 4.1 of the Project. | 0 | 100% |
6 | Emergency Expenditures under Part 4.2 of the Project. | 0 | 100% |
7 | Front-end Fee for Parts 1, 2.1, 2.3 and 3.1 of the Project implemented by EDL. | 550,000 | Amount payable pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Loan Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.07(b) of the General Conditions |
8 | Front-end Fee for Parts 2.2 and 3.2 of the Project implemented by LRA. | 75,000 | Amount payable pursuant to Section 2.03 of the Loan Agreement, in accordance with Section 2.07(b) of the General Conditions |
9 | Interest Rate Cap or Interest Rate Collar premium for EDL. | Amount due | Amount payable pursuant to Section 4.05(c) of the General Conditions |
10 | Interest Rate Cap or Interest Rate Collar premium for LRA. |
| Amount payable pursuant to Section 4.05(c) of the General Conditions |
| TOTAL AMOUNT | 250,000,000 |
|
Source: Project Appraisal Document (PAD), Table 5, pages 41–42.
The aggregate amount allocated to EDL Categories 1 and 2 is US$219,450,000, excluding the EDL front-end fee and any Interest Rate Cap or Interest Rate Collar premium. Including the EDL front-end fee, the identified EDL allocation is US$220,000,000, subject to the terms of the Loan Agreement.
The Closing Date of the Loan is December 31, 2030, unless otherwise amended in accordance with the Loan Agreement. The Closing Date of the Grant is June 30, 2027, unless otherwise amended in accordance with the Grant Agreement.
The ESMAP Grant Agreement allocates the following financing category to EDL-related Grant activities. The Auditor shall reconcile audited Grant expenditures, withdrawals, direct payments, statements of expenditure, contract commitments, unpaid balances and supporting documents to this Grant category, the approved Annual Work Plans and Budgets, the Grant Agreement, the Subsidiary Agreement under the Grant, the POM and applicable World Bank requirements.
Category | Description | Amount Allocated (USD) | Percentage of Expenditures to be Financed |
1 | Goods, works, non-consulting services, consulting services, Training and Operating Costs under the Project | 1,500,000 | 100% inclusive of taxes |
Total |
| 1,500,000 |
|
The total Grant amount is US$1,500,000. No withdrawal shall be made for payments made prior to the date of the Grant Agreement.
4. Project Implementation Arrangements for EDL
The Ministry of Energy and Water (MoEW) has overall responsibility for the implementation of the Project. A Project Steering Committee, chaired by the Minister of Energy and Water, is to provide overall strategic guidance and Project oversight, approve the Annual Work Plan and Budget, and review implementation and evaluation reports, as applicable.
EDL shall maintain the EDL Project Management Team (EDL-PMT) throughout Project implementation, with composition, mandate and resources satisfactory to the Bank and as further detailed in the POM. The EDL-PMT shall include, inter alia, a Project manager, procurement specialist, financial management specialist, and environmental and social specialist, all with terms of reference, qualifications and experience acceptable to the Bank.
The EDL-PMT is responsible for the day-to-day coordination of EDL Project activities, including financial management, procurement, monitoring and evaluation, preparation of Project progress and monitoring reports, compliance with the Environmental and Social Commitment Plan (ESCP) and Environmental and Social Standards, and coordination with stakeholders on implementation.
Before the commencement of any works under Parts 1, 2.1 and 2.3, EDL shall select and hire the EDL Owner's Engineer with terms of reference and under terms and conditions acceptable to the Bank. The EDL Owner's Engineer is responsible for assisting MoEW and EDL in the supervision of the activities under Parts 1, 2.1 and 2.3 of the Project.
The EDL Subsidiary Agreement shall govern the transfer and use of the relevant Loan proceeds for EDL Parts 1, 2.1, 2.3 and 3.1. The Subsidiary Agreement under the Grant shall govern the transfer and use of the relevant Grant proceeds for the Grant-financed EDL activities. EDL is required to carry out the Loan-financed Project parts and the Grant-financed activities with due diligence and efficiency and in conformity with appropriate administrative, economic, engineering, managerial, financial, environmental, social and technical standards and practices, including the Anti-Corruption Guidelines, Procurement Regulations, Environmental and Social Standards, and applicable provisions of the Financing Agreements and POM.
5. Financial Management and Audit Requirements
EDL shall maintain a financial management system and prepare financial statements in accordance with consistently applied accounting standards acceptable to the Bank, in a manner adequate to reflect the operations, resources and expenditures related to Parts 1, 2.1, 2.3 and 3.1 of the Loan-financed Project and the activities financed under the Grant.
EDL is expected to maintain a ring-fenced accounting and reporting arrangement for the Project until the relevant integrated system or ERP platform is acquired, installed, customized and operational. The system should allow the recording of daily transactions, tracking of commitments and payments, separate identification of Loan and Grant financing sources, preparation of quarterly interim unaudited financial reports (IFRs), annual Project financial statements, and a fixed assets registry for assets financed under the EDL Project components and Grant-financed activities.
Each audit of the Project Financial Statements shall cover one fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year in which the first withdrawal under the Loan or Grant was made, unless otherwise agreed with the Bank. The audited financial statements, audit report, and management letter shall be furnished to the Bank not later than six months after the end of each audit period. The Project Financial Statements shall separately identify Loan and Grant funds, expenditures, categories, contracts and balances, as applicable.
The EDL-PMT shall ensure that all necessary records are available to the Auditor, all accounting entries and adjustments have been made, and all actions required for the Auditor to issue the final audit report within the deadline have been completed.
The Project Financial Statements for EDL should include, at minimum:
Context
6. Objective of the Audit
The primary objective of the audit engagement is to enable the Auditor to express a professional opinion as to whether:
For this purpose, the Auditor shall carry out the examinations, tests and procedures necessary to obtain sufficient appropriate audit evidence, including review of the underlying records, contracts, supporting documents, internal control systems, withdrawal applications, statements of expenditure, designated account(s), and physical existence of assets where applicable.
The auditor is expected to consolidate the audit of the loan after receiving the audit from LRA.
7. Scope of the Audit
The audit subject to this Terms of Reference is considered as a special purpose audit engagement for which, in addition to compliance with international standards as explained below, the Auditor needs to take into consideration the effectiveness of internal controls over financial reporting, and compliance with World Bank Reporting requirements, Disbursement guidelines, and Procurement Guidelines in order to provide assurance on the financial management and procurement arrangements of the project in accordance with ISA 800. Accordingly, the Auditor should review and assess the conclusions drawn from the audit evidence during the special purpose audit engagement as the basis for the expression of a clear written audit opinion. Moreover, the Auditor should obtain from management a Representation Letter as evidence of management’s assertions in the project financial statements in accordance with ISA 580.
The audit will be carried out in accordance with International Standards on Auditing, having regard to relevant
Loan/Grant agreements and World Bank particular requirements. The audit shall provide assurance on the effectiveness of the internal controls surrounding statements of expenditure. The scope of the audit procedures must be aligned with the World Bank scope requirements to ensure compliance with the engagement. Planning and conducting the audit will be in accordance with a risk-based framework and a detailed and documented audit work program. The audit coverage will consider the risk of material misstatement as a result of error or fraud. A description of the nature, timing, and extent of the planned risk assessment procedures sufficient to assess the risk of material misstatement should be properly documented.
In complying with International Standards on Auditing, the Auditor shall pay particular attention to the following standards and related requirements, including special considerations for public sector entities
8. Specific Audit Procedures and Areas of Attention
The Auditor shall perform, for the loan and the grant, at minimum, the following procedures and any additional procedures considered necessary in the circumstances:
The Auditor will be expected to review all correspondences with the World Bank in relation to the Project including copies of the Aide Memoires, Mission Reports, and assess progress on all financial issues. The Auditor will pay special attention to any specific risk area as mentioned in the project documents (such as PAD, etc.)
[1] Depending on the complexity of procurement activities, the auditor may consider involving technical experts during the audit engagement, in compliance with provisions of International Standard on Auditing 620. Consideration of using of the work of experts should be brought to the early attention of the borrower and the World Bank for mutual agreement and appropriate guidance.
9. Audit Deliverables
The auditor should verify that the financial statements have been prepared in accordance with International Public Sector Accounting Standards, Cash Basis of Accounting. The financial statements should include:
For the project, the following is requested as deliverables covering each period of the engagement:
I. Consolidated Audit Report for the loan (EDL and LRA Components) and Audit Report (Grant-Financed Activities) covering each period which shall include an explicit professional opinion whether (i) the General Purpose Project Financial Statements (PFS) show true and fair view of the Project’s financial position as of the end of the period and sources and uses of funds incurred during the year then ending in accordance with International Public Sector Accounting Standards, under the cash basis of accounting; (ii) all funds provided to the Project, including replenishments, direct payments, payments through special commitments, and reimbursements, including expenditures reimbursed on the basis of Statements of Expenditures, are eligible, have been used, accounted for, and classified in accordance with the relevant Loan and Grant Agreements, as applicable, as of December 31 for each year; (iii) internal control over financial reporting involved in the preparation of replenishments, direct payments, payments through special commitments, and reimbursements can be relied upon to support the related withdrawals as of December 31 for each year; (iv) replenishments and disbursements made during the year ended December 31 for each year under the Designated Account(s) have been used exclusively for payment of eligible expenditures and have been accounted for and classified in accordance with the relevant Loan and Grant Agreements, as applicable, as of the end of each period; and (v) the Project was in all material respects in compliance with the relevant financial covenants of the Financing Agreements, World Bank disbursement guidelines and applicable World Bank Procurement Regulations. The Auditor should take into account relevant statutory and other mandatory disclosures and accounting requirements stipulated in the Financing Agreements and express in the report any relevant exception and the impact of the exception on the PFS.
II. A Consolidated Management Letter for the loan (EDL and LRA Components) and Management Letter (Grant-Financed Activities) covering each period which should report any significant accounting and control issues arising from the audit of the project, as identified during the internal control mechanisms review together with the related risk. The letter, with management responses, and recommendations to address the situation and insufficiencies, should be made available to the Governing Body in time. As annex of the Management Letter, the Auditor will mention whether or not recommendations issued in the previous Management Letter have been considered by the PMT.
The Consolidated Audit Report and Management Letter for the loan to be submitted no later than 6 months (June 30) after the end of each period. The audit report and management letter for the grant will be submitted within 6 months after the grant closing date.
The external auditor will work to consolidate the financial statements and audit reports from both EDL and LRA for the loan part and prepare a consolidated project financial statement and audit report. This consolidated report must be submitted no later than six months after the end of each fiscal year.
9.1 Review of Statements of Expenditure and Interim Unaudited Financial Statements
The auditor is required to audit all SOE/IFS submitted to the World Bank in support of requests for periodic replenishment of the project designated account(s), including Loan and Grant accounts, where applicable. Expenditures should be examined for eligibility based on criteria defined in the terms of the relevant Financing Agreements and detailed in the Project documents. The auditor should report any ineligible expenditures identified as having been included in withdrawal applications and reimbursed.
9.2 Review of designated accounts
During the audit of the project financial statements, the auditor is required to review the activities of the project’s designated account(s), including any separate Loan or Grant account(s), where applicable. Activities to be examined will include deposits received, payments made, interest earned, and reconciliation of period-end balances.
9.3 Audit opinion
9.4 Other audit reports
In addition to the audit opinion, the auditor will also, either in the audit report or in the report to management:
The auditor’s opinion on the financial statements and management letter should be received by the Bank no later than six months after the end of each fiscal year.
10. Audit Periods and Submission Deadline
Each audit shall cover one fiscal year of the Borrower, commencing with the fiscal year in which the first withdrawal under the Loan or Grant was made. The first audit period shall cover the period from the first withdrawal date, or another date agreed with the Bank, through December 31 of the relevant fiscal year. The following indicative schedule should be prepared based on the actual Effective Date, first withdrawal date, Grant Closing Date, Loan Closing Date and World Bank guidance:
For the Grant-financed activities, the Grant Closing Date is June 30, 2027. Grant expenditures shall be audited for each fiscal year or closing period during which withdrawals or eligible expenditures occur, through the applicable closing and documentation period, as agreed with the Bank.
Audit Period /Loan | Period Covered | Submission Deadline |
Period 1 | From October 01, 2025 to December 31, 2026 | June 30, 2027 |
Period 2 | January 1, 2027 to December 31, 2027 | June 30, 2028 |
Period 3 | January 1, 2028 to December 31, 2028 | June 30, 2029 |
Audit Period/ Grant | Period Covered | Submission Deadline |
Period 1 | Grant effectiveness (June 9, 2026) until June 30, 2027 and the four-month grace period ending October 31, 2027 | Dec. 31, 2027 |
11. Key Experts for the Audit Assignment
11.1 Team Leader
Role: Overall responsibility for leading the audit team, coordinating activities, ensuring compliance with this TOR, and serving as the main liaison with EDL, MoEW and the World Bank, as required.
Qualifications and Experience:
11.2 Audit Supervisor
Role: Review financial flows, financial reporting, disbursement records, procurement-related financial records and compliance for the EDL Project components and Grant-financed activities, detect irregularities, and ensure that financial transactions are accurately recorded.
Qualifications and Experience:
11.3 Audit Team Members
Role: Assist the Team Leader and Audit Supervisor in conducting the financial audit, testing supporting documents, performing reconciliations, reviewing contract files, examining assets and preparing audit working papers for the EDL Project components and Grant-financed activities.
Qualifications and Experience:
12. Firm Qualifications
The Auditor should be registered as certified public accountant with the appropriate professional body in the country (Lebanese Association of Certified Public Accountants – LACPA) and registered at the Ministry of Finance and have at least 10 years of relevant experience including auditing major projects financed by donors, organizations and government entities as needed. The auditor should have a system of quality assurance as per international standards, ensure proper staffing with substantial experience and qualified international certification (CPA, CA or ACCA) for at least one or more senior staff. In case of government auditing, the audit team should be adequately staffed with qualified Auditors having relevant background and experience in auditing of public sectors and projects. Training and continued education should emphasize international auditing standards in addition to relevant international accounting and financial reporting standards (IPSAS, IFRS, ISA), work paper techniques and audit documentation to ensure engagements comply with international professional standards. The same audit principles should be applied if the audit is conducted by private or government Auditors. The Auditor should ensure that its audit firm’s system of quality control provides reasonable assurance that the work performed on an audit engagement meets the applicable professional standards and regulatory requirements.
13. Irregularities Including Fraud
EDL, through its responsible governing and management bodies, is responsible for ensuring the establishment and maintenance of an adequate system of internal control, compliance with statutory and other regulations, and prevention and detection of irregularities, including fraud.
The Auditor is not required to search specifically for fraud unless the audit evidence indicates that such an investigation is necessary. However, the Auditor shall plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance that the financial statements are free from material misstatement, whether caused by fraud or error, and shall report in writing and without delay any serious weaknesses, fraud, irregularities, suspected corruption, or accounting breakdowns identified during the audit to the designated office holder, EDL, MoEW and the World Bank, as appropriate.
14. Access to Information
The Auditor shall have rights of access to the books, accounts, vouchers, Financing Agreements, related Supplemental Letters, Project Appraisal Document, Grant Agreement documents, correspondence, and all other documents in relation to the Project and to such information and explanations as Auditors consider necessary to perform their duties and fulfill their responsibilities.
In addition, the Auditors will be provided with copies of the World Bank relevant publications and documents that the Governing Body has to recognize, including: (i) World Bank policy and procedures for Investment Project Financing (IPF): Guidelines for Borrowers; (ii) the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers dated September 2023 for the Loan and February 2025 for the Grant, as applicable; (iii) the World Bank Disbursement Guidelines, including Disbursement Guidelines for Investment Project Financing (February 2017), the Loan Handbook for World Bank Borrowers (February 2017), and any applicable grant disbursement instructions; and (iv) the Financing Agreements, POM, Subsidiary Agreements and related supplemental letters.
In turn, on occasions the World Bank representatives may wish to meet with Projects' Auditors, in connection with a visit to the Auditor’s office, review of the audit working papers files and discussion of the work performed and conclusion reached by the Auditors. The Auditor should not limit access in any way and must reply to all inquiries raised by the World Bank representative. Failure to comply with this provision may disqualify the Auditors from dealing with all projects funded or administered by the World Bank. Formal discussion should normally be arranged through the Project's designated office holder or representative. The World Bank will have this exclusive right during performance of the audit and within two years after the completion of the audit engagement.
15. Meetings and Miscellaneous Requirements
Annual Meetings
The Auditor may be requested to attend meetings at which the Project annual reports and financial statements are presented. The Auditor shall receive relevant notices and communications relating to such meetings.
Exit Conference
The Auditor shall hold a closing or exit conference with senior officials of EDL and the EDL-PMT before concluding the audit. Upon completion of fieldwork, the Auditor shall present audit results, discuss key findings and recommendations, and document the exit conference for inclusion in the audit working papers.
Termination of Appointment
If there are serious shortcomings on the part of the Auditor, EDL, after consultation with the World Bank and in accordance with the applicable contract provisions, may take the necessary steps to terminate the appointment before expiry of the assignment.
Restriction of Auditor Liability
There shall be no limitation of the Auditor's liability in respect of audit opinions issued under this assignment, unless otherwise agreed in writing by EDL and the World Bank in accordance with applicable rules.
16. Payments
Payments will be based on the satisfactory delivery and acceptance of the annual Audit Report, Management Letter and related deliverables for the EDL Project components and Grant-financed activities. Payment milestones and amounts shall be specified in the contract with the selected audit firm and shall be consistent with the applicable procurement and contract provisions.
Deliverable Package | Description | Payment |
Audit period deliverables | Audit Report, Management Letter, SOE/withdrawal application review, Designated Account(s) review where applicable, fixed assets schedule, and follow-up table on prior recommendations, covering Loan-financed and Grant-financed activities as applicable. | As per contract |
"},{"id":"OP00456845","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"15-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-08-04T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"09:30","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P162178","project_name":"China Food Safety Improvement Project","bid_reference_no":"GDNC-003","bid_description":"Organize the Agricultural Product Quality Safety Theme Day promotional activities during the Food Safety Publicity Week, including on-site events and a series of related activities. The on-site events will promote and showcase public knowledge.","procurement_group":"NC","procurement_method_code":"RFQ","procurement_method_name":"Request for Quotations","contact_address":"135 Xianlie Dong Road, Guangzhou","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn","contact_name":"shuheng Zhang","contact_organization":"Guangdong Farm Products Quality Safety Center","contact_phone_no":"020-87590235","submission_date":"2026-07-15T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
People's Republic of China
World Bank Loan
Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Loan No.: 9213-CN
Procurement for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month
(Non-Consulting Services)
(Contract No.: GDNC-003)
Request for Quotation (RFQ) Document
Bidding Number0733-26083257
July 2026
Chapter 1: Letter of Request for Quotation
Date: July 14, 2026
Bidding Number0733-26083257
1. The Government of the People's Republic of China has received a loan from the World Bank to finance the Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, and intends to apply a portion of the proceeds of this loan to eligible payments under this Request for Quotation contract.
2. China CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd., entrusted by the Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Center (Guangdong Green Food Development Center), hereby issues this Letter of Request for Quotation for the Procurement for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month (Contract No.: GDNC-003) to potential suppliers. All suppliers are requested to submit their quotations in accordance with the requirements of this Request for Quotation document (please refer to Chapter 5 for the format templates of the Letter of Quotation).
3. This procurement shall be conducted through the Request for Quotation method in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Guidelines, the Loan Agreement, and the Project Agreement. This Request for Quotation document is drafted with reference to the World Bank Standard Bidding Documents for Goods Procurement.
4. Supplier Qualification Requirements
Suppliers must meet the following stipulations and provide relevant supporting documents as specified. Failure to provide the required supporting documents may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
4.1 Entity Qualification: The supplier must possess the capacity to independently assume civil liability and hold a valid and qualified business license, tax registration certificate, and organization code certificate (a unified business license shall be provided if the "Three-in-One" certificate system applies). The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the business license, tax registration certificate, and organization code certificate (or a photocopy of the unified business license if the "Three-in-One" system applies), affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.2 Taxation and Social Security: The supplier must have a good record of paying taxes and social security funds in accordance with the law. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the supporting documents proving the payment of taxes and social insurance for any one month within the 6 months prior to the deadline for submission of the quotation document for this project, affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.3 Credit Record: The supplier must not be listed on the "Credit China" website (http://www.creditchina.gov.cn) as a dishonest person subject to enforcement or as a major tax violation dishonest entity. The supplier shall provide: Screenshots of the query results for the aforementioned records from the website, affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.4 Financial Status: The supplier must possess good commercial credit and a sound financial accounting system. The supplier shall provide: A photocopy of the audited financial report for the year 2025 (which must include at least the balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement), or a bank-issued credit certificate.
4.5 Lawful Operation: Within the three years prior to participating in this Request for Quotation (calculated backward from the deadline for submission of the quotation document), the supplier must have no record of major legal violations in its business operations, such as criminal penalties, orders to suspend operations for rectification, revocation of licenses or permits, or imposition of substantial fines due to illegal business practices. The criteria for determining "substantial fines" shall be governed by the regulations of the provincial government in the supplier's administrative region, or by the standards set by the relevant competent administrative department of the State Council that imposes the penalty. The supplier shall provide: A "Qualification Commitment Letter" to make this commitment, in a self-drafted format.
4.6 Performance Requirements: From January 1, 2021, up to the deadline for submission of the quotation document (subject to the acceptance date), the supplier must have successfully implemented at least two similar service contracts.
The supplier shall provide: Key pages of the contract (including at least the cover page, service content/list, contract amount, signatures/seals, and date of signing) and the acceptance certificate. All the aforementioned materials must be affixed with the supplier's official seal. Original documents shall be kept available for verification.
4.7 Project Team Composition and Personnel Requirements
Staff / Working Group | Personnel Requirements |
Project Manager | 1.Possess an associate degree or above; Be a regular full-time employee of the supplier and have signed a labor contract with the supplier; 2.Possess at least 3 years of relevant working experience in organizing and planning publicity activities. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the degree certificates; Photocopies of the labor contracts; A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
Publicity Campaign Management | 1.Possess an associate degree or above; 2.Possess at least 3 years of working experience in publicity activities. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the degree certificates; A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
Graphic Designer | 1.Possess an associate degree or above in a design-related major, or hold a Graphic Designer or Exhibition Designer certificate; 2.Possess at least 3 years of graphic design experience for publicity activities. The supplier shall provide: A photocopy of the degree certificate, or a photocopy of the Graphic Designer or Exhibition Designer certificate; A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
Photographer and Videographer | Possess at least 3 years of experience in photography, videography, editing, and video production. The supplier shall provide: A work resume/CV affixed with the supplier's official seal. |
5. Quotation Requirements
5.1 Quotation Currency: All prices shall be quoted in Renminbi (RMB/Yuan). The quoted price shall be the final price inclusive of all taxes, transportation, insurance, installation and debugging, and all other expenses required for the completion of the contract implementation.
5.2 Validity of Quotation: The quotation shall remain valid for a period of 90 calendar days from the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
5.3 Submission of Quotation Documents
5.3.1 Deadline for Submission: 9:30 AM on August 4, 2026.
5.3.2 Submission Address: Room 2, Bid Opening Room, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province.
Please note: The supplier must ensure that the complete set of sealed quotation documents (hard copies) is delivered to the designated location before the deadline for submission. Late submissions will not be accepted.
5.4 Signing and Composition of Quotation Documents
The quotation documents must include the "Quotation List" and "Quotation Letter," both of which must be signed by the legal representative or their authorized representative and affixed with the supplier's official seal, as well as all other documents required to be submitted as specified in "Chapter 1: Request for Quotation Letter."
The "Quotation List" must strictly follow the format specified in "Chapter 2: Quotation List." Any discrepancies in the serial numbers, service content, quantity, unit, or remarks may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
The "Quotation Letter" must strictly follow the format of "1. Quotation Letter" in "Chapter 5: Format Examples." Any discrepancies may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
5.5 Number of Copies of Quotation Documents
Number of copies: One (1) original and four (4) copies, clearly marked as "Original" or "Copy". In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail. Meanwhile, a clear, complete, and sealed scanned copy of the original quotation document (in both PDF and Word formats) must be saved on a separate USB flash drive and submitted sealed together with the hard copies.
All documents shall be uniformly packed in a single outer package, and the seal of the outer package must be affixed with the supplier's official seal.
6. 6. Bid Opening Date, Time, and Venue
6.1 Bid Opening Date and Time: 9:30 a.m., August 4, 2026
6.2 Bid Opening Venue: Bid Opening Room XX, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou, Guangdong Province
7. Consortium Bidding: Consortium bidding is not allowed for this project.
8. Estimated Project Value: RMB 180,000 (in words: One Hundred and Eighty Thousand Yuan only).
9. World Bank Sanctions: Companies sanctioned by the World Bank are not eligible to submit quotations or be awarded any contract financed by the World Bank. The list of sanctioned companies and individuals can be found on the website: http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.
10. Evaluation Method:
10.1 The same procedures and criteria shall be applied to the evaluation of all quotation documents.
10.2 The evaluation process shall be conducted strictly in accordance with the requirements and conditions of the Request for Quotation (RFQ) document. The contract shall be awarded to the supplier whose quotation is substantially responsive to this RFQ document and has the lowest evaluated price.
11. Eligibility and Conflict of Interest
Potential suppliers shall note the provisions on eligibility and conflict of interest stipulated in the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers" (November 2020 Edition). All suppliers with a conflict of interest shall be deemed ineligible, and their quotation documents will be rejected. Suppliers must proactively disclose whether they have any affiliation with the following entities. If such affiliation exists, a statement of affiliation must be provided (format is self-drafted, and the content shall include, but not be limited to, the shareholder structure and shareholding ratio); if no such affiliation exists, a letter of commitment must be provided (format is self-drafted):
12. Obtaining the Request for Quotation (RFQ) Documents
Suppliers intending to participate in this project may obtain the documents by contacting the procurement agency via email from July 14, 2026, to August 3, 2026 (Beijing Time, the same below), during the hours of 9:00 AM to 11:30 AM and 1:30 PM to 4:30 PM daily (excluding statutory holidays). Suppliers must specify the company name, contact person, contact phone number, and the name of this project in the email.
13. Publication of the Notice
The Request for Quotation Notice for this project will be published simultaneously on the following designated media: the World Bank Section of the China Bidding Public Service Platform, and the China Bidding & Procurement Network.
Buyer: Guangdong Provincial Center for Quality and Safety of Agricultural Products (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center)
Address: No. 135 Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Tel: 020-87590235
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Address: Room 1811, 18th Floor, Building 59, Middle 3rd Ring Road East, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Tel: 010-87945198-503/504
Contact Persons: Ms. Guo, Ms. Zhang
Email: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangjyzb@ck.citic.com
Chapter 2: Quotation List
Please note that the services provided by the supplier shall meet the requirements specified in Chapter 3 Technical Requirements.
Serial No. | Service Content | Quantity | Unit | Quotation (RMB) | Note |
Service Support for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month; Venue: Jiangmen | |||||
1 | Event Design, Venue Setup, and Materials Provision | ||||
1.1 | Venue Rental (Including Large Screen) | 2 | Day | 5,000 / day × 2 days = 10,000 | 1.All designs shall be implemented only upon the Buyer's approval; 2.Venue setup shall commence as requested by the Buyer, and all related work, including venue arrangement, must be completed prior to the event; 3.At least 2 personnel must be stationed on-site for emergency response during the event; 4.Relevant photography and publicity/promotional work shall be completed within one working day after the event. |
1.2 | Stage Setup (Including: a. 2 speakers + 1 audio mixer + 6 handheld microphones (speech mics) + 1 audio engineer; b. Decoration for the front backdrop and side wing panels of the stage; c. Decoration for the podium and lectern flowers) | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.3 | Event Design and Production (Including: On-site booth layout design, exhibition booth design, float design, stage design, promotional posters, wayfinding signage design (e.g., floor decals), full-process event PPT, and dynamic video production for the launch sequence, etc.) | 1 | Set |
| |
1.4 | Exhibition Booths and Floats: 28 booths (wooden frame structure, including booth fascia/signboard production, etc.) and 2 floats | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.5 | Wayfinding Signage: Production of wayfinding signage, including floor decals, directional signs, etc. | 1 | Group |
| |
2 | Science Popularization Promotional Materials and Supplies | ||||
2.1 | Printing of science popularization brochures | 1,000 | copies |
|
|
2.2 | Quiz Materials for the Science Popularization Zone (Including: 1 quiz wheel, 400 prizes, and 1,000 promotional tote bags featuring the Green High-Quality Agricultural Products logo and an information inquiry QR code) | 1 | Lot |
| |
3 | Event Logistics Support | ||||
3.1 | Exhibition Area Supporting Facilities: | 2 | Day |
| |
3.2 | Audience Seating (At least 31 chairs must be provided on-site, including no less than 10 folding chairs with backrests) | 2 | Day |
| |
3.3 | Makeup and Styling for the Event MC | 1 | Day |
| |
3.4 | On-site Event Support | 2 | Day |
| |
4 | Event Publicity and Media Coverage | ||||
4.1 | Graphic and Text Feature Publicity: On-site photography at the event, with no less than 50 high-definition photos to be provided after the event; 1 high-quality original graphic and text publicity article to be planned and published on the day of the event. | 1 | Lot |
| |
4.2 | Short Video Production and Promotion (Before and after the event, respectively plan, shoot, and produce no less than 1 creative short video)
| 2 | Units |
| |
Total Quotation Price |
|
Chapter III Technical Requirements
I. Scope of Services and Term
1. Scope of Services: The supplier shall be responsible for executing the "2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month" event (in the second half of 2026), organized and planned by the Buyer. Through professional designs of the stage, exhibition booths, etc., the supplier shall carry out science popularization and publicity for agricultural product quality and safety, as well as promotional campaigns for green food, to raise public awareness of agricultural product quality and safety.
2.Term of Services: The service period for this project is approximately 3 months, calculated from the effective date of the procurement contract until all event services are fully completed, and the final acceptance and settlement are concluded. The supplier must ensure that the corresponding work is completed before all key milestones.
II. Service Content and Requirements
The supplier shall provide a full-process integrated service for this project, covering professional event design, venue setup and materials provision, science popularization promotional materials and supplies, event logistics support, as well as event publicity and media coverage. The specific service contents include but are not limited to:
(I) Service Support for the 2026 Guangdong Province Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Publicity Week and Green Food Publicity Month
1. Event Design, Venue Setup, and Materials Provision
1.1 Venue Rental:
The event venue shall be designated by the Buyer, located in the space near the atrium of Jiangmen Darong City. The exact area shall be subject to the official demarcated scope by the final venue provider. The venue must be able to accommodate 28 standard exhibition booths, 2 float booths, the main stage, and the audience seating area. The rental period is 2 days, and the fee includes the use of a large screen and basic power supply.
The unit price for the venue rental is fixed at RMB 5,000 per day, with a total cost of RMB 10,000 for two days (in words: Ten Thousand Yuan only). This fee already includes the rental cost during the setup period.
The event is tentatively scheduled for 2 consecutive days in the second half of 2026 (initially planned to include one day on Friday and one day on Saturday; the exact dates shall be subject to the Buyer's final confirmation).
1.2 Stage Setup:
It shall include at least the following facilities:
a. One set of sound system: 2 speakers + 1 audio mixer + 6 handheld microphones (speech mics) + 1 audio engineer (the audio engineer is only required for the morning session on the first day of the event);
b. Stage perimeter: Decoration for the front backdrop and side wing panels of the stage;
c. Podium: Provision of a podium, complete with tabletop decoration (floral arrangements, tablecloths, etc.).
All setup materials must comply with national energy-saving, environmental protection, and low-carbon standards. Recyclable materials shall be prioritized to ensure the smooth execution of the event.
1.3 Event Design and Production:
Layout Planning:
The event site shall consist of a stage area, audience seating area, and exhibition area. The specific dimensions are as follows:
Stage: 7m (L) × 5m (W), equipped with a 5m (L) × 3.8m (H) LED display screen;
Audience Seating Area: 30 seats arranged in 3 rows × 10 columns. After the morning session on the first day, the chairs will be removed to make space for 2 floats;
Exhibition Area: 28 standard exhibition booths, each measuring 1.2m (L) × 0.6m (W), arranged around the atrium, on both sides of the stage, and directly in front of the stage;
Floats: 2.5m (L) × 0.7m (W).
The design proposal must treat all event areas, including the stage, as a cohesive whole for integrated design. This is to ensure an organic connection between visual aesthetics and traffic flow, reflecting unity and professionalism. During the design phase, full consideration must be given to pedestrian aisles, clear lines of sight, and product display requirements. During the setup phase, adjustments and optimizations shall be made based on actual on-site conditions to maximize space utilization and exhibition impact.
Design Theme:
The design style must deeply integrate the characteristics of green food and Lingnan culture, as well as modern agriculture. It should align with the theme of agricultural product quality and safety publicity to create a distinct and positive event image.
Craftsmanship and Materials:
All production materials must comply with relevant national standards and regulations for energy conservation, environmental protection, and low-carbon practices. Recyclable or reusable materials shall be prioritized.
Design Deliverables:
The supplier shall submit a complete design proposal, including but not limited to the following: overall and partial renderings (must reflect different angles and details), stage design renderings, exhibition booth renderings (with detailed dimensions and material specifications), float graphic design drafts, wayfinding signage design drafts (e.g., floor decals), full-process event PPT (including dynamic video for the launch sequence), and no less than 2 versions of the main visual poster suitable for different online and offline scenarios (e.g., print, screen display, social media). All design proposals must be implemented only upon the Buyer's written approval.
Attached: Site Layout Diagram (For Reference Only):
1.4 Exhibition Area Materials Provision:
Production Requirements for Exhibition Booths and Floats:
28 Exhibition Booths: The booths will primarily feature a wooden frame structure, including the production of booth fascias/signboards, etc.
2 Floats: The main function of the floats is publicity and attracting visitors, providing photo opportunities for the audience and tourists. The decorations must be securely fixed using lightweight, eco-friendly materials to ensure the safety of all personnel on-site.
Production Requirements for Wayfinding Signage:
Wayfinding signage that aligns with the event's on-site theme must be produced, including floor decals, directional signs, etc. These are to effectively guide the flow of visitors to the booths for viewing and tasting, thereby ensuring the overall success of the event.
2. Science Popularization Promotional Materials and Supplies
2.1 Printing of Science Popularization Brochures:
Print 1,000 copies of clear, full-color folded brochures. The content will be provided by the Buyer. The layout, as well as the material and style of the final print, must be implemented only upon the Buyer's approval.
2.2 Quiz Materials for the Science Popularization Zone:
Technical Requirements: Prepare relevant materials to ensure the smooth execution of 4 science popularization interactive quiz sessions over the 2-day event. All materials (including prizes and promotional tote bags) must be of qualified quality and safe to use. The promotional tote bags must feature the Green High-Quality Agricultural Products logo and an information inquiry QR code.
Specific Requirements: Includes 1 spinning wheel with a stand (for the public to draw question numbers on-site), 400 prizes (aligned with the promotional theme, must be green food products, with an average unit price not exceeding RMB 10), and 1,000 promotional tote bags.
3. Event Logistics Support
3.1 Exhibition Area Supporting Facilities:
The exhibition booth design must fully consider the display characteristics of the agricultural product industry. It should rationally plan functional areas such as the product tasting zone, freezer/refrigerator storage area, and centralized storage space. Normal water and power supply must be guaranteed for all areas.
a. Storage and Mailing of Goods for Participating Green High-Quality Agricultural Product Enterprises: The supplier shall be responsible for the mailing, receiving, and storage of agricultural products from participating enterprises before, during, and after the event. The supplier must also assist participating enterprises in transporting the agricultural products to the designated exhibition area. The supplier is responsible for the safe custody of the agricultural products during the event and shall bear the corresponding insurance liability. After the event, the supplier shall safely transport the agricultural products back to the designated location of the original providing units.
b. Rental of 1 Freezer: During the event, 1 freezer shall be rented for on-site preservation of chilled/fresh agricultural products.
c. Event Drinking Water: The brand must meet the Buyer's requirements (C'estbon, Nongfu Spring, Dinghu Mountain Spring, or brands of equivalent grade). The provision includes 1 water dispenser, 12 barrels of bottled water (18.9L/barrel), and 4 cases of bottled water (210ml/24 bottles per case × 2 cases; 380ml/24 bottles per case × 2 cases).
3.2 Audience Seating:
To meet the audience seating needs at the event site, 30 seats shall be set up. At least 31 chairs must be provided on-site (including no less than 10 folding chairs with backrests).
3.3 Makeup and Styling for the Event MC:
The Event MC will be provided by the Buyer, but the supplier shall be responsible for ensuring the makeup and styling of the MC on the day of the event.
3.4 On-site Event Support:
The supplier shall purchase insurance for this event to guarantee the safety of personnel and property during the event period.
During the event, the supplier must arrange no less than 2 staff members to be stationed on-site for emergency response. Their responsibilities include conducting safety inspections for electricity usage, performing emergency equipment repairs, handling emergencies, assisting enterprises with the loading and unloading of goods, and addressing various on-site inquiries and unexpected issues.
4.Event Publicity and Media Coverage
The supplier shall utilize diversified media formats and high-quality visual content to comprehensively enhance the breadth and depth of the event's communication.
4.1 Graphic and Text Feature Publicity
During the contract period, the supplier shall plan and publish no less than 1 high-quality original publicity article. The content of the article must be approved by the Buyer before publication. Furthermore, within one working day after the conclusion of the first day of the event, the article must be published on at least 3 provincial-level or above mainstream news media platforms and 2 local mainstream news media platforms in Jiangmen (such as authoritative news websites, mobile clients, newspapers, etc.).
4.2 Short Video Production and Promotion
Content Production:
Before and after the event, the supplier shall respectively plan, shoot, and produce no less than 1 creative short video each (2 videos in total). The video content should focus on the themes of agricultural product quality and safety, as well as the Green Food Publicity Week. The pre-event promotional video should be around 60 seconds in length, and the post-event summary video should be around 150 seconds, both conforming to mobile-friendly communication patterns.
Publication and Promotion:
The short videos must be published on at least 2 provincial-level or above mainstream media platforms (or their official new media accounts) and 2 local mainstream media platforms in Jiangmen (or their official new media accounts) (e.g., Douyin, WeChat Channels, Weibo, etc.). The total follower base of the media agency undertaking the publication or its publishing account on the corresponding platform must be no less than 50,000 to ensure basic coverage. The video content must be approved by the Buyer before publication.
(II) Collection and Organization of Publicity Outcomes, Summary Report, and Assistance with Project Acceptance
The supplier shall be responsible for organizing materials and establishing a complete archive of publicity outputs, summary reports, and relevant supporting documents. This includes the collection of publicity outcomes from various platforms and the statistical analysis of data such as readership/view counts.
The supplier shall draft an event summary and publicity outcomes report to evaluate the effectiveness of the publicity campaign in raising public awareness of agricultural product quality and safety in the host city, etc.
(III) Other Requirements
1.The supplier shall be responsible for the venue rental and stage setup for this event (the venue shall be designated by the Buyer).
2.During the service period, the supplier must ensure the quality and safety of all materials used for the event during their utilization, and maintain cleanliness at the event site throughout the event period.
3.During both the preparation and execution phases of the event, the supplier must dynamically adjust the on-site layout according to the Buyer's requirements.
4.After the event, the supplier shall be responsible for restoring the venue to its original condition and properly disposing of solid waste generated during the event.
5.All the above-mentioned services shall be submitted to the Buyer for review and may only be executed upon the Buyer's approval.
III. Response Time
During the event service period, the supplier shall provide satisfactory on-site services and resolve any arising issues at any time. In the event of an emergency, the response time shall not exceed 10 minutes, and the issue must be resolved within 1 hour.
IV. Deliverables
The service provider shall submit the publicity campaign outputs and summary report to the Provincial Project Office, including but not limited to the event summary report and relevant supporting documents.
All data, reports, converged media products, and research outcomes generated in the performance of this consulting task, along with their related intellectual property rights, shall be owned by the Buyer.
V. Support Provided by the Buyer
1.The Buyer will work closely with the service provider, designate a dedicated liaison, and provide relevant materials and other support to the service provider.
2.The service provider shall work closely with other relevant participating parties of this sub-project.
VI. Assessment and Evaluation Methods
1.Fully complete all the above-mentioned service contents;
2.Submit the deliverables on time and in full;
3.Take no less than 50 high-definition photos; publish no less than 2 short videos;
4.The total number of views for the graphic/text publicity and short videos across all online platforms shall be no less than 100,000;
5.The satisfaction rate of participants for each event shall be no less than 90%.
VII. Payment Terms
1.After the contract is signed, the Buyer shall pay an advance payment of 10% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of the event implementation plan and a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier;
2.After the supplier has prepared the event acceptance report and the necessary materials for reimbursement, and upon the Buyer's acceptance and verification without any errors, the Buyer shall pay a progress payment of 90% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier.
Note: Before each payment is made under the contract, a valid invoice matching the payment amount must be provided to the Buyer. Furthermore, the payee, the invoice issuer, and Party B of the contract must strictly match the name of the successful supplier.
VIII. Key Regulations to be Complied With
(1) Advertising Law of the People's Republic of China
(2) Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services
(3) Provisions on the Administration of Internet News Information Services
(4) Code of Conduct for Fair Competition in the Advertising Industry
(5) Interim Measures for the Promotion and Administration of Public Service Advertising
Chapter 4 Contract Terms
Table of Contents
Contract Terms
1. Definitions
The following terms used in this Contract shall be interpreted as follows:
2.2 The term "Country of Origin" referred to in this Article means the place where the Goods are mined, grown, or produced, or the place from which the Services are supplied. Goods may be manufactured or processed, or subjected to substantial assembly of major components, into a product. A new product is commercially recognized if it differs substantially in basic characteristics, purpose, or function from its constituent components.
The Goods delivered under this Contract shall conform to the standards specified in the Technical Specifications. If no applicable standards are mentioned, the Goods shall conform to the applicable official standards. Such standards must be the latest versions issued by the relevant authorities.
4.3 Except for the Contract itself, any of the documents listed in Article 4.1 shall remain the property of the Buyer. Upon request by the Buyer, the Supplier shall return these documents (including all copies) to the Buyer upon completion of the Contract.
4.4 If requested by the World Bank, the Supplier shall permit the World Bank to inspect the Supplier's accounts and records relating to the performance of this Contract and to have such accounts and records audited by auditors appointed by the World Bank.
5Patents
The Supplier shall indemnify the Buyer against all claims of infringement of any patent, trademark, or industrial design rights arising from the use of the Goods or any part thereof by the Buyer.
6Performance Security
Not required.
7Inspection and Tests
7.1 The Buyer or its representative shall have the right to inspect and/or test the Goods to confirm their conformity to the Contract Specifications at no additional cost.
7.2 Inspections and tests may be conducted at the Supplier's premises, at the point of delivery, and/or at the Goods' final destination. If conducted at the Supplier's premises, the Supplier shall furnish all reasonable facilities and assistance to the inspectors at no cost to the Buyer.
7.3 Should any inspected or tested Goods fail to conform to the Specifications, the Buyer may reject the Goods, and the Supplier shall either replace the rejected Goods or make alterations necessary to meet the Specification requirements free of cost to the Buyer.
8Packing
The Supplier shall provide such packing for the Goods as is required to prevent damage or deterioration during transit to the final destination specified in the Contract. Such packing shall be adequate to withstand, without limitation, rough handling during transit, exposure to extreme temperatures, high salinity, rainfall, and open storage. The size and weight of the cases shall take into consideration the remoteness of the Goods' final destination and the lack of heavy lifting equipment at all transit points.
9Insurance
The risk of loss of or damage to the Goods during the course of manufacture, transportation, storage, and delivery shall be the responsibility of the Supplier, who shall fully insure the Goods against such risks.
10Shipment
The Supplier shall be responsible for arranging and bearing all costs for delivering the Goods to the Project Site. Such costs shall be included in the Contract Price.
11Warranty
11.1 The Supplier warrants that the Goods supplied under this Contract are new, unused, of the latest or current models, and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials, unless otherwise provided in the Contract.
11.2 The Supplier warrants that the Goods shall meet the performance specifications stipulated in the Contract. If, due to the Supplier's fault, the specified performance specifications are not met in whole or in part, the Supplier shall, at its own cost, replace or repair the Goods to meet the required performance specifications.
11.3 The Buyer shall notify the Supplier in writing of any claims arising under this warranty within a reasonable time after the discovery of the defect.
11.4 Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall repair or replace the defective Goods or components with reasonable speed and free of cost within two weeks. The Buyer shall bear the inland freight costs from the place of manufacture to the final destination for the repaired or replaced Goods or components.
11.5 If the Supplier fails to remedy the defect with reasonable speed within two weeks after receipt of the notice, the Buyer may take such remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier's risk and expense, without prejudice to any other rights which the Buyer may have against the Supplier under the Contract.
12Payment
12.1 After the contract is signed, the Buyer shall pay an advance payment of 10% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of the event implementation plan and a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier;
12.2 After the supplier has prepared the event acceptance report and the necessary materials for reimbursement, and upon the Buyer's acceptance and verification without any errors, the Buyer shall pay a progress payment of 90% of the total contract price to the successful bidder within 20 working days upon receipt of a valid invoice of an equivalent amount provided by the supplier.
Note: Before each payment is made under the contract, a valid invoice matching the payment amount must be provided to the Buyer. Furthermore, the payee, the invoice issuer, and Party B of the contract must strictly match the name of the successful supplier.
13Prices
The prices charged by the Supplier for the delivery of Goods and the performance of Services under this Contract shall be the prices quoted by the Supplier in the Price Schedule. Such prices shall be fixed.
14Change Orders
14.1 The Buyer may, at any time, issue written instructions to the Supplier to make changes, within the general scope of this Contract, in one or more of the following:
(1) The drawings, designs, or specifications, where the Goods to be supplied under this Contract are specifically manufactured for the Buyer;
(2) The method of shipment or packing;
(3) The place of delivery; or
(4) The services to be performed by the Supplier.
14.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this Contract, the Contract Price, the delivery schedule, or both, shall be equitably adjusted, and the Contract shall be modified accordingly. Any claim by the Supplier for adjustment under this Article shall be submitted within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Change Order from the Buyer.
15Supplier Delay in Performance
15.1 The Supplier shall deliver the Goods and perform the Services in accordance with the schedule specified by the Buyer in the "Schedule of Requirements for Goods".
15.2 If, during the performance of the Contract, the Supplier encounters circumstances that may delay the timely delivery of the Goods or the performance of the Services, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Buyer in writing of the fact of the delay, the likely duration thereof, and the causes thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, the Buyer shall evaluate the situation as soon as possible and determine whether to extend the time for delivery at its discretion and whether to assess liquidated damages for delay. Any extension shall be mutually agreed upon through a modification of the Contract.
15.3 Except as provided in Article 18, unless an extension has been granted without the assessment of liquidated damages pursuant to Article 15.2, the Supplier's delay in delivery shall be subject to liquidated damages for delay as provided in Article 16.
16Liquidated Damages for Delay
If the Supplier fails to deliver the Goods or perform the Services within the time periods stipulated in the Contract, the Buyer shall, without prejudice to any other remedies available under the Contract, deduct liquidated damages for delay from the Contract Price. The liquidated damages shall be assessed at the rate of one percent (1%) of the price of the delayed Goods or the fees for the unperformed Services per week of delay, until the actual delivery or performance is completed. The maximum amount of liquidated damages for delay shall be ten percent (10%) of the total Contract Price. Once the maximum amount of liquidated damages is reached, the Buyer may consider terminating the Contract.
17Termination for Default
17.1 Without prejudice to any other remedies available to the Buyer for the Supplier's default, the Buyer may issue a written notice of default to the Supplier, proposing to terminate the Contract in whole or in part:
(1) If the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period specified in the Contract or within any extension thereof granted by the Buyer pursuant to Article 15; or
(2) If the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation stipulated in the Contract.
17.2 If the Buyer terminates the Contract in whole or in part pursuant to Article 17.1, the Buyer may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, goods similar to those undelivered, and the Supplier shall be liable to the Buyer for any excess costs for such similar goods. However, the Supplier shall continue the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.
18Force Majeure
18.1 If the Supplier's performance of or delivery under the Contract is delayed or prevented by Force Majeure, the Supplier shall not be subject to forfeiture of its Performance Security, nor shall it be liable for liquidated damages for delay or termination of the Contract.
18.2 "Force Majeure" as referred to in this Article means those events that are beyond the control of the Supplier and are not foreseeable, but do not include the Supplier's default or negligence. Force Majeure events include, but are not limited to: actions by the Buyer within its sovereign jurisdiction, war or revolution, fire, flood, epidemic, quarantine restrictions, embargoes, and cancellation of the event as notified by the event organizer.
18.3 In the event of Force Majeure, the Supplier shall notify the Buyer in writing as soon as possible of the occurrence of the Force Majeure and the causes thereof. Unless otherwise requested in writing by the Buyer, the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practicable, and shall seek all reasonable means to perform the other matters not affected by the Force Majeure.
19Termination for Insolvency
If the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent, the Buyer may, at any time, terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Supplier without compensation to the Supplier. Such termination shall not prejudice or affect any rights or remedies which the Buyer has already exercised or may exercise in the future.
20Termination for Buyer's Convenience
20.1 The Buyer may, at any time for its own convenience, terminate the Contract in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Supplier. The notice of termination shall specify that the termination is for the Buyer's convenience, the extent to which the Contract is terminated, and the effective date of such termination.
20.2 For the Goods that have been completed and ready for shipment within thirty (30) days after the Supplier's receipt of the termination notice, the Buyer shall accept such Goods at the original Contract price and terms. For the remaining Goods, the Buyer may:
(1) Have any portion thereof completed and delivered at the original Contract price and terms; and/or
(2) Cancel the remaining Goods and pay the Supplier an agreed amount for the partially completed Goods and Services, as well as for the materials and components previously procured by the Supplier.
21Settlement of Disputes
21.1 The Buyer and the Supplier shall settle all disputes arising from the execution of this Contract or relating thereto through direct, informal consultations in an amicable manner.
21.2 If the Buyer and the Supplier are unable to settle the Contract disputes amicably within thirty (30) days after the commencement of such informal consultations, either party may request that the dispute be submitted to: Guangzhou Arbitration Commission.
22Notices
Notices given by one party to the other under this Contract shall be in writing and sent via facsimile. The contact details are as follows:
Buyer: Guangdong Agricultural Products Quality and Safety Center (Guangdong Green Food Development Center)
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510599
Telephone: 020-87590235
Facsimile: /
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Supplier:
Address:
Postal Code:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Contact Person:
23Taxes
The Supplier shall be solely and fully responsible for all taxes and duties levied on the Goods prior to their delivery to the Buyer.
All taxes and duties levied on the Buyer in connection with this Contract pursuant to the prevailing tax laws of the Chinese Government shall be borne by the Buyer.
This Contract shall come into effect upon being signed and stamped by both parties (the Supplier must sign and stamp by its Legal Representative).
Chapter Five Format Examples
1. Letter of Bid
Date: [Month] [Day], 2026
Enquiry Reference No.: ________________
To: ___________________
Having examined the Enquiry Documents including Amendment(s) No. ______ (insert number) which has/have been duly received, we, the undersigned, offer to supply the Services in accordance with the said Enquiry Documents for the Total Price of ________________ (expressed in words and figures).
If we are determined to be the successful Supplier, we shall deliver the Services within the delivery period specified in the Schedule of Services.
We agree that this Bid shall be valid for a period of 90 calendar days from the date fixed for the submission deadline of the Price Schedule, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.
Until a formal Contract is executed, this Bid, your Enquiry Documents, and the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract between us.
Bidder: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
2. Contract Form
This Contract is made on this ______ day of ________, 20XX, by and between ________________________ (Name of Buyer) (hereinafter referred to as the "Buyer") on the one part, and ________________________ (Name of Supplier) (hereinafter referred to as the "Supplier") on the other part, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Whereas the Buyer has invited bids for the acquisition of the Services (Name of Goods and Services) and has accepted the Bid submitted by the Supplier to provide the said Goods and Services for the Total Amount of ________________________ (Contract Price expressed in words and figures) (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract Price").
It is hereby agreed as follows:
1.The meanings of words and terms used in this Agreement are the same as those defined in the Conditions of Contract.
2.The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement:
(1) The Letter of Bid and Price Schedule submitted by the Supplier;
(2) The Schedule of Services;
(3) Technical Requirements;
(4) Conditions of Contract;
(5) The Letter of Acceptance issued by the Buyer.
3.In consideration of the payments to be made by the Buyer to the Supplier as prescribed herein, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Buyer to provide the Goods and Services and to remedy defects therein in accordance with the Contract.
4.In consideration of the Goods and Services to be provided by the Supplier and the remedy of defects therein, the Buyer hereby covenants with the Supplier to pay the Contract Price or such other sums as are payable under the Contract to the Supplier at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first above written in accordance with their respective laws.
Buyer: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Supplier: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Request for Quotations
RFQ Ref No.: LR-PMU-MOA-531755-CW-RFQ
RFQ Date: March 25, 2026
To: Approved Firm
Dear:
Request for Quotation (RFQ)
Fraud and Corruption
Eligible Materials, Equipment and Services
Eligible Contractors
Performance Security
Validity of Quotations
Price
Option 2- Lump-Sum contracts
The quoted price shall include all duties, taxes, and other levies payable by the Contractor under the Contract, as of the date 7 (seven) days prior to the deadline for submission of quotations.
Technical proposal
Clarifications
Galah Toto
National Program Coordinator
Project Implementation Unit (PIU), Ministry of Agriculture
Smallholder Agriculture Transformation & Agribusiness Revitalization Project (STAR-P)/ Rural Economic Transformation Project (RETRAP)
1st Floor LIBSUCO Building, Japanese Freeway (Formerly Somalia Drive)
Gardnersville – Monrovia, Liberia
Tel +231-777576980
Email: gtoto@moa.gov.lr and cc: dkulah@moa.gov.lr
Requests for clarification should be received by the Purchaser no later than March 27, 2026 at 3:00pm and MOA/RETRAP will respond no later than March 28, 2026 at 5:00pm. The Employer will forward copies of its response to all Contractors including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source.
Site visit or inspection is scheduled for
NOT APPLICABLE
Submission of Quotations
Bidders “shall not” have the option of submitting their Bids electronically. The deadline for submission of Quotations is April 1, 2026 at 2:00pm Monrovia Time.
The address for submission of Quotations is: The deadline for Bid submission is:
Date: April 1, 2026
Time: 2:00pm, Monrovia Time
Attention: Galah Toto
Street Address: Project Implementation Unit (PIU), Ministry of Agriculture, 2nd Floor LIBSUCO Building, Japan Freeway (Formerly Somalia Drive), Gardnersville, City: Monrovia, Country: Liberia
Opening of Quotations
Evaluation of Quotations
Contract Award
On behalf of the Employer:
Signature: ________________________________
Name: Galah Toto
Title/position: National Program Coordinator
Attachments:
Annex 1: Works Requirements
Annex 2: Quotation Form/BOQ
Annex 3: Contract Forms
"},{"id":"OP00456123","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"10-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-31T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P504171","project_name":"Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine Program","bid_reference_no":"LEARN-2.6-CC-4","bid_description":"Cross-Functional Strategy and Alignment Expert 2 (Budget Planning)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"10 Beresteiskyi Avenue, Kyiv, 01135, Ukraine","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua","contact_name":"Kateryna Kovtun","contact_organization":"Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine","contact_phone_no":"+380 44 481 32 21","contact_web_url":"https://mon.gov.ua/","submission_date":"2026-07-10T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(LEARN-2.6--4 – Cross-Functional Strategy and Alignment Expert 2 (Budget Planning)
UKRAINE
Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program
GPE TF0D0613
Assignment Title: Cross-Functional Strategy and Alignment Expert 2 (Budget Planning)
No. LEARN-2.6--4
Ukraine with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association (hereinafter referred to as the World Bank) have signed the agreements for the Program “Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine” (hereinafter referred to as the LEARN or Operation).
LEARN was developed to address critical challenges and provide essential support to the education sector, aligning with the Ministry of Education and Science’s (MoES) Strategic Action Plan. The objectives of the Operation are to (i) improve teaching and learning conditions; and (ii) strengthen management capacity of the education system.
The objective of this assignment is to support the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MoES) in aligning budget planning and public financial management processes with the strategic priorities of the education sector and the implementation of flagship national programmes and reforms. In particular, the assignment will contribute to the effective planning, prioritisation, financing, and coordination of key initiatives. The Consultant will support the development of effective planning and resource allocation approaches aimed at improving the efficiency, effectiveness, and transparency of public expenditure, strengthening evidence-based decision-making, and ensuring better alignment between strategic objectives, reform implementation, and available financial resources.
The Consultant will be contracted through competitive selection in line with the World Bank’s “Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers” September 2025 (“Procurement Regulations”).
The attention of interested Consultants is drawn to Section III, paragraphs, 3.14, 3.16, and 3.17 of the Procurement Regulations, setting forth the World Bank’s policy on conflict of interest.
MOES now invites qualified interested persons to submit their expression of interest in Ukrainian and English as provided in the Terms of reference.
The detailed Terms of Reference and submission modalities for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expression of Interest. The deadline for submission of applications is 14:00 am Kyiv time July 31, 2026.
TERMS OF REFERENCE
for Consulting Services (Individual Consultant)
Cross-Functional Strategy and Alignment Expert 2 (Budget Planning)
Contract No. LEARN-2.6-CC-4
Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Project
GPE TF0D0613
I. Background
Ukraine with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association (hereinafter referred to as the World Bank) have signed the agreements for the Program “Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine” (hereinafter referred to as the LEARN or Operation).
LEARN was designed to address critical issues and provide the necessary support to the education sector in accordance with the Strategic Action Plan of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine until 2027, approved by the Order of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine dated 07.03.2024 No. 276 (hereinafter referred to as the Strategic Plan).
The Operation focuses on supporting the priorities “1. Early Childhood and Preschool Education” and “2. Reform of the “New Ukrainian School” stipulated in the Strategic Plan.
The LEARN objectives are: (i) to improve teaching and learning conditions; and (ii) to strengthen the management capacity of the education system. The total LEARN financing amounts to US$737 mln provides a combination of the World Bank financing instruments: Program for Results (PforR) – US$675.9 mln and Investment Project Financing (IPF) – US$61.1 mln.
The Program-for-Results (PforR) is implemented through a US$235 million loan provided by Bank resources, supported by loan enhancement from the Advancing Needed Credit Enhancement for Ukraine (ADVANCE Ukraine) Trust Fund, which is backed by the Government of Japan. This is formalized under the Loan Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development for the Program (LOAN No 9721-UA). An additional US$150 million is provided under the Special Program for Ukraine and Moldova Recovery (SPUR) of the International Development Association (IDA) Crisis Facility, as outlined in the Financing Agreement between Ukraine and the International Development Association for the Program (CREDIT No 7626-UA). On July 1, 2025, the Financing Agreement (Additional Financing: Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program) between Ukraine and the International Development Association (CREDIT No 7905-UA) was signed in the amount of US$4.9 million. On June 9, 2026, a Loan Agreement (Third Additional Financing for Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program) was signed between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (Loan No. K019-UA) in the amount of $286 million.
Furthermore, US$30 million in Investment Project Financing (IPF) is secured under the Grant Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association, acting as the administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction, and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (URTF GRANT No TF0C5794). On December 19, 2025, the Grant Agreement (Additional Financing for Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Project) between UKRAINE and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association jointly acting as a Supervising Entity for the Global Partnership for Education Fund and as administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (GPE GRANT No TF0D0613, URTF GRANT No TF0D0612) was signed in the amount of US$31.1 million.
More detailed information about the LEARN program is provided at https://projects.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/project-detail/P504171
The latest additional grant agreement provides for expanded support for reforms in the education sector, in particular by:
• financing activities for the development of preschool education;
• providing grant support of the Global Partnership for Education (GPE) aimed at strengthening the institutional capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine to implement educational reforms.
In accordance with the provisions of the agreements concluded, the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine is responsible for the overall implementation, coordination, monitoring and reporting on the Project activities, in particular those aimed at strengthening the institutional management capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine. Such activities include the provision of technical assistance, the development and implementation of information systems, conducting training activities in the field of vocational (technical) education, as well as the implementation of initiatives in cross-sectoral areas, in particular inclusive education, European integration, education infrastructure management and strategic planning.
II. Objective
The objective of this assignment is to support the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MoES) in aligning budget planning and public financial management processes with the strategic priorities of the education sector and the implementation of flagship national programmes and reforms. In particular, the assignment will contribute to the effective planning, prioritisation, financing, and coordination of key initiatives. The Consultant will support the development of effective planning and resource allocation approaches aimed at improving the efficiency, effectiveness, and transparency of public expenditure, strengthening evidence-based decision-making, and ensuring better alignment between strategic objectives, reform implementation, and available financial resources.
III. Scope of services
The Consultant shall provide the following services, including but not limited to:
Expected Deliverables:
consulting and practical support to the Ministry of Education and Science in implementing results-oriented management approaches;
conducting analysis and assessment of the efficiency and effectiveness of budget programs of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine;
IV. Reporting
The Consultant shall report to the Project Coordinator/Project Co-Coordinator and work in coordination with the Deputy Ministers of Education and Science of Ukraine, relevant MoES directorates, and project managers involved in the implementation of Project activities. On operational matters, the Consultant shall cooperate with the Head of the World Bank Operations Management Team.
The Consultant shall submit monthly reports to Project coordinator / Project Co-coordinator in hard copy. The reports shall include a description of services provided during the reporting period.
V. Provided resources
MoES shall provide the Consultant with the information necessary to carry out his/her assignment in a timely manner. MoES may provide the Consultant with a workplace, including necessary equipment to carry out his/her functions (e.g. PC, communications and office equipment).
VI. Qualification requirements
Minimum requirements (mandatory):
Desirable skills and qualifications:
VII. Period and location of employment
The Consultant shall provide his/her services until July 31, 2027. The contract may be extended subject to satisfactory performance and mutual agreement between the Consultant and the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine during the Project financing period.
The Consultant is expected to provide services under this Agreement on an ongoing basis throughout its term at a level of engagement equivalent to full-time employment, to the extent necessary to properly perform the tasks specified in the Terms of Reference.
The Consultant shall provide services primarily in Kyiv, Ukraine, and may take business trips to other regions of Ukraine to support implementation of the Project.
The Consultant is expected to be able to provide services remotely, but at the MOES request must arrive and/or provide services at the MOES premises as soon as possible.
VIII. Application package
Interested persons should submit their CVs in Ukrainian and English at the following email address: kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua Cc: serhiy.artemenko@uiherp.org, marina.chubenko@mon.gov.ua indicating the email subject: «LEARN: Selection of the Cross-Functional Strategy and Alignment Expert 2 (Budget Planning): [NAME]».
The deadline for submission of the documents is 14:00 pm Kyiv time July 31, 2026.
If the candidate fails to provide CVs in both languages, the Client reserves the right to reject the candidate’s application.
"},{"id":"OP00455744","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"09-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-23T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"16:00","project_ctry_name":"Lebanon","project_id":"P180334","project_name":"Lebanon Green Agrifood Transformation for Economic Recovery (GATE)","bid_reference_no":"LB-KAFALAT-513788-CS-INDV","bid_description":"Software and IT system Support","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"Beirut, Lebanon","contact_ctry_name":"Lebanon","contact_email":"yolla@kafalat.com.lb","contact_name":"Yolla Serieddine","contact_organization":"Kafalat sal","contact_phone_no":"01346255","submission_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
Request for Expressions of Interest (REoI)
Country: Lebanon
Project: Green Agri-Food Transformation for Economic Recovery (GATE) Project
Implementing Agency: Kafalat SAL
Assignment Title:Information System and LMS officer (Sub-component 1.2)
Reference No.: LB-KAFALAT-513788-CS-INDV
I. Project Background
The Council for Development and Reconstruction, as a representative of the Republic of Lebanon (The Borrower), will implement the Green, Agri-food Transformation for Economic Recovery project (“GATE” or “Project”), funded by the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development (IBRD). The total project cost is US$200 million and the project closing date is December 2028.
Kafalat SAL will implement Subcomponent 1.2 under a Subsidiary Agreement with CDR and has established a Project Management Unit (PMU) responsible for the overall management of the sub-component. Kafalat will be extending direct loans to SMEs operating the Lebanese agri-food and agro-tourism sector including procurement and will be responsible for the financial management, E&S safeguards, monitoring and evaluation, and oversight of the SME loan program.
Kafalat SAL is a Lebanese financial institution historically mandated to provide loan guarantees to SMEs through commercial banks. Under Subcomponent 1.2 of the GATE Project, Kafalat has been mandated, for the first time, to provide direct lending to eligible SMEs in the agri-food and agritourism sectors, with a total allocation of USD 47.6 million. Operating from a single office in Beirut with no branch network, this represents a fundamental operational transformation requiring the development of entirely new lending instruments, procedures, and supporting systems.
A key pillar of this operational transformation is the procurement, implementation, and ongoing management of a Loan Management System (LMS), a dedicated Information System to automate the end-to-end SME lending operations of the PMU, covering loan origination, credit assessment, approval workflows, collateral management, disbursement, repayment tracking, early warning, environmental and social compliance, portfolio monitoring, and reporting. The LMS is being procured through a competitive Request for Proposals (RFP) process in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers (November 2020).
II. Objective of the Assignment
The objective of this assignment is to engage a full-time Information Systems and LMS Officer to support the GATE PMU from the LMS implementation phase through to the end of the GATE Project. The Officer will work alongside the Short-Term IT Consultant/Advisor during the implementation phase, focusing on monitoring vendor deliverables, supporting system testing and handover, and building the operational knowledge required to independently administer the LMS after the consultant's engagement concludes.
III. Scope of Work and Responsibilities
The Officer's responsibilities are as follows:
IV. Qualifications and Skills
Academic Qualifications:
Professional Experience:
Skills and Competencies:
V. Commencement of Assignment and Duration
The Information Systems and LMS Officer is expected to commence duties on
The duration of the contract is from the commencement date through to the GATE Project closing date of 31 December 2028, subject to annual performance review. The contract is renewable on a yearly basis based on satisfactory performance as assessed by the PMU Manager.
The assignment is full-time (Time Base Payment) and dedicated exclusively to the GATE PMU at Kafalat SAL. The Officer shall be based at Kafalat's offices in Beirut, Lebanon.
VI. Reporting Arrangements
The Information Systems and LMS Officer will report directly to the PMU Manager and the CFO/Finance Officer at Kafalat SAL throughout the full duration of the assignment. During the implementation period, the Officer will work under the technical guidance of the Short-Term IT Consultant/Advisor, who will mentor the Officer's technical activities. All formal decisions and approvals remain the responsibility of the PMU Manager. On a day-to-day basis, the Officer will coordinate with the CFO/Finance Officer, E&S Officer, Credit Manager, and the LMS Supplier for data exchange, report generation, and technical support matters. All material technical issues shall be escalated to the PMU Manager. The Officer shall prepare a brief monthly IT activity report for the PMU Manager summarizing system performance, issues encountered, vendor interactions, and planned activities for the following month."
"},{"id":"OP00455416","notice_type":"Request for Expression of Interest","noticedate":"08-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-29T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"14:00","project_ctry_name":"Ukraine","project_id":"P504171","project_name":"Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine Program","bid_reference_no":"LEARN-2.5-EUE-6","bid_description":"Senior Data-Driven Strategic Expert (Technical and Vocational Education and Training)","procurement_group":"CS","procurement_method_code":"INDV","procurement_method_name":"Individual Consultant Selection","contact_address":"01135, Kyiv, Beresteiskyi ave, 10","contact_ctry_name":"Ukraine","contact_email":"kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua","contact_name":"Kateryna Kovtun","contact_organization":"Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine","contact_phone_no":"+380 44 481 32 21","contact_web_url":"https://mon.gov.ua/","submission_date":"2026-07-08T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"REQUEST FOR EXPRESSIONS OF INTEREST
(LEARN-2.5-EUE-6– Senior Data-Driven Strategic Expert (Technical and Vocational Education and Training)
UKRAINE
Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program
GPE TF0D0613
Assignment Title: Senior Data-Driven Strategic Expert (Technical and Vocational Education and Training)
No. LEARN-2.5-EUE-6
Ukraine and World Bank have signed the agreements for the Program "Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine Program" (hereinafter referred to as the LEARN or Operation).
LEARN was developed to address critical challenges and provide essential support to the education sector, aligning with the Ministry of Education and Science’s (MoES) Strategic Action Plan.
The Senior Data-Driven Strategic Expert (Technical and Vocational Education and Training) provides expert and analytical support to MoES in the development of analytical tools for the analysis and visualization of data on the activities of educational institutions at all levels, enabling the processing of large volumes of data from state registries, ensuring verification and updating of data related to educational activities at the regional and national levels, and developing and maintaining a web-based environment for informed managerial decision-making at all levels of education governance.
The Consultant will be contracted through competitive selection in line with Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers, Feb 2025. The detailed Terms of Reference and submission modalities for the assignment are attached to this Request for Expression of Interest.
MoES now invites qualified interested persons to submit their expression of interest in Ukrainian and English as provided in the Terms of reference. The deadline for submission of applications is 14:00 pm Kyiv time July 29, 2026.
TERMS OF REFERENCE
Consulting Services (Individual Consultant)
Senior Data-Driven Strategic Expert (Technical and Vocational Education and Training)
LEARN Contract No. LEARN-2.5-EUE-6
Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Project
GPE TF0D0613
Ukraine with the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association (hereinafter referred to as the World Bank) have signed the agreements for the Program “Lifting Education Access and Resilience in times of Need in Ukraine” (hereinafter referred to as the LEARN or Operation).
LEARN was designed to address critical issues and provide the necessary support to the education sector in accordance with the Strategic Action Plan of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine until 2027, approved by the Order of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine dated 07.03.2024 No. 276 (hereinafter referred to as the Strategic Plan).
The Operation focuses on supporting the priorities “1. Early Childhood and Preschool Education” and “2. Reform of the “New Ukrainian School”” stipulated in the Strategic Plan.
The LEARN objectives are: (i) to improve teaching and learning conditions; and (ii) to strengthen the management capacity of the education system. The total LEARN financing amounts to US$451 mln million provides a combination of the World Bank financing instruments: Program for Results (PforR) – US$389.9 mln and Investment Project Financing (IPF) – US$61.1 mln.
The Program-for-Results (PforR) is implemented through a US$235 million loan provided by Bank resources, supported by loan enhancement from the Advancing Needed Credit Enhancement for Ukraine (ADVANCE Ukraine) Trust Fund, which is backed by the Government of Japan. This is formalized under the Loan Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development for the Program (LOAN No 9721-UA). An additional US$150 million is provided under the Special Program for Ukraine and Moldova Recovery (SPUR) of the International Development Association (IDA) Crisis Facility, as outlined in the Financing Agreement between Ukraine and the International Development Association for the Program (CREDIT No 7626-UA). On July 1, 2025, the Financing Agreement (Additional Financing: Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Program) between Ukraine and the International Development Association (CREDIT No 7905-UA) was signed in the amount of US$4.9 million.
Furthermore, US$30 million in Investment Project Financing (IPF) is secured under the Grant Agreement between Ukraine and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association, acting as the administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction, and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (URTF GRANT No TF0C5794). On December 19, 2025, the Grant Agreement (Additional Financing for Lifting Education Access and Resilience in Times of Need in Ukraine Project) between UKRAINE and the International Bank for Reconstruction and Development and the International Development Association jointly acting as a Supervising Entity for the Global Partnership for Education Fund and as administrator of the Ukraine Relief, Recovery, Reconstruction and Reform Multi-Donor Trust Fund (GPE GRANT No TF0D0613, URTF GRANT No TF0D0612) was signed in the amount of US$31.1 million.
More detailed information about the LEARN program is provided at https://projects.worldbank.org/en/projects-operations/project-detail/P504171
The latest additional grant agreement provides for expanded support for reforms in the education sector, in particular by:
• financing activities for the development of preschool education;
• providing grant support of the Global Partnership for Education (GPE) aimed at strengthening the institutional capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine to implement educational reforms.
In accordance with the provisions of the agreements concluded, the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine is responsible for the overall implementation, coordination, monitoring and reporting on the Project activities, in particular those aimed at strengthening the institutional management capacity of the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine. Such activities include the provision of technical assistance, the development and implementation of information systems, conducting training activities in the field of vocational (technical) education, as well as the implementation of initiatives in cross-sectoral areas, in particular inclusive education, European integration, education infrastructure management and strategic planning.
II. OBJECTIVE OF THE TASK
The reform of the education system in Ukraine is taking place in parallel with digital transformation and is impossible without electronic systems for managing educational processes. The electronic education management system ensures the transparency and openness of data, on the basis of which the Government, the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine (MoES), and other relevant public institutions make decisions regarding the development of various programs aimed at advancing the education system.
Open data provided by the State Enterprise “Inforesurs” and the State Scientific Institution “Institute of Educational Analytics” serve as the basis for the development of analytical tools for the analysis and visualization of data on processes taking place in the education sector. Such tools also enable the public to monitor the implementation of education reforms in Ukraine.
The objective of this assignment is to provide expert and analytical support to MoES in the development of analytical tools for the analysis and visualization of data on the activities of educational institutions at all levels, enabling the processing of large volumes of data from state registries, ensuring verification and updating of data related to educational activities at the regional and national levels, and developing and maintaining a web-based environment for informed managerial decision-making at all levels of education governance.
The Consultant will contribute to ensuring that the analytical tools developed with his/her participation and under his/her supervision are integrated into the web resources of MoES, the State Enterprise “Inforesurs” (USEDE), and the State Scientific Institution “Institute of Educational Analytics” (“AIKOM”), are updated in a timely manner, and remain accessible to education authorities and the public.
III. SCOPE OF SERVICES
The Consultant will provide the following services, including but not limited to:
IV. REPORTING
The Consultant shall report to the Project Coordinator/Project Co-Coordinator and work in coordination with the Deputy Ministers of Education and Science of Ukraine, relevant MoES directorates, and project managers involved in the implementation of Project activities. On operational matters, the Consultant shall cooperate with the Head of the World Bank Operations Management Team.
The Consultant shall submit monthly reports to Project coordinator / Project Co-coordinator in hard copy. The reports shall include a description of services provided during the reporting period.
V. RESOURCES PROVIDED
VI. QUALIFICATIONS
Minimum requirements (mandatory):
Desirable skills and qualifications:
VII. DURATION AND LOCATION
The Consultant will provide his/her services until July 31, 2027. The contract may be extended subject to satisfactory performance and mutual agreement between the Consultant and the Ministry of Education and Science of Ukraine during the Project financing period.
The Consultant is expected to provide services under this Agreement on an ongoing basis throughout its term at a level of engagement equivalent to full-time employment, to the extent necessary to properly perform the tasks specified in the Terms of Reference.
The Consultant will provide services primarily in Kyiv, Ukraine, and may take business trips to other regions of Ukraine to support implementation of the Project.
The Consultant is expected to provide services at the Client’s premises.
VIII. DOCUMENTS TO BE SUBMITTED
Interested persons should submit their CVs in Ukrainian and English at the following email address: kateryna.kovtun@mon.gov.ua Cc: serhiy.artemenko@uiherp.org, maryna.chubenko@mon.gov.ua
indicating the email subject: « LEARN-2.5-EUE-6: Senior Data-Driven Strategic Expert (Technical and Vocational Education and Training): [NAME]».
The deadline for submission of the documents is 14:00 pm Kyiv time July 29, 2026.
If the candidate fails to provide CVs in both languages, the Client reserves the right to reject the candidate’s application.
"},{"id":"OP00455364","notice_type":"Invitation for Bids","noticedate":"07-Jul-2026","notice_lang_name":"English","notice_status":"Published","submission_deadline_date":"2026-07-09T00:00:00Z","submission_deadline_time":"09:30","project_ctry_name":"China","project_id":"P162178","project_name":"China Food Safety Improvement Project","bid_reference_no":"GDNC-002","bid_description":"Participate in two green, specialty and premium-product matchmaking events organized by the Ministry of Agriculture and Rural Affairs.","procurement_group":"NC","procurement_method_code":"RFQ","procurement_method_name":"Request for Quotations","contact_address":"135 Xianlie Dong Road, Guangzhou","contact_ctry_name":"China","contact_email":"nynct_ncpzx_zhangsh@gd.gov.cn","contact_name":"shuheng Zhang","contact_organization":"Guangdong Farm Products Quality Safety Center","contact_phone_no":"020-87590235","submission_date":"2026-07-07T00:00:00Z","notice_text":"
People's Republic of China
World Bank Loan
Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project
Loan No.: 9213-CN
Procurement of 2026 Brand Promotion Booth Design and Construction Services
(Non-Consulting Services)
(Contract No.: GDNC-002)
Request for Quotation (RFQ) Document
Bidding Number0733-26082787
June 2026
Chapter 1: Letter of Request for Quotation
Date: June 17, 2026
Bidding Number0733-26082787
1. The Government of the People's Republic of China has received a loan from the World Bank to finance the Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Improvement (Demonstration) Project, and intends to apply a portion of the proceeds of this loan to eligible payments under this Request for Quotation contract.
2. China CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd., entrusted by the Guangdong Agricultural Product Quality and Safety Center (Guangdong Green Food Development Center), hereby issues this Letter of Request for Quotation for the procurement of 2026 Brand Promotion Exhibition Design and Construction Services (Contract No.: GDNC-002) to potential suppliers. All suppliers are requested to submit their quotations in accordance with the requirements of this Request for Quotation document (please refer to Chapter 5 for the format templates of the Letter of Quotation and Quotation Form).
3. This procurement shall be conducted through the Request for Quotation method in accordance with the World Bank Procurement Guidelines, the Loan Agreement, and the Project Agreement. This Request for Quotation document is drafted with reference to the World Bank Standard Bidding Documents for Goods Procurement.
4. Supplier Qualification Requirements
Suppliers must meet the following stipulations and provide relevant supporting documents as specified. Failure to provide the required supporting documents may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
4.1 Entity Qualification: The supplier must possess the capacity to independently assume civil liability and hold a valid and qualified business license, tax registration certificate, and organization code certificate (a unified business license shall be provided if the "Three-in-One" certificate system applies). The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the business license, tax registration certificate, and organization code certificate (or a photocopy of the unified business license if the "Three-in-One" system applies), affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.2 Taxation and Social Security: The supplier must have a good record of paying taxes and social security funds in accordance with the law. The supplier shall provide: Photocopies of the supporting documents proving the payment of taxes and social insurance for any one month within the 6 months prior to the deadline for submission of the quotation document for this project, affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.3 Credit Record: The supplier must not be listed on the "Credit China" website (http://www.creditchina.gov.cn) as a dishonest person subject to enforcement or as a major tax violation dishonest entity. The supplier shall provide: Screenshots of the query results for the aforementioned records from the website, affixed with the supplier's official seal.
4.4 Financial Status: The supplier must possess good commercial credit and a sound financial accounting system. The supplier shall provide: A photocopy of the audited financial report for the year 2025 (which must include at least the balance sheet, income statement, and cash flow statement).
4.5 Lawful Operation: Within the three years prior to participating in this Request for Quotation (calculated backward from the deadline for submission of the quotation document), the supplier must have no record of major legal violations in its business operations, such as criminal penalties, orders to suspend operations for rectification, revocation of licenses or permits, or imposition of substantial fines due to illegal business practices. The criteria for determining "substantial fines" shall be governed by the regulations of the provincial government in the supplier's administrative region, or by the standards set by the relevant competent administrative department of the State Council that imposes the penalty. The supplier shall provide: A "Qualification Commitment Letter" to make this commitment, in a self-drafted format.
4.6 Performance Requirements: From January 1, 2021, up to the deadline for submission of the quotation document, the supplier must have successfully implemented at least one similar service contract (both the signing and acceptance of the contract must occur between January 1, 2021, and the deadline for submission of the quotation document). The similar service contract must simultaneously meet the following requirements:
a. The exhibition area is no less than 100 square meters.
b. The contract amount is no less than RMB 760,000. If a single contract fails to meet this requirement, the supplier may provide two contracts, with each contract amount being no less than RMB 380,000.
The supplier shall provide: Key pages of the contract (including at least the cover page, service content/list, exhibition area, contract amount, signatures/seals, and date of signing) and the acceptance certificate. All the aforementioned materials must be affixed with the supplier's official seal. Original documents shall be kept available for verification.
4.7 Project Team Composition and Personnel Requirements
Staff / Working Group | Personnel Requirements |
Project Manager | 1.Possesses a bachelor's degree or above, or relevant certificates in exhibition management; 2.Is a formal, on-the-job employee of the supplier and has signed a labor contract with the supplier; 3.Possesses at least 5 years of exhibition work experience; 4.Performance experience: Has served as a project manager, deputy project manager, or project head in more than one similar service contract within the past 5 years (from January 1, 2021, to the deadline for submission of the quotation document). The similar service contract must simultaneously meet the following requirements:
Required documents to be provided: |
Publicity Campaign Management | 1.Possesses a bachelor's degree or above in a relevant major, or relevant certificates in exhibition management; 2.Possesses at least 5 years of work experience in publicity campaigns as of the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
Required documents to be provided: |
Graphic Designer | Each person must meet the following requirements: 1.Possesses a bachelor's degree or above in a design-related major, or holds a certificate as a graphic designer or exhibition designer; 2.Possesses more than 5 years of graphic design experience for exhibitions as of the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
Required documents to be provided: |
Safety Engineer | Holds a Safety Engineer Certificate, or possesses at least 5 years of exhibition work experience as of the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
Required document to be provided: |
Exhibition Booth Construction Management | Each person must meet the following requirement:
Required document to be provided: |
Creative Publicity | Each person must meet the following requirements: 1.Possesses a bachelor's degree or above; Possesses at least 5 years of creative publicity experience as of the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
Required documents to be provided: |
Photographer and Videographer | Each person must meet the following requirement:
Required documents to be provided: |
5. Quotation Requirements
5.1 Quotation Currency: All prices shall be quoted in Renminbi (RMB/Yuan). The quoted price shall be the final price inclusive of all taxes, transportation, insurance, installation and debugging, and all other expenses required for the completion of the contract implementation.
5.2 Validity of Quotation: The quotation shall remain valid for a period of 90 calendar days from the deadline for submission of the quotation document.
5.3 Submission of Quotation Documents
5.3.1 Deadline for Submission: 9:30 AM on July 9, 2026.
5.3.2 Submission Address: Room 2, Bid Opening Room, 6th Floor, Guangren Building, No. 1 Guangren Road, Yuexiu District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province.
Please note: The supplier must ensure that the complete set of sealed quotation documents (hard copies) is delivered to the designated location before the deadline for submission. Late submissions will not be accepted.
5.4 Signing and Composition of Quotation Documents
The quotation documents must include the "Quotation List" and "Quotation Letter," both of which must be signed by the legal representative or their authorized representative and affixed with the supplier's official seal, as well as all other documents required to be submitted as specified in "Chapter 1: Request for Quotation Letter."
The "Quotation List" must strictly follow the format specified in "Chapter 2: Quotation List." Any discrepancies in the serial numbers, service content, quantity, unit, or remarks may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
The "Quotation Letter" must strictly follow the format of "1. Quotation Letter" in "Chapter 5: Format Examples." Any discrepancies may result in the rejection of the quotation document.
5.5 Number of Copies of Quotation Documents
Number of copies: One (1) original and four (4) copies, clearly marked as "Original" or "Copy". In the event of any discrepancy between the original and the copies, the original shall prevail. Meanwhile, a clear, complete, and sealed scanned copy of the original quotation document (in both PDF and Word formats) must be saved on a separate USB flash drive and submitted sealed together with the hard copies.
All documents shall be uniformly packed in a single outer package, and the seal of the outer package must be affixed with the supplier's official seal.
6. Joint Bidding is permitted for this project.
If bidding as a joint venture:
(1) All members of the joint venture shall jointly and severally assume the contractual obligations stipulated in the contract terms;
(2) The joint venture shall designate one member as the lead party and authorize it to handle related matters on behalf of any or all members during this quotation period. If the joint venture is awarded the contract, the lead party shall also handle related matters on behalf of any or all members during the contract performance period;
(3) A Joint Venture Agreement must be provided in the quotation documents (the format is self-drafted, signed by the legal representatives of all joint venture members, and affixed with their official seals. The content shall include, but not be limited to: the designation of the lead party, the specific scope of work and implementation content of each member in the project, joint and several liability, and the entry into force and validity period of the agreement).
7. Firms and individuals that have been sanctioned by the World Bank shall not participate in the quotation and shall not be awarded any contract financed by the World Bank. The list of sanctioned firms and individuals can be found on the website http://www.worldbank.org/debarr.
8. Evaluation Method:
8.1 The same procedures and criteria shall be applied to the evaluation of all quotation documents.
8.2 The evaluation process shall be conducted strictly in accordance with the requirements and conditions of the Request for Quotation (RFQ) document. The contract shall be awarded to the supplier whose quotation is substantially responsive to this RFQ document and has the lowest evaluated price.
9. Eligibility and Conflict of Interest
Potential suppliers shall note the provisions on eligibility and conflict of interest stipulated in the "World Bank Procurement Regulations for IPF Borrowers" (November 2020 Edition). All suppliers with a conflict of interest shall be deemed ineligible, and their quotation documents will be rejected. Suppliers must proactively disclose whether they have any affiliation with the following entities. If such affiliation exists, a statement of affiliation must be provided (format is self-drafted, and the content shall include, but not be limited to, the shareholder structure and shareholding ratio); if no such affiliation exists, a letter of commitment must be provided (format is self-drafted):
10. Obtaining the Request for Quotation (RFQ) Documents
Suppliers intending to participate in this project may obtain the documents by contacting the procurement agency via email from June 17, 2026, to July 8, 2026 (Beijing Time, the same below), during the hours of 9:00 AM to 11:30 AM and 1:30 PM to 4:30 PM daily (excluding statutory holidays). Suppliers must specify the company name, contact person, contact phone number, and the name of this project in the email.
11. Publication of the Notice
The Request for Quotation Notice for this project will be published simultaneously on the following designated media: the World Bank Section of the China Bidding Public Service Platform, and the China Bidding & Procurement Network.
Buyer: Guangdong Provincial Center for Quality and Safety of Agricultural Products (Guangdong Provincial Green Food Development Center)
Address: No. 135 Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Tel: 020-87590235
Fax: /
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Procurement Agent: CITIC International Tendering Co., Ltd.
Address: Room 1811, 18th Floor, Building 59, Middle 3rd Ring Road East, Chaoyang District, Beijing
Tel: 010-87945198-503/504
Fax: /
Contact Persons: Ms. Guo, Mr. Zhang
Email: guoying@ck.citic.com; zhangfan@ck.citic.com
Chapter 2: Quotation List
Serial No. | Service Content | Quantity | Unit | Quotation (10,000 RMB) | Note |
The 1st Event: National Matchmaking Event for Renowned, Special, Superior, and New Agricultural Products. Location: Qingdao | |||||
1.1 | Booth Rental (Approx. RMB 680/sqm, exhibition area no less than 160 sqm) | 1 | Lot |
| All designs must be approved by the purchaser before implementation; Booth construction shall commence as required by the Organizing Committee and must be completed, including all exhibition setup, before 3:00 PM on the day prior to the opening; No less than five (5) personnel shall be stationed on-site during the exhibition for emergency response; Relevant promotional and photography/videography services shall be completed during the exhibition and within one day after the exhibition concludes. |
1.2 | Special Booth Design Service Requirements: | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.3 | The exhibition area requires comprehensive custom booth construction and layout. The number and dimensions of the booths, as well as water and electricity supplies, must meet the specified requirements. The construction standard shall be no less than RMB 900 per square meter. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.4 | The exhibiting enterprises' booths shall comprise 24 independent booths and 1 public exhibition area. The total number of product categories on display shall be no less than 50 green and premium agricultural products. The supplier shall bear all costs incurred from the aforementioned logistics, warehousing, and custody services. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.5 | A high-profile exclusive promotional event for green and premium agricultural product brands must be planned and executed at the exhibition site, to comprehensively showcase the brand image of Guangdong agricultural products and facilitate matchmaking between production and sales. It is required that no less than five (5) enterprises conduct on-site promotions, and no less than ten (10) product categories be featured in the centralized promotion. For each promoted category, at least 50 standard samples or tasting portions, along with carrier bags, must be prepared for on-site display and guest tasting. The supplier shall be responsible for: drafting the event proposal, preparing meeting materials, arranging the agenda, preparing promotional materials, leasing the venue, organizing participating enterprises and products, on-site setup, and conference execution. Furthermore, the supplier must ensure thorough pre-event preparation and provide comprehensive on-site execution support. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.6 | One hundred (100) portions or tasting samples must be prepared for each of the ten (10) categories of Guangdong specialty products, for public tasting during the exhibition.
| 1 | Lot |
| |
1.7 | A dedicated promotional feature/campaign must be established on provincial-level or higher media platforms, incorporating graphic and text promotions, short videos, and live streaming. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.8 | The cooperating media must be mainstream media at or above the provincial level, or their official new media platforms (e.g., authoritative newspapers, television stations, news websites, etc.). During the contract period, at least three (3) original promotional articles must be published. The content of the articles must be reviewed and approved by the purchaser. The articles must be published on at least three (3) different types of media platforms (e.g., The Paper, provincial-level television stations, Nanfang+, Xinhua Net, etc.). | 3 | Articles |
| |
1.9 | Live Video Streaming: One (1) live broadcast session must be conducted during the exhibition, with a duration of no less than 1.5 hours. The real-time concurrent online viewership must reach no less than 100,000. | 1 | Event |
| |
1.10 | Short Video Production: Five (5) short videos, each approximately 60 seconds in length, must be produced during the event. They must be published on media platforms at or above the provincial level, and the publishing accounts must have a follower base of no less than 1,000,000. | 5 | Units |
| |
1.11 | Live Photo Streaming: Real-time photo streaming must be provided throughout the exhibition and the event. For outdoor activities, aerial photography (drone shots) must be included. After the event, no less than 200 high-definition (HD) photos must be provided. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.12 | Poster: Design promotional poster(s). | 2 | Lot |
| |
1.Subtotal for this item |
| ||||
|
|
| |||
The 2nd China Green Food Expo, Venue: Beijing | |||||
1.1 | Booth Rental: Approx. ¥750/sqm, Min. 150 sqm) | 1 | Lot |
|
1.Booth construction shall commence in accordance with the requirements of the Organizing Committee. All construction and setup must be completed by 3:00 PM on the day prior to the opening. 2.During the exhibition, no less than five (5) personnel must be stationed on-site for emergency response. 3.Relevant promotional reports and coverage must be completed during the exhibition and within one day after its conclusion. |
1.2 | Custom Booth Design Service Requirements: Full-color 3D renderings of the overall booth; A complete set of construction drawings, indicating key dimensions, as well as the names, specifications, and technical requirements of the materials used; Graphic design drafts for promotional backdrops, exhibition walls, posters, signage, and product introduction cards. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.3 | The exhibition area must be constructed and arranged as an integrated custom booth. The number and dimensions of the booths, as well as water and electricity supply, must meet the specified requirements. The standard must be no less than RMB 900 per square meter. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.4 | The total number of participating enterprises must be no less than 30, and the total number of green and high-quality agricultural product categories must be no less than 50. The contractor shall bear all costs arising from the aforementioned logistics, warehousing, and storage services. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.5 | During the exhibition, a high-profile promotional campaign for green and high-quality agricultural product brands must be planned and executed. The campaign must ensure that no less than five (5) enterprises are invited to conduct on-site promotions, and no less than ten (10) product categories are showcased. For each promoted category, at least 50 standard samples or tasting portions, along with carrier bags, must be prepared for on-site display and guest tasting. The contractor shall be responsible for the following tasks: proposal writing, preparation of conference materials, scheduling, preparation of promotional materials, venue rental, organization of participating enterprises and products, on-site setup, and event execution. Comprehensive pre-event preparation and on-site execution support must be fully ensured. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.6 | 100 portions or tasting samples of each of the 10 Guangdong specialty product categories must be prepared for public tasting during the exhibition. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.7 | A dedicated promotional feature must be established on provincial-level or higher media platforms, incorporating promotional articles, short videos, and live streaming into the feature. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.8 | Partner media must be mainstream media outlets at or above the provincial level, or their official new media platforms (e.g., authoritative newspapers, television stations, news websites, etc.). During the contract term, at least three (3) original promotional articles must be published. The content of the articles is subject to review and approval by the purchaser. The articles must be published on at least three (3) different types of media platforms (e.g., The Paper, provincial television stations, Nanfang+, Xinhuanet, etc.). | 3 | Articles |
| |
1.9 | Live Video Streaming: At least one (1) live streaming session must be conducted, with a duration of no less than 1.5 hours. The real-time concurrent online viewership must reach at least 100,000. | 1 | Event |
| |
1.10 | Short Video Shooting and Production: Five (5) short videos, each approximately 60 seconds in length, must be completed during the event. These videos must be published on media platforms at or above the provincial level, and the publishing accounts must have a follower base of no less than one million (1,000,000). | 5 | Units |
| |
1.11 | Photo Live Streaming: Real-time photo live streaming must be provided for the entire exhibition and all activities. Outdoor activities must include aerial drone photography. After the event, no less than 200 high-definition (HD) photos must be delivered. | 1 | Lot |
| |
1.12 | Poster: Design promotional poster(s). | 2 | Lot |
| |
2. Subtotal for this item |
| ||||
Total1+2 |
Chapter III Technical Requirements
I. Scope of Services and Term
1. Scope of Services: The supplier shall be responsible for organizing enterprises producing green and high-quality agricultural products in Guangdong Province to participate in two national-level exhibitions: the "2026 National Famous, Special, High-Quality and New Agricultural Products Production and Sales Matchmaking Event" (September 2026) and the "2026 China Green Food Expo" (October 2026). Through professional booth planning, design, construction, product marketing, and promotional activities, the supplier shall centrally showcase and promote Guangdong's green and high-quality agricultural products, effectively enhancing their brand awareness and market influence.
2.Term of Services: The term of services for this project is approximately six (6) months, commencing from the effective date of the procurement contract and concluding upon the completion of all services for both exhibitions, final acceptance, and settlement. The supplier must ensure that the corresponding tasks are completed before all critical milestones.
II. Service Content and Requirements
The supplier shall provide comprehensive, end-to-end integrated services for this project, covering planning, design, approval, construction, on-site maintenance, dismantling, and product promotional activities. The specific service content includes, but is not limited to:
(I) First Event: 2026 National Famous, Special, High-Quality and New Agricultural Products Production and Sales Matchmaking Event
1. General Requirements: The supplier shall organize enterprises to participate in the exhibition and be responsible for the overall custom design, construction, and product promotion of the exhibition area, which must cover a total area of no less than 160 square meters (the final area shall be subject to the official demarcation by the Organizing Committee). The relevant budget shall include:
Exhibition Area Rental Fee: Estimated and paid according to the Organizing Committee's standards (approximately RMB 680 per square meter).
Custom Booth Construction Fee: The construction standard must be no less than RMB 900 per square meter. The final amount shall be subject to the plan and quotation approved by the purchaser.
Product Promotion and Media Publicity Fee: Costs covering venue rental, procurement of agricultural products for tasting and audience interaction, and media publicity.
2.Specific Requirements for Booth Design
Layout Planning: The exhibition area consists of two adjacent plots (please refer to the attached drawing for the specific layout), measuring 15 meters (L) × 6 meters (W) and 13 meters (L) × 6 meters (W), respectively. The design proposal must treat the two areas as a single integrated whole, ensuring an organic connection in both visual aesthetics and traffic flow, fully reflecting unity, professionalism, and high-end quality.
Design Theme: The design style must deeply integrate the cultural characteristics of Lingnan with the modern agricultural traits of being green, high-quality, and safe, creating a distinct and positive brand image.
Functionality and Fairness: Ensure that all participating enterprises' booths have equal display exposure and foot traffic attraction. The design must meet core needs, including product display, promotional material presentation, business negotiations, and sample storage (a concealed storage space must be designed within each standard booth).
Craftsmanship and Materials: The main title (booth name) must use illuminated lettering to ensure high visibility. The main structure may use metal or wood, but it must be sturdy, safe, and environmentally friendly. All materials used must comply with national standards and regulations regarding energy conservation, environmental protection, and low carbon emissions. Recyclable or reusable materials should be prioritized.
Design Deliverables: The supplier must submit a complete design proposal, including but not limited to: overall and detailed renderings (showing different angles and details); a full set of construction drawings (including floor plans, elevations, cross-sections, electrical layouts, and point maps); renderings, detailed dimensions, and material specifications for each individual booth; and layout drafts for all promotional display boards.
All design proposals must be implemented only after receiving the written approval of the purchaser.
Attached: On-site Booth Layout (within the red box):
3.Booth Planning and Supporting Facility Requirements
3.1Booth Planning
The exhibition area must be planned to include no less than 24 booths, 1 public exhibition zone, and 1 tasting zone. The booths must adopt an integrated design consisting of a "front display counter (for product display and demonstration), rear storage cabinet + display board (for storage and supplementary display), and 2 seats in the middle."
Front Display Counter Dimensions: Length, width, and height must be no less than 1.4m, 0.5m, and 0.8m, respectively, and must include a hollow storage space with a height of no less than 0.2m.
Rear Storage Cabinet Dimensions: Length, width, and height should be approximately 1.4m, 0.3m, and 1m, respectively. The cabinet must have at least three (3) tiers and be equipped with a lock.
Display Board: The area from 1m to 2m in height shall serve as a display board, providing sufficient space for text and images to promote enterprises and products.
The specific dimensions and layout plans for the display counters and storage cabinets must fully consider pedestrian traffic flow, line-of-sight transparency, and enterprise display needs during the design phase. Final optimization and adjustments shall be made based on actual on-site conditions during the setup phase to maximize space utilization and display effects.
The public exhibition zone and tasting zone must be set up reasonably. The public exhibition zone must be able to display approximately 40-50 individually packaged agricultural products. The tasting zone must be equipped with at least 1 round table and 6 chairs.
3.2 Supporting Facilities
The booth design must fully consider the specific display needs of the agricultural products industry. It must reasonably plan and guarantee functional areas such as the product tasting zone, refrigerator/freezer storage space, centralized storage space, and the placement area for rented display cabinets.
The exhibition area must be equipped with no less than 4 complete tea tables (including matching chairs) for tea art demonstrations and client reception. The tabletop of each single tea table must measure no less than 1.4m (L) × 0.6m (W), and its material and style must coordinate with the overall booth design.
3.3 Water, Electricity, and On-site Support
Power Supply: The supplier must apply to the exhibition organizer and ensure that the total power load for the booth is no less than 30 kilowatts (kW) to meet the power requirements for all equipment, including lighting, grills, and refrigerators. The relevant electricity costs must be included in the total quoted price and shall not be charged separately to the participating enterprises.
Water Service: The supplier must uniformly provide bottled water for drinking purposes to all participating enterprises during the exhibition. The brand must meet the purchaser's requirements (typically C'estbon or Nongfu Spring).
3.4 On-site Support
During the exhibition, the supplier must arrange for qualified full-time electricians and on-site coordinators to be stationed at the venue. They will be responsible for electrical safety inspections, emergency equipment repairs, handling of unexpected situations, and daily coordination with the venue management, ensuring booth safety and the normal operation of all equipment throughout the exhibition.
4. Enterprise Organization and Exhibition Services
Enterprise Organization Target: The supplier shall assist the purchaser in organizing no less than 30 enterprises representing Guangdong's green and high-quality agricultural products to participate in the exhibition, with a total of no less than 50 product categories. The exhibition period shall cover the full three (3) days.
End-to-End Exhibition Services: The supplier must provide all participating enterprises with one-stop, high-standard, full-process services, including but not limited to:
Preliminary Coordination and Preparation: Responsible for information collection, document organization, and designing and producing unified exhibition display layouts for the enterprises.
Logistics and Warehousing: Responsible for the long-distance transportation of all exhibits from the designated consolidation point to the booth site, as well as in-venue handling and placement. The supplier must ensure the safe custody of exhibits during the exhibition and assume corresponding insurance liabilities. After the exhibition, the supplier must safely return the exhibits to the designated location of the original providing units.
On-site Coordination and Management: Set up an on-site service desk to assist enterprises with procedures such as venue entry/exit, badge application, and equipment debugging, and handle various on-site inquiries and emergencies.
5. Supporting Activity Planning and Execution
The supplier shall plan and execute a high-quality product promotion event, serving as the core component for brand promotion and production-sales matchmaking during the exhibition.
Event Overview: Plan and execute a precise and efficient product promotion and production-sales matchmaking meeting to deeply promote Guangdong's green and high-quality agricultural products.
Service Content: Provide end-to-end services, including but not limited to: comprehensive event planning and proposal writing, venue rental and on-site setup, conference process management and execution, conference material design and production, preparation of promotional materials, invitation and reception of attendees, organization of participating enterprises and products, on-site atmosphere creation, and process control.
Specific Requirements:
Proposal Approval: The specific event theme, process, and detailed proposal must be submitted to the purchaser for review and can only be executed upon approval.
Scale and Organization: Ensure that no less than 5 representative enterprises take the stage for on-site promotion, with a centralized display and promotion of no less than 10 product categories. For each promoted category, at least 50 standard samples or tasting packages, along with handbags, must be prepared.
Attendees: Successfully invite and organize a total of no less than 50 professional visitors, purchasers, media representatives, etc.
Execution Guarantee: Arrange an experienced full-time event execution team (no less than 4 personnel) to be responsible for full-process support.
Deliverables: After the event, an "Event Summary Report" must be submitted, along with event photo and text materials, media reports, and live streaming records.
6. Media Publicity and Video Production Services
The supplier shall formulate and execute an integrated brand communication plan. Through diversified media formats and high-quality visual content, the supplier must comprehensively enhance the breadth and depth of the publicity for this exhibition.
6.1 Integrated Thematic Publicity
Publicity and Reporting: During the contract period, the supplier must plan and publish no less than three (3) high-quality original promotional articles. The content of these articles must be reviewed by the purchaser and published on at least three (3) different mainstream news media platforms at or above the provincial level (such as authoritative news websites, mobile clients, newspapers, etc.).
Thematic Planning: On a media platform at or above the provincial level, the supplier must plan and launch an aggregated online promotional feature page. This feature page must be well-designed and integrate the exhibition's news articles, interviews, live streaming portals, and short video collections, forming a centralized publicity hub.
6.2 Video Live Streaming Services
Streaming Sessions and Content: During the key periods of the exhibition, the supplier must plan and execute no less than one (1) high-quality video live streaming session, with a duration of no less than 90 minutes. The live streaming content must include, at a minimum, on-site interviews with key participating enterprises, in-depth explanations and demonstrations of exhibited products, and real-time coverage of important event segments.
Communication Effectiveness: The peak real-time concurrent online viewership for a single live streaming session across all platforms must reach no less than 100,000. The cumulative view count shall serve as an important reference indicator for effectiveness. The supplier must conduct multi-channel pre-heating and traffic generation before and after the live streaming to ensure optimal results.
6.3 Short Video Production & Distribution
Content Creation: During the event, plan, shoot, and produce no less than 5 creative short videos. The content should focus on event highlights, product stories, and brand culture. Each video should be around 60 seconds long and optimized for mobile distribution.
Publishing & Distribution: The short videos must be published on at least 2 provincial-level or higher mainstream media outlets, or their official new media platforms (e.g., Douyin, WeChat Channels, Weibo, etc.). The media agency or the publishing account must have a total follower base of no less than 1 million on the respective platform to ensure adequate baseline reach.
6.4 Live Photo Streaming & Visual Assets
Live Photo Streaming: Provide live photo streaming services during the exhibition and key event periods. Professional photographers will be arranged for full coverage, capturing real-time shots of booth displays, promotional meetings, etc., and uploading them instantly to a cloud album for sharing.
Asset Delivery: After the event, deliver a complete set of event visual assets to the purchaser. This includes: at least 200 high-definition event photos that are curated and post-processed, plus download access to all original HD photos in the live streaming cloud album.
6.5 Graphic Design
Based on the event theme, design no less than 2 main visual (KV) promotional posters. Versions suitable for both online and offline scenarios (e.g., print, screen display, social media) must be provided.
(I) The Second Expo
1.Exhibition Organization:
The exhibition space shall be no less than 150 square meters (subject to the booth area determined by the Organizing Committee), featuring a custom-built (special decoration) setup. The costs shall include the exhibition zone rental (approximately RMB 750/sqm) and the custom setup, which must meet a minimum standard of RMB 900/sqm. Specific requirements are as follows:
Layout Planning: The exhibition zone shall be approximately 15 meters long and 10 meters wide (subject to final confirmation). The design style must deeply integrate the characteristics of Lingnan culture with the green, premium, and safe attributes of modern agriculture, creating a distinct and positive brand image.
Functionality & Fairness: Ensure that all participating enterprises receive equal display exposure and foot traffic attraction. The design must meet core needs, including product display, promotional material presentation, business negotiations, and sample storage (concealed storage space must be designed within each standard booth).
Craftsmanship & Materials: The main title (booth name) must use illuminated lettering to ensure high visibility. The main structure may be constructed of metal or wood, but it must be sturdy, safe, and environmentally friendly. All production materials must comply with national standards and regulations regarding energy conservation, environmental protection, and low carbon emissions. Preference shall be given to recyclable or reusable materials.
Delivery of Design Deliverables: The supplier must submit a complete design proposal, including but not limited to: overall and partial renderings (reflecting various angles and details); a full set of construction drawings (including floor plans, elevations, cross-sections, electrical circuit diagrams, and point maps); renderings, detailed dimensions, and material specifications for each individual booth; and layout drafts for all promotional display boards.
All design proposals must receive the written approval of the purchaser before implementation.
2.Booth Planning & Supporting Facilities Requirements
2.1Booth PlanningThe exhibition zone must be planned to include no less than 20 individual booths, 1 public exhibition area, and 1 tasting area. Each booth shall feature an integrated design consisting of a front display counter (for product display and demonstration), a rear storage cabinet with display boards (for storage and supplementary display), and 2 seats in the middle.
Front Display Counter Dimensions: Length, width, and height must be no less than 1.4m, 0.5m, and 0.8m respectively, and it must include a hollow storage space with a height of no less than 0.2m.
Rear Storage Cabinet Dimensions: Length, width, and height should be approximately 1.4m, 0.3m, and 1m respectively. The cabinet must have at least 3 tiers and be equipped with a lock.
Display Boards: The area from 1m to 2m in height shall serve as display boards, providing adequate space for text and images to promote the enterprises and their products.
The specific dimensions and layout plan for the display counters and cabinets must fully consider pedestrian traffic flow, clear lines of sight, and corporate display needs during the design phase. During the setup phase, final optimizations and adjustments shall be made based on actual on-site conditions to maximize space utilization and display effectiveness.
The public exhibition area and tasting area must be set up reasonably. The public exhibition area is required to accommodate the display of approximately 40 to 50 individually packaged agricultural products. The tasting area shall be equipped with 2 round tables and 8 chairs.
2.2 Supporting FacilitiesThe booth design must fully consider the specific display requirements of the agricultural products industry. It should reasonably plan and allocate functional zones, including a product tasting area, refrigerator/freezer storage space, centralized storage area, and a designated area for rented display cabinets. Additionally, no less than 4 complete tea table sets (including matching chairs) must be provided in the exhibition zone for tea art demonstrations and client reception. The tabletop dimensions for each set must be no less than 1.4m (L) × 0.6m (W), and the material and style should harmonize with the overall booth design.
2.3 Utilities & On-site Support
Power Supply: The supplier must apply to the exhibition organizer to ensure the total power supply for the booth is no less than 30 kW, meeting the electricity needs of all equipment, including lighting, grills, and refrigerators. The relevant electricity fees must be included in the total quoted price and shall not be charged separately to the exhibiting enterprises.
Water Service: Bottled drinking water must be uniformly provided to all participating enterprises during the exhibition. The brand must meet the purchaser's requirements (typically C'estbon or Nongfu Spring).
2.4 On-site SupportDuring the exhibition, the supplier must station qualified full-time electricians and on-site coordinators. They will be responsible for electrical safety inspections, emergency equipment repairs, handling unexpected incidents, and daily coordination with the venue management, ensuring booth safety and the normal operation of all equipment throughout the event.
3.Enterprise Organization & Exhibition Services
Enterprise Organization Goals: Assist the purchaser in organizing no less than 30 enterprises representing green and premium agricultural products from Guangdong Province to participate in the exhibition. The total number of product categories exhibited must be no less than 50. The exhibition period shall cover a full 3 days.
End-to-End Exhibition Services: The supplier must provide one-stop, high-standard, comprehensive services for all participating enterprises, including but not limited to:
Preliminary Communication & Preparation: Responsible for information collection, data organization, and designing and producing unified exhibition display boards for the enterprises.
Logistics & Warehousing: Responsible for the long-distance transportation of all exhibits from the designated consolidation point to the booth site, as well as in-hall handling and placement. Responsible for the safe custody of the exhibits during the exhibition and bear the corresponding insurance liability. After the exhibition, responsible for safely returning the exhibits to the designated location of the original providing units.
On-site Coordination & Management: Set up an on-site service desk to assist enterprises with procedures such as booth setup and dismantling, badge application, and equipment debugging, and to handle various on-site inquiries and emergencies.
4.Media Promotion & Visual Production Services
The supplier shall formulate and execute an integrated brand communication strategy, utilizing diversified media formats and high-quality visual content to comprehensively enhance the breadth and depth of the promotional reach for this exhibition.
4.1 Integrated Thematic Promotion
Publicity & Reporting: During the contract period, plan and publish no less than 3 high-quality original publicity articles. The content of these articles must be reviewed and approved by the purchaser and published on at least 3 different provincial-level or higher mainstream news media platforms (such as authoritative news websites, mobile apps, newspapers, etc.).
Thematic Planning: On 1 core provincial-level or higher media platform designated by the purchaser, plan and launch an aggregated online promotional feature page. This feature page must be well-designed and capable of integrating and displaying various content, including news articles with text and images, exclusive interviews, live stream entrances, and short video compilations, thereby creating a centralized promotional hub.
4.2 Video Live Streaming Services
Streaming Sessions & Content: During the key event periods of the exhibition, plan and execute no less than 1 high-quality video live stream. Each session must last for a minimum of 90 minutes. The streaming content must include, at the very least, on-site interviews with key participating enterprises, in-depth explanations and demonstrations of exhibited products, and real-time coverage of important event segments.
Communication Effectiveness: The peak concurrent viewership (PCU) across all platforms for a single live stream must be no less than 100,000. The cumulative view count will serve as a key reference metric for effectiveness. The supplier must conduct multi-channel pre-event promotions and traffic generation before and after the live stream to ensure optimal streaming results.
4.3 Short Video Production & Distribution
Content Creation: During the event, plan, shoot, and produce no less than 5 creative short videos. The content should focus on event highlights, product stories, and brand culture. Each video should be approximately 60 seconds long and optimized for mobile distribution.
Publishing & Distribution: The short videos must be published on at least 2 provincial-level or higher mainstream media outlets or their official new media platforms (e.g., Douyin, WeChat Channels, Weibo, etc.). The media agency or the publishing account must have a total follower base of no less than 1 million on the respective platform to ensure adequate baseline reach.
4.4 Live Photo Streaming & Visual Assets
Live Photo Streaming: Provide live photo streaming services during the exhibition and key event periods. Professional photographers will be arranged for full coverage, capturing real-time shots of booth displays, promotional meetings, etc., and uploading them instantly to a cloud album for sharing.
Asset Delivery: After the event, deliver a complete set of event visual assets to the purchaser. This includes: at least 200 high-definition event photos that are curated and post-processed, plus download access to all original HD photos in the live streaming cloud album.
4.5 Graphic Design
Based on the event theme, design no less than 2 main visual (KV) promotional posters. Versions suitable for both online and offline scenarios (e.g., print, screen display, social media) must be provided.
(III) Collection and Organization of Publicity Outcomes, Summary Report, and Assistance with Project Acceptance
1.Responsible for organizing materials and establishing a complete archive of the publicity campaign outputs, summary reports, and relevant supporting documents. This includes the collection of publicity outcomes from various platforms and the statistical analysis of data such as readership/views.
2.Organize offline events and draft activity summaries and publicity outcome reports to evaluate the effectiveness of the publicity campaign in enhancing the brand awareness, reputation, and transaction volume of agricultural products in the demonstration cities.
(IV) Other Requirements
1.Responsible for the construction of the exhibition booth at the location designated by the purchaser.
2.During the service period, the supplier must ensure the quality and safety of the booth and the materials used for its construction throughout the exhibition, and clear all solid waste generated during the setup process.
3.During the booth setup and exhibition periods, the supplier must dynamically adjust the booths and display content according to the purchaser's requirements.
4.After the exhibition, the supplier shall be responsible for dismantling the booth and properly disposing of all solid waste generated by the dismantling process.
III. Response Time
During the exhibition service period, the supplier shall provide satisfactory on-site services and resolve any issues that arise promptly. In the event of emergencies, the response time shall not exceed 10 minutes, and the issue must be resolved within 1 hour.
IV. Deliverables
The service agency shall provide the Provincial Project Office with materials and summary reports generated from the publicity campaign, including but not limited to the following:
The above reports shall be submitted in both Chinese and English within 15 working days after the conclusion of each respective event. Six printed copies and one electronic copy of each report must be provided.
All data, reports, converged media products, research outcomes, and related intellectual property rights generated from the fulfillment of this consulting assignment shall be owned by the Department of Agriculture and Rural Affairs of Guangdong Province.
V. Support Available from the PPMO
(1) The purchaser will work closely with the service agency, designate a dedicated liaison officer, and provide necessary support, including relevant materials.
(2) The service agency shall collaborate closely with other relevant stakeholders involved in this sub-project.
VI. Assessment Methods
1.All of the aforementioned service contents are fully completed.
2.Deliverables are submitted on time and in the required quantities.
3.A total of no less than 6 media publicity articles are published across no less than 3 media platforms, including at least 1 national-level media outlet and no less than 2 provincial-level media platforms. Additionally, no less than 2 on-site live streams (with a total duration of no less than 3 hours) and no less than 10 short videos are published.
4.The total number of views across all platforms for graphic/text publicity, short videos, and live streams must reach no less than 1 million.
5.The satisfaction rate of participating enterprises for each event must be no less than 90%.
VII. Payment Terms
1.After the signing of the contract, the purchaser shall apply to the financial department for an advance payment equivalent to 10% of the total contract price within 20 working days of receiving the supplier's implementation plans for both exhibitions and a valid invoice of the corresponding amount.
2.After the supplier has successfully completed the booth services for the first exhibition and submitted the acceptance report and reimbursement materials for the first event, and upon the purchaser's verification and approval of these documents without errors, the purchaser shall apply to the financial department for a progress payment equivalent to 30% of the total contract price within 20 working days of receiving a valid invoice of the corresponding amount from the supplier.
3.After the supplier has successfully completed the booth services for the second exhibition and submitted the acceptance report and reimbursement materials for the second event, and upon the purchaser's verification and approval of these documents without errors, the purchaser shall apply to the financial department for a progress payment equivalent to 60% of the total contract price within 20 working days of receiving a valid invoice of the corresponding amount from the supplier.
Note: Before each payment is made under the contract, the supplier must provide the purchaser with a valid invoice matching the payment amount. The payee, the invoice issuer, and Party B of the contract must all strictly match the name of the successful supplier. As this project operates under a reimbursement system, the buyer's submission of a reimbursement application to the financial department within the stipulated timeframe shall be deemed as the fulfillment of its payment obligations within the required timeframe.
VIII. Key Regulations to be Complied With
(1) Advertising Law of the People's Republic of China
(2) Administrative Measures on Internet Information Services
(3) Provisions on the Administration of Internet News Information Services
(4) Code of Conduct for Fair Competition in the Advertising Industry
(5) Interim Measures for the Promotion and Administration of Public Service Advertising
Chapter 4 Contract Terms
Table of Contents
Contract Terms
1. Definitions
The following terms used in this Contract shall be interpreted as follows:
2.2 The term "Country of Origin" referred to in this Article means the place where the Goods are mined, grown, or produced, or the place from which the Services are supplied. Goods may be manufactured or processed, or subjected to substantial assembly of major components, into a product. A new product is commercially recognized if it differs substantially in basic characteristics, purpose, or function from its constituent components.
The Goods delivered under this Contract shall conform to the standards specified in the Technical Specifications. If no applicable standards are mentioned, the Goods shall conform to the applicable official standards. Such standards must be the latest versions issued by the relevant authorities.
4.3 Except for the Contract itself, any of the documents listed in Article 4.1 shall remain the property of the Buyer. Upon request by the Buyer, the Supplier shall return these documents (including all copies) to the Buyer upon completion of the Contract.
4.4 If requested by the World Bank, the Supplier shall permit the World Bank to inspect the Supplier's accounts and records relating to the performance of this Contract and to have such accounts and records audited by auditors appointed by the World Bank.
5Patents
The Supplier shall indemnify the Buyer against all claims of infringement of any patent, trademark, or industrial design rights arising from the use of the Goods or any part thereof by the Buyer.
6Performance Security
Not required.
7Inspection and Tests
7.1 The Buyer or its representative shall have the right to inspect and/or test the Goods to confirm their conformity to the Contract Specifications at no additional cost.
7.2 Inspections and tests may be conducted at the Supplier's premises, at the point of delivery, and/or at the Goods' final destination. If conducted at the Supplier's premises, the Supplier shall furnish all reasonable facilities and assistance to the inspectors at no cost to the Buyer.
7.3 Should any inspected or tested Goods fail to conform to the Specifications, the Buyer may reject the Goods, and the Supplier shall either replace the rejected Goods or make alterations necessary to meet the Specification requirements free of cost to the Buyer.
8Packing
The Supplier shall provide such packing for the Goods as is required to prevent damage or deterioration during transit to the final destination specified in the Contract. Such packing shall be adequate to withstand, without limitation, rough handling during transit, exposure to extreme temperatures, high salinity, rainfall, and open storage. The size and weight of the cases shall take into consideration the remoteness of the Goods' final destination and the lack of heavy lifting equipment at all transit points.
9Insurance
The risk of loss of or damage to the Goods during the course of manufacture, transportation, storage, and delivery shall be the responsibility of the Supplier, who shall fully insure the Goods against such risks.
10Shipment
The Supplier shall be responsible for arranging and bearing all costs for delivering the Goods to the Project Site. Such costs shall be included in the Contract Price.
11Warranty
11.1 The Supplier warrants that the Goods supplied under this Contract are new, unused, of the latest or current models, and incorporate all recent improvements in design and materials, unless otherwise provided in the Contract.
11.2 The Supplier warrants that the Goods shall meet the performance specifications stipulated in the Contract. If, due to the Supplier's fault, the specified performance specifications are not met in whole or in part, the Supplier shall, at its own cost, replace or repair the Goods to meet the required performance specifications.
11.3 The Buyer shall notify the Supplier in writing of any claims arising under this warranty within a reasonable time after the discovery of the defect.
11.4 Upon receipt of such notice, the Supplier shall repair or replace the defective Goods or components with reasonable speed and free of cost within two weeks. The Buyer shall bear the inland freight costs from the place of manufacture to the final destination for the repaired or replaced Goods or components.
11.5 If the Supplier fails to remedy the defect with reasonable speed within two weeks after receipt of the notice, the Buyer may take such remedial action as may be necessary, at the Supplier's risk and expense, without prejudice to any other rights which the Buyer may have against the Supplier under the Contract.
12Payment
12.1 Within twenty (20) working days after the execution of this Contract, and upon receipt of the Supplier's implementation plan for the two exhibitions and an invoice of an equivalent amount, the Buyer shall apply to the relevant financial department for an advance payment amounting to ten percent (10%) of the total Contract Price.
12.2 Upon the Supplier's satisfactory completion of the booth services for the first exhibition, and the Buyer's verification and approval of the acceptance report and reimbursement materials submitted for the first exhibition, the Buyer shall, within twenty (20) working days after receipt of an invoice of an equivalent amount, apply to the relevant financial department for a progress payment amounting to thirty percent (30%) of the total Contract Price.
12.3 Upon the Supplier's satisfactory completion of the booth services for the second exhibition, and the Buyer's verification and approval of the acceptance report and reimbursement materials submitted for the second exhibition, the Buyer shall, within twenty (20) working days after receipt of an invoice of an equivalent amount, apply to the relevant financial department for a progress payment amounting to sixty percent (60%) of the total Contract Price.
Note: Prior to each payment under this Contract, the Supplier shall provide a valid invoice corresponding to the payment amount. The payee, the invoice issuer, and Party B of this Contract must strictly bear the exact same name as the successful Supplier. Since this Project is subject to a reimbursement system, the Buyer's submission of a reimbursement application to the relevant financial department within the prescribed time limit shall be deemed as the fulfillment of the payment obligation within the required timeframe.
13Prices
The prices charged by the Supplier for the delivery of Goods and the performance of Services under this Contract shall be the prices quoted by the Supplier in the Price Schedule. Such prices shall be fixed.
14Change Orders
14.1 The Buyer may, at any time, issue written instructions to the Supplier to make changes, within the general scope of this Contract, in one or more of the following:
(1) The drawings, designs, or specifications, where the Goods to be supplied under this Contract are specifically manufactured for the Buyer;
(2) The method of shipment or packing;
(3) The place of delivery; or
(4) The services to be performed by the Supplier.
14.2 If any such change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, the performance of any part of the work under this Contract, the Contract Price, the delivery schedule, or both, shall be equitably adjusted, and the Contract shall be modified accordingly. Any claim by the Supplier for adjustment under this Article shall be submitted within thirty (30) days after receipt of the Change Order from the Buyer.
15Supplier Delay in Performance
15.1 The Supplier shall deliver the Goods and perform the Services in accordance with the schedule specified by the Buyer in the "Schedule of Requirements for Goods".
15.2 If, during the performance of the Contract, the Supplier encounters circumstances that may delay the timely delivery of the Goods or the performance of the Services, the Supplier shall promptly notify the Buyer in writing of the fact of the delay, the likely duration thereof, and the causes thereof. Upon receipt of such notice, the Buyer shall evaluate the situation as soon as possible and determine whether to extend the time for delivery at its discretion and whether to assess liquidated damages for delay. Any extension shall be mutually agreed upon through a modification of the Contract.
15.3 Except as provided in Article 18, unless an extension has been granted without the assessment of liquidated damages pursuant to Article 15.2, the Supplier's delay in delivery shall be subject to liquidated damages for delay as provided in Article 16.
16Liquidated Damages for Delay
If the Supplier fails to deliver the Goods or perform the Services within the time periods stipulated in the Contract, the Buyer shall, without prejudice to any other remedies available under the Contract, deduct liquidated damages for delay from the Contract Price. The liquidated damages shall be assessed at the rate of one percent (1%) of the price of the delayed Goods or the fees for the unperformed Services per week of delay, until the actual delivery or performance is completed. The maximum amount of liquidated damages for delay shall be ten percent (10%) of the total Contract Price. Once the maximum amount of liquidated damages is reached, the Buyer may consider terminating the Contract.
17Termination for Default
17.1 Without prejudice to any other remedies available to the Buyer for the Supplier's default, the Buyer may issue a written notice of default to the Supplier, proposing to terminate the Contract in whole or in part:
(1) If the Supplier fails to deliver any or all of the Goods within the period specified in the Contract or within any extension thereof granted by the Buyer pursuant to Article 15; or
(2) If the Supplier fails to perform any other obligation stipulated in the Contract.
17.2 If the Buyer terminates the Contract in whole or in part pursuant to Article 17.1, the Buyer may procure, upon such terms and in such manner as it deems appropriate, goods similar to those undelivered, and the Supplier shall be liable to the Buyer for any excess costs for such similar goods. However, the Supplier shall continue the performance of the Contract to the extent not terminated.
18Force Majeure
18.1 If the Supplier's performance of or delivery under the Contract is delayed or prevented by Force Majeure, the Supplier shall not be subject to forfeiture of its Performance Security, nor shall it be liable for liquidated damages for delay or termination of the Contract.
18.2 "Force Majeure" as referred to in this Article means those events that are beyond the control of the Supplier and are not foreseeable, but do not include the Supplier's default or negligence. Force Majeure events include, but are not limited to: actions by the Buyer within its sovereign jurisdiction, war or revolution, fire, flood, epidemic, quarantine restrictions, embargoes, and cancellation of the event as notified by the event organizer.
18.3 In the event of Force Majeure, the Supplier shall notify the Buyer in writing as soon as possible of the occurrence of the Force Majeure and the causes thereof. Unless otherwise requested in writing by the Buyer, the Supplier shall continue to perform its obligations under the Contract as far as is reasonably practicable, and shall seek all reasonable means to perform the other matters not affected by the Force Majeure.
19Termination for Insolvency
If the Supplier becomes bankrupt or otherwise insolvent, the Buyer may, at any time, terminate the Contract by giving written notice to the Supplier without compensation to the Supplier. Such termination shall not prejudice or affect any rights or remedies which the Buyer has already exercised or may exercise in the future.
20Termination for Buyer's Convenience
20.1 The Buyer may, at any time for its own convenience, terminate the Contract in whole or in part by giving written notice to the Supplier. The notice of termination shall specify that the termination is for the Buyer's convenience, the extent to which the Contract is terminated, and the effective date of such termination.
20.2 For the Goods that have been completed and ready for shipment within thirty (30) days after the Supplier's receipt of the termination notice, the Buyer shall accept such Goods at the original Contract price and terms. For the remaining Goods, the Buyer may:
(1) Have any portion thereof completed and delivered at the original Contract price and terms; and/or
(2) Cancel the remaining Goods and pay the Supplier an agreed amount for the partially completed Goods and Services, as well as for the materials and components previously procured by the Supplier.
21Settlement of Disputes
21.1 The Buyer and the Supplier shall settle all disputes arising from the execution of this Contract or relating thereto through direct, informal consultations in an amicable manner.
21.2 If the Buyer and the Supplier are unable to settle the Contract disputes amicably within thirty (30) days after the commencement of such informal consultations, either party may request that the dispute be submitted to: Guangzhou Arbitration Commission.
22Notices
Notices given by one party to the other under this Contract shall be in writing and sent via facsimile. The contact details are as follows:
Buyer: Guangdong Agricultural Products Quality and Safety Center (Guangdong Green Food Development Center)
Address: No. 135, Xianlie East Road, Tianhe District, Guangzhou City, Guangdong Province
Postal Code: 510599
Telephone: 020-87590235
Facsimile: /
Contact Person: Ms. Wu
Supplier:
Address:
Postal Code:
Telephone:
Facsimile:
Contact Person:
23Taxes
The Supplier shall be solely and fully responsible for all taxes and duties levied on the Goods prior to their delivery to the Buyer.
All taxes and duties levied on the Buyer in connection with this Contract pursuant to the prevailing tax laws of the Chinese Government shall be borne by the Buyer.
This Contract shall come into effect upon being signed and stamped by both parties (the Supplier must sign and stamp by its Legal Representative).
Chapter Five Format Examples
1. Letter of Bid
Date: [Month] [Day], 2026
Enquiry Reference No.: ________________
To: ___________________
Having examined the Enquiry Documents including Amendment(s) No. ______ (insert number) which has/have been duly received, we, the undersigned, offer to supply the Services in accordance with the said Enquiry Documents for the Total Price of ________________ (expressed in words and figures).
If we are determined to be the successful Supplier, we shall deliver the Services within the delivery period specified in the Schedule of Services.
We agree that this Bid shall be valid for a period of 90 days from the date fixed for the submission deadline of the Price Schedule, and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period.
Until a formal Contract is executed, this Bid, your Enquiry Documents, and the Letter of Acceptance shall constitute a binding Contract between us.
Bidder: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
2. Contract Form
This Contract is made on this ______ day of ________, 20XX, by and between ________________________ (Name of Buyer) (hereinafter referred to as the "Buyer") on the one part, and ________________________ (Name of Supplier) (hereinafter referred to as the "Supplier") on the other part, subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth.
Whereas the Buyer has invited bids for the acquisition of the Services (Name of Goods and Services) and has accepted the Bid submitted by the Supplier to provide the said Goods and Services for the Total Amount of ________________________ (Contract Price expressed in words and figures) (hereinafter referred to as the "Contract Price").
It is hereby agreed as follows:
1.The meanings of words and terms used in this Agreement are the same as those defined in the Conditions of Contract.
2.The following documents shall be deemed to form and be read and construed as part of this Agreement:
(1) The Letter of Bid and Price Schedule submitted by the Supplier;
(2) The Schedule of Services;
(3) Technical Requirements;
(4) Conditions of Contract;
(5) The Letter of Acceptance issued by the Buyer.
3.In consideration of the payments to be made by the Buyer to the Supplier as prescribed herein, the Supplier hereby covenants with the Buyer to provide the Goods and Services and to remedy defects therein in accordance with the Contract.
4.In consideration of the Goods and Services to be provided by the Supplier and the remedy of defects therein, the Buyer hereby covenants with the Supplier to pay the Contract Price or such other sums as are payable under the Contract to the Supplier at the times and in the manner prescribed by the Contract.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed on the date first above written in accordance with their respective laws.
Buyer: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative:
Supplier: (Official Seal)
Signature of Authorized Representative: